Annual Plan Compressed

6?
/ iLfeCJj
Enat College - Shashamene Campus Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
-■■?>
->- J.c -
ENAT COLLEGE
£/ ^7 ~AVO',
SHASHEMENE CAMPUS
ANNUAL PLAN FOR
RESEARCH AND
CONSULTANCY
August, 2020/2021G.C
Shashamene, Ethiopia
1 ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY
Website:- www.enatcollege.net Email:- zelalem@enatcollege.net
Face book:- Enat College
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
P.O. Box 1068 e-mail- hath112357@gmail.com
Ti
kC.
>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS PAGE(S)
1 BACKGROUND AND DEVELOPMENT ..................................................................... 3
2 ORGANIZATIONAL MISSION STATEMENT, VISION STATEMENT, VALUES

AND GOALS ............................................................................................................................ 4
Vision .....................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

Mission...................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
Values ....................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
3 RATIONALE FOR THE ANNUAL PLAN.................................................................... 4
3.1 STRATEGIC REVIEW ...................................................................................................... 6

3.2 INCOME GENERATING STRATEGY ................................................................................. 7
3.3 BUDGET BREAK DOWN ................................................................................................. 8
3.4 DETAIL PLAN FOR CONSULTANCY .............................................................................. 16
2 ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Ti
kC.
>
1 Background and Development

Enat College established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016/2009 in
Undergraduate and TVET Programs. It has emerged as one of the country’s private higher
educational institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. Enat College is a new-
age college committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of
the industry. The college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both
generic and post-basic routes and its programs are skill-based and knowledge-intensive.
Enat College endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the
students not only with teaching-learning but also with career development, skill enhancement,
employment opportunities and business incubation.
In its structure, the supervision, follow-up and management of all teaching departments, on
the one hand, and the overall development and expansion effort on the other hand, being
handled with formal approval of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also
to secure acceptance and credibility, due attention and priority must be given to the quality
and standards of education of all academic programs.
These efforts would include, among other things, the provision of basic facilities (books,
laboratory tools, and equipment), and recruitment of competent and responsible teaching staff.
The viability and survival of any institution of higher education, particularly the private ones
is the provision of good quality education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring
and close supervision of the teaching departments.
Concurrent with the strengthening of the teaching departments, the overall academic and
administrative activities of the College need also to expand. In this regard, studies will have
to be conducted to identify educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new
programs to meet these needs. Short, mid and long-term plans will have to be developed and
implemented. In short, in the best interest of Enat College, the supervision and monitoring of
teaching departments on the one hand, and the overall vision for the steady growth of the
College, on the other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, Enat
College led by purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through
focusing on entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college with
global alliances. These can be achieved by the college’s approach such as Student-cantered
policies and practices, inclusive learning environment and people-oriented.
3 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals

Vision
Enat College aspires to be a nationally and internationally center of academic excellence by
2030.
Mission
Enat College imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides training
in the endeavor to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the socio
economic need of the country and in the region of East Africa.
Goals
□ Increase opportunity for student access and success
□ Ensure Academic and Operational Quality and Accountability
□ Enhance Academics, Research, and Community services
Objectives
□ To provide graduate and
Undergraduate programs that offer functional based courses. So that students gain skills and
analytical competency in a wide range of disciplines, to train citizens in technical and
vocational professions and make them create their own job
Opportunities and lead their work properly.
□ To develop research centers that solves societal problems.
□ To strengthen the overall relationship between the college and the community services
Core Values
To achieve its vision and goals, Enat College is directing its performance and efforts by the
following philosophy (values):
□ Education for Development
□ Research for Societal Well being
4 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ANNUAL PLAN
FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Transparency and Accountability
□ Team Work
□ Competence
3 Rationale for the Annual Plan

Higher education is the gateway to full participation in the economic, social and cultural
benefits of a society. College educated citizen’s drive the large & small businesses of a
country not only through employment but also through the entrepreneurial spirit necessary for
economic advancement.
The Higher Education policy in Ethiopia concentrates on three main pillars;
1. Teaching Learning
2. Research Consultancy
3. Community Services
The objective of this annual plan is to serve as to address the needs of community problems
by promoting, encouraging and calling external and internal researchers by allocating
appropriate budget in line with time schedule. The plan mainly focused on research and
consultancy of Enat College in 2020.
5 Rationale for the Annual Plan ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Ti
kC.
>
3.1 Strategic Review

1.1 Executive Summary
As a higher education institution Enat College needs to address the societal problems by
promoting, initiating and funding problem driven researches in selected thematic areas to
enhance the link of the college with different parts of the community.
The college has new research and consultancy service office and to organize and promote
research activities to ensure and create a base for quality education. The Higher Education
and Relevance Quality Agency stipulated research as a pillar for the existence of Higher
Education Institutions.
Major strategic initiatives for Enat College Research and consultancy Office annual plan for
2020/2021 OR 2013E.C can be summarized as follows:
❖ Improve research support infrastructure and research, consultancy services on selected
areas.
❖ Evolve plans investing in areas where Enat College can be exemplar the necessary
standards of research excellence.
❖ Focus on improving higher research degree in the college in line with promoting and
initiating potential researchers by relating social, economic and environmental
problems.
❖ Develop and implement high research development link with different governmental,
private and non-governmental institutions.
❖ Establish strong, clear, visible and honest research committee activities like research
governance, finance, evaluation, approval, eligibility infrastructure and outreach
activities.
❖ Induce the public through seminars, conferences and workshops about problems and
findings of research with clear and practical solutions.
❖ Assess training needs and provide for academic staff members about research and
consultancy services.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Ti
kC.
>
❖ Generate income and support research activities by collection fees from the
consultancy services.
3.2 Income Generating Strategy

➢ For initial set up the college must fund some amount of finance from internal
income.
➢ By giving additional consultancy services for different organizations the
college will generate income.
➢ Creating link with sponsors in the country as well as outside the country.
NB: The income generating strategy clearly put on budget breakdown proposal.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3.3 Budget Break down

No Key Activity Resources Expected Responsib Budget Source Mont Monitoring Evaluation
Outcomes le Body to s of h Standards
Implemen (in Birr) Budget
t
1 Re organize and improve -Qualified Human -The Director Manageme 48,000 Interna Dece RC with What outcomes
infrastructure research Personnel works plan, execute nt Team l mber Managemen are gained and in
office of research as a research and coordinate Income t Team the area of
&consultancy the research research?
Sub Activities service Director and
• Hire qualified consultancy
Research and officer How many
consultancy consultancies are
-Printer -Create easy 2500
Director undertaken
communication
-Desktop 4500 throughout the
• Purchase and system within
year?
allocate available and outside the
Broad Band college.
resources Internet
connection -The office will
produce new
-Phone apparatus teaching 500
materials &
-others 1500
Manuals in line
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
with the
guidelines and
policy of the
college
Total 57,000
2 Select thematic Areas by -Minute Note RC with 50

considering programs Book Research
offered to attain the goal and 100 Interna April RC with
of the college -Call for paper consultanc l -July managemen
Income t team What are the
y office. issues address the
community
Sub Activities -Proposed -the selected problem?
Finance to fund researches will
-consult with research potential fully or
committee members researcher per partially fund What is the
-attract potential research while the with other perception of
researchers who are research organizations others about Enat
funded by the college and committee only in
40,000 College regarding
for further publication select one or two collaboration. researches?
process on the: researches based
on the criteria -the college
➢ Micro enterprises according to the shall publish its
and policy. own research
unemployment and call
stakeholders on
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
➢ Saving culture the issues to
aware the
➢ Modern financial publics about
institutions the finding.
services
➢ Drainage and
environmental
protection
➢ Construction
safety
-Aware the public

and professionals
through seminars 5,000
and workshop
Total 45,150
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3 Develop and create link
with national and
international institutions -By creating 4,000 Interna May Research
towards research and new relation l committee
and building General Income What kinds of
consultancy services. Manager agreements are
the existed link
the college will made with
Dean of external
enrich and the college
Sub Activities sustain to institutions?
with
-Develop the link with address goals. research What are the
California State - Gain office. practices of
university Dominguez expertise and external links with
Hills regarding research research other institutions
based activities. sponsorship or professional
support from bodies regarding
-Create a new link with the plan?
professional Associations the different
organizations
-Initiate and or associations.
communicate local and
international -The college is
organizations to fund and known
sponsor researches nationally as
partially or in full basis. well as
internationally
and creates a
strong ground
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
in research as it
is stated in the
vision.
Total 4000
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Create and establish a -Trainers From -The college RC 5,000 Interna July office of -What is the role
strong link with the the staff. will establish a l Research & of the college for
surrounding community good Research Income the society?
-Allowance for relationship Office consultancy
Sub Activities trainers. with the society -In what extent the
and the trainees college contributes
-Provision of free for the
trainings for Small and will handle
-other 1,000 development of
micro enterprises and good business
skill. local community?
4 manufacturers about
saving, entrepreneurship
and other financial
activities in consultation
with local government
organs at least twice a
year.
Total 6,000
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5 Provide paid consultancy
services for organizations
in different specialized office of How many
areas for the next 9 Research & consultancies
The college College 40,000 Consul April undertake in the
months and planned 9 will generate Dean with tancy - consultancy
consultancy services for year?
additional Research
external firms. income and and up to In what extent the
-Market
Sub Activities promotion penetrate the Consultanc Dece college benefit
market of y office mber consulted
-By promoting the -Consultant’s consultancy agencies?
services of the college especially in
allowance
through broachers, construction
website, radio and area.
magazine activated to the
market.
-Consult firms in
business, finance,
electrical engineering,
construction and
surveying areas with
reasonable price.
Total 40,000
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6 Aware and initiate
academic staff members
to conduct researches. -Trainers The college Academic Interna April Research What kinds of
will gain from Dean and l - Committee researches are
Sub Activities -seminars researchers to Research 20,000 Income undertaken by
tackle teaching and up to instructors and
-Provide trainings for -Books
learning consultanc Dece other academic
academic staff members -Training challenges. y Office members in the
about the usefulness of mber
Manuals College?
research in higher Instructors will
education institutions by be efficient by
inviting research linking
-Finance
expertise. teaching with
researches.
-Establish attractive
research fund and
incentives for academic
staff member researchers.
-Facilitate situations for

internal researchers.
Total 20,000
Ground Total 152,150
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3.4 Detail Plan for Consultancy

N Area of Consultancy Activities Potential Clients No of No of Resources Budget Expecte
o consultanc consultancy d
Prepared By the
y in 2016 in 2017 Income
College
1. Finance and Business -Promote by website ➢ Small and 6 Consultants 12,000 20,000
or media medium size (Instructors)
enterprise
-Contact clients by ➢ Micro
different means Finance
Institutions
2 Construction and -Promote by website ➢ Contractor 2 Consultants 10,000 15,000
or media firms (Instructors)
Surveying
-Contact clients by
different means
3 Building and Electrical -Promote by website ➢ Building and 1 Consultants 8,000 12,000
or media installation (Instructors)
Companies
-Contact clients by
different means
9 40,000 47,000
Total
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
i CM)
Enat College, Shashamene Campus v- Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
ENAT COLLEGE
Af,
SHASHEMENE CAMPUS
Annual Plan
For the Year 2020/2021G.C
Shashamene; Ethiopia
1 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
m
Enat College, Shashamene Campus t-v
Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Table of Contents
Contents Page(s)
1. Background of the College ......................................................................................................... 3
2. Vision, Mission, Goal and Value of the College................................................................. 4
2.1. Vision ............................................................................................................................... 4
2.2. Mission ............................................................................................................................. 4
2.3. Values............................................................................................................................... 4
2.4. Goal .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.5. Core values ...................................................................................................................... 5
Section 1: Strategic Overview ........................................................................................................ 5
Section 2: Work Plan and Performance Measures ...................................................................... 6
Section 3 Staff Development .......................................................................................................... 7
Section 4 Academic Programs ..................................................................................................... 10
5.3.3 Key actions ........................................................................................................................... 12
Section 6. Community Services ................................................................................................... 14
Section 7 Links & Collaborations................................................................................................ 19
8. Financial Plan ........................................................................................................................... 21
8.1. Start-up Budget ............................................................................................................. 21
8.2 Pro forma Financial Statements ................................................................................... 22

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
y^y
Enat College, Shashamene Campus i.c;
Academic Year
2020/2021G.C
1. Background and Development
Enat College established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016 in Undergraduate
and TVET Programs. It has emerged as one of the country’s private higher educational
institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. Enat College is a new-age college
committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of the industry. The
college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both generic and post-basic
routes and its programs are skill-based and knowledge-intensive.
Enat College endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the students
not only with teaching-learning but also with career development, skill enhancement,
In its structure, the supervision, follow-up and management of all teaching departments, on the
one hand, and the overall development and expansion effort on the other hand, being handled
with formal approval of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also to secure
acceptance and credibility, due attention and priority must be given to the quality and standards
of education of all academic programs.
The viability and survival of any institution of higher education, particularly the private ones is
the provision of good quality education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring and
close supervision of the teaching departments.
administrative activities of the College need also to expand. In this regard, studies will have to
be conducted to identify educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new programs
to meet these needs. Short, mid and long-term plans will have to be developed and implemented.
In short, in the best interest of Enat College, the supervision and monitoring of teaching
departments on the one hand, and the overall vision for the steady growth of the College, on the
other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, Enat College led by purpose

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College, Shashamene Campus Academic Year
2020/2021G.C
and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through focusing on entrepreneurship,
leadership, incubation and being a networked college with global alliances.
These can be achieved by the college’s approach such as Student-cantered policies and practices,
inclusive learning environment and people-oriented.
2. Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals
Vision
ENAT College aspires to be a nationally and internationally canter of academic excellence by
2030.
Mission
ENAT College imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides training
in the endeavour to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the socio
Goals
Increase opportunity for student
access and success
□ Ensure Academic and Operational
Quality and Accountability
Objectives
To provide graduate and
analytical competency in a wide range of disciplines, to train citizens in technical and vocational
professions and make them create their own job

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College, Shashamene Campus Academic Year
2020/2021G.C
□ To develop research centres that solves societal problems.
To strengthen the overall relationship between the college and the community services
Core Values
c Education for Development
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College, Shashamene Campus s-t.rK Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Section 1: Strategic Overview
1.1 Executive Summary
The College Annual Plan for 2020/21 was consolidated from the strategic plans as part of this year’s
planning process. The Enat College annual plan is developed to give effect to the vision and
strategy in the college’s strategic plan, The Road to 2030, to update the college Major
strategic initiatives for the college Annual Plan for 2020/2021G.C can be summarized as follows:
Research and Scholarship:

• Improve research support infrastructure and grow research, commercial and business development
• Focus on improving higher research degree student recruitment and completions
• Develop and implement ‘international’ dimension of the research strategy
Teaching and Learning:
• College of health successfully established and operational
• Institute of Education successfully established and operational
• Implement the Student Success Strategy
• Continue the implementation of the Internationalization Strategy
Connections:
• Improve college engagement with stakeholders
• Develop and implement External Relations
• Increase enrolment in our key target markets: new distance learners
Responsibility: ’
• Further development and implementation of the Sustainability Framework
• Further progress in education
Generating Income:
• Gain approval for long-term Financial Strategy and develop and long-term financial plan
• Progress in Governance and Management
Enabling Excellence:
• Initiatives for staff development and conduct of staff surveys
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College, Shashamene Campus Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
• Initiatives to enhance student’s success and experience
• Initiatives for laboratories infrastructure
Section 2: Work Plan and Performance Measures
The major goals to be achieved within the plan period include the following:
□ Producing well qualified professionals that are nationally & internationally competent
□ Providing efficient & quality community service maintaining high ethical standards
addressing the community needs
□ Making the teaching-learning & community service of the college rated very good by
customers
□ Providing high quality administrative support to ensure satisfaction of customers
□ Generating internal revenue through different schemes to enable the college achieve its
set objectives
S/ Yearly Milestone Remark

N Key Initiatives and Expected Primary
plan Date
Outcomes Owner
1 Producing well qualified Dean and 200 Mesk - Nehase

professionals that are nationally & v/dean
internationally competent
Dean and 200 Mesk-Nehase

2 Providing efficient & quality
community service maintaining v/dean
high ethical standards addressing
the community needs
Making the teaching-learning & Dean and 200 Mesk-Nehase

3
community service of the college v/dean
rated very good by customers
Providing high quality Dean and 200 Mesk-Nehase

4
administrative support to ensure v/dean
satisfaction of customers
Generating internal revenue Dean and 271,617 Mesk-Nehase

5
through different schemes to v/dean .00
enable the college achieve its set
objectives

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College, Shashamene Campus y-t.CK Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Section 3: Staff Development

Staff development encompasses staff recruitment & promotion. It is identified as strategic issue because
the staff profile of the college needs to be to the expected standard.
Objective
□ ensuring that the college has qualified and adequate academic and administrative staff Strategies
3.1.2.1 Recruit staff to minimize the shortage of required qualified professionals
3.1.2.2 Retain the staff by developing incentive packages
Key actions
3.1.3.1 Raising the number and qualification of academic staff in the coming five years by
promoting, recruiting and retaining staff
3.1.3.2 Making the academic departments and administrative teams develop action plan on staff
recruitment and promotion based on the strategic plan.
3.1.3.3 Securing the necessary budget for the implementation of the staff development plan
3.1.3.4 Creating conducive environment for research undertakings

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Key Initiatives and Expected Primary
N plan
Outcomes Owner Qur.1 Qur.2 Qur.3 Qur.4
Raising the number and qualification Dean & 9 3 3 3

1
of academic staff in the coming year v/dean
by promoting, recruiting and
retaining staff
Making the academic Dean & 9 3 3 3

2
departments and administrative v/dean
teams develop action plan on staff
recruitment and promotion based
on the strategic plan.
Dean & 195,000.00 48,750.00 48,750.00 48,750.00 48,750.00

3 Securing the necessary budget
for the implementation of the v/dean
staff development
plan
Dean & 2 2
4 Creating conducive
environment for research v/dean
undertakings

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Section 4: Academic Programs
Academic program encompasses the undergraduate programs which are at Diploma and Degree
levels. It is identified as a strategic issue because it was found that there are potential needs in the
areas of the proposed programs or specializations.
Objective
Strengthening the existing training programs and launching demand driven new graduate and
undergraduate health related programs in line with the country’s Growth and Transformation
Plan
Strategies
4.2.2.1 Ensuring that every academic departments are staffed by qualified and relevant faculty
4.2.2.2 Making the training process supported by appropriate facilities
4.2.2.3 Developing new curricula for prioritized training programs
Key actions
4.2.3.1 Strengthening the existing diploma and degree training programs
4.2.3.2 Launching new undergraduate training programs in the coming five years making the
current annual intake of diploma and degree students increase to 1000 and 3500, respectively, at a
college level.
4.2.3.3 Ensuring that class rooms, laboratories, computer center, and libraries are available at the
required level

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

N plan
Dean & 300 300 - - -

1 Strengthening the existing diploma V/Dean
and degree training programs
6 6 - - -
2 Launching new undergraduate and
Post graduate programs in the coming
year making the current annual intake
of diploma and degree students
increase to 2000, respectively, at a
college level
Ensuring that, classrooms, laboratories, 26 26 - - -
3
computer centre, and libraries are
available at the required level

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Section 5: Academic & Service Quality

Academic quality encompasses teaching-learning facilities, qualification & relevance of the academic staff,
instruction & assessment modalities. It is identified as strategic issue because deficiencies are observed on
the stated areas at the college level.
Objective
Producing academically competent, professionally committed and team work oriented graduates in
different disciplines that qualify the national standards
Strategies
5.3.2.1 Promoting and maintaining quality training at all levels by reinforcing curricular and
administrative measures
5.3.2.2 Establishing a reward mechanism for dedicated professionals with regard to quality education
5.3.2.3 Establishing a system for reliable & fair evaluation of academic staff involving students at
Practical attachment sites & strengthening the in-school evaluation
5.3.2.4 Making the number of instructors proportional to the number of admitted students
5.3.2.5 Giving more emphasis to lecture halls, laboratory, internet and library facilities
5.3.2.6 Ensuring that the respective schools/departments of the college are equipped with qualified &
relevant instructors
5.3.3 Key actions
5.3.3.1 Making the academic departments staffed observing the already set staff development plan and
relevant guidelines for recruitment
5.3.3.2 Building additional complex that include more class rooms, library and laboratories and additional
internet centres for staff and students
5.3.3.3 Purchasing text books at a minimum book: student ratio and providing sufficient reference books
5.3.3.4 Making every instructor evaluated using appropriate evaluation criteria by students, peer and head every
semester

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

N plan
Making the academic departments Dean &

1 staffed observing thealready set staff V/Dean
development plan and relevant
guidelines for recruitment
Building additional complex that Dean &
2 V/Dean and laboratories and additional internet centres for staff and
include more class rooms, library
students
Purchasing text books at a Dean &
3 minimum book: student ratio and V/Dean
providing sufficient reference books
Making every instructor Dean &
4
evaluated using appropriate officer V/Dean
evaluationcriteria by students, peer and
head every semester

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Section 6: Community Services

6.1 Objectives
3.4.1.1 Building the capacity of the college in community services to improve and address priority needs of
the community (beneficiaries)
6.2. Strategies
4.4.2.1. Financial support for disadvantaged group (HIV/AIDS)
4.4.2.2. Material distribution for the city like dirty bin, tools
4.4.2.3. Training NGO and Government workers
4.4.2.4. Scholarship for student and staff from remote society
6.3. Key actions
3.4.3.1 Developing and submitting additional community service proposals and communicating potential
donors
3.4.3.1 Purchase of materials that could serve the community for the intended purpose
3.4.3.2 Develop short term training manuals and give training based on the need of the community
3.4.3.3 Select students or personnel from remote areas and needy ones for the scholarship

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

N plan
1 From poor community Dean & v/dean
2 Orphans Dean & v/dean
3 HIV/AIDS victims Dean & v/dean

4 Physically disable Dean & v/dean
Windows
B. Communities Services Plan

N Key Initiatives and Expected Primary
plan Qur.1 Qur.2 Qur.3 Qur.4
Outcomes Owner
1 Dean & v/dean
Financial support for
disadvantaged group
(HIV/AIDS)
Dean & v/dean
2 Material distribution for the
city like dirty bin tools
3 Dean & v/dean
Scholarship for teachers,
student and staff from
remote society

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
C. Public Relation & Advocacy

Key Initiatives and Primary
N plan
Expected Outcomes Owner Qur.1 Qur.2 Qur.3 Qur.4
Promoting and publicizing Dean & v/dean

1 academic departments the
college website and local
Radio
Encouraging the college Dean & v/dean
2
community to participate
in professional and civic
associations
Promoting and Dean & v/dean
3
facilitating extra curricula
activities(Clubs) at staff and
student levels
Organizinga visit session Dean & v/dean
4 for community leaders and
elementary school students to
introduce activities of the
college to create a sense
of ownership on their part

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
D. Staff Retention Mechanisms

N plan
Establishing Community Dean & v/dean

1
school
Making the staff cafeteria Dean & v/dean
2
provide
Dean & v/dean
3 Organizing annual general
staff
Dean & v/dean
4 Arranging annual award
ceremony
Arranging office and
necessary

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Section 7: Links & Collaborations

Links & collaboration encompasses any academic, research and other capacity building link and
collaboration with potential organization locally and internationally to support the academic
programs & maximize reputation of the college.
It is identified as strategic issue because the college, currently, has few links & collaborations.
Objective
Establishing link and collaborations with relevant national and international partners and
stakeholders to improve the teaching, research and community services
Strategies
• Establishing academic link and collaboration facilitating committee at college level
• Publicizing and promoting the college activities to national and international partners
• Strengthening and institutionalizing the already establishing links
• Establishing new links & collaborations at national & international Level
Key actions
• Reviewing, monitoring and evaluation of the status of the already existing link and collaborations
• Developing and submitting proposal to potential partners and donors

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

N plan
Reviewing, Monitoring and Dean & v/dean

1 evaluation of the status of the
already existing link and
collaboration
Developing and submitting Dean & v/dean
2
proposal to potential partners
and donors
Dean & v/dean
3
Dean & v/dean

4 Arranging annual award
ceremony
Dean & v/dean
5 Arranging office and
necessary

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8. Financial Plan
8.1. Start-up Budget
To be effective in achieving its goal, the college plans a sound and realistic budget by
determining the actual amount of money needed to start the stated education service. The first step
in building a sound financial plan is to formulate a start-up capital. The College start-up budget
includes such one-time only costs as major equipment’s, utilities, Supplies, Internet,
Advertising/Promotions cost. The estimated budget necessary to cover the first year of operations of
Enat College is shown below.
First Year Budget Cost
Academic Quality, Registrar, Store keeper, HR

Officer, Finance Officer, Janitors, Facility Manager,
Department heads & Coordinator)
Construction (Class Building)
Repairs & maintenance
Stationary
Janitorial Materials
Advertising
System Installation (accounting, HR, Library,
Registrar, Laboratory)
Network Installation
Utilities
Journal subscription fee
Equipment (Books, White board, furniture,
Computers, Printers, copier, Generator, and
Duplication machine)
Total
Contingency (8%)
Total

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8.2 Pro forma Financial Statements
The College’s long-term financing is achieved retention of earnings and borrowings. That means,
if external fund is required, it will be raised by issuing common stock.
ENAT COLLEGE
Pro forma Income Statement
For the year 2020
Detail Birr
1 Collection
Registration fee
Tuition fee
Total Revenue
2 Expense
Operating expenses
Salary
Advertising
Supplies
Depreciation
Utilities expenses
Miscellaneous
Direct material purchase
Interest
Insurance
Total
Revenue after expense
Total Net income

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ENAT COLLEGE
Pro forma Balance sheet
For the year 2020
Asset Liabilities and equities
Current Asset Current Liabilities
cash 4,088,031 Accumulated 107,460

depreciation
Marketable Securities - Tax Payable 1,427,802
Supplies 24,300 Other current liabilities 7,065
Total current asset 4,112,331 Total current liabilities 1,542,327
Non-current asset Non – current liabilities
White Board 15,000 Long Term Debt -
Books 107,500
Tables 37,000 Total noncurrent

liabilities
Chairs 61,800 Stock equities
Projectors 100,000 Common stock, Br 660,000

11,000
Computer 150,000 Retained earnings 2,527,303
Printer & Photo copier 16,000
Generator 20,000
Shelf 60,000
Duplication machine 50,000
Total Noncurrent asset 617,300
Total Asset 4,729,631 Total Liabilities 4,729,631

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College – Shashamene Campus mj Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
ENAT COLLEGE
o
A;
v- »»c:
SHASHEMENE CAMPUS
CURRICULUM REVIEW
GUIDELINE
August, 2020/2021
1 Enat College – Curriculum Review Guideline

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
Enat College – Shashamene Campus ^4^ Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Table of Contents
Contents Page(s)
CURRICULUM REVIEW GUIDELINE ................................................................................................. 1

1 Background and Development ............................................................................................................. 3
2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ............................................. 4
2.1 Vision............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.2 Mission .......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3 Goals ............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.4 Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Core Values ................................................................................................................................... 5
3 Enat College’s Curriculum Committee .................................................................................................. 6
3.1 Curriculum Review Process ........................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Enat College Curriculum Review Guidelines ................................................................................. 7
3.2.1 Presentation Checklist: ......................................................................................................... 7
3.3 Curriculum Review Cycle............................................................................................................... 8
3.3.1 Curriculum Review Planning Report - Enat College .............................................................. 8
3.3.2 COURSES ............................................................................................................................... 9
4 DEGREES & CERTIFICATE PROGRAM..................................................................................................... 9
5 Enat College –curriculum review(COURSE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST) ............................................... 9

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*

Enat College established and became operational in Shashamene town in 2016 in Undergraduate

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Enat College – Shashamene Campus Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
leadership, incubation and being a networked college with global alliances. These can be
achieved by the college’s approach such as Student-cantered policies and practices, inclusive
learning environment and people-oriented.

2.1 Vision
2030.
2.2 Mission
ENAT College imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides training in
the endeavor to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the socio economic
need of the country and in the region of East Africa.
2.3 Goals
□ Increase opportunity for student
access and success
2.4 Objectives
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
□ To develop research centers that solves societal problems.
To strengthen the overall relationship between the college and the community services
2.5 Core Values
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
3 Enat College’s Curriculum Committee
3.1 Curriculum Review Process

The Curriculum Review Process is an integral part of Program Review and Annual Program
Update (APU) processes and involves the faculty of record reviewing the accuracy of the
curriculum in their departments once every three years. This is a means by which the curriculum
committee and the office of instruction seek to “structurally” support the faculty in meeting their
obligations under Degree “ownership” of curriculum.
The purpose of the curriculum review process is to ensure the quality and institutional curricular
“fit” (i.e. vision, mission and plan) of Programs. Within the programs, this process is to ensure
the quality of Degrees & Certificates are relevant and in demand; and that Course Outlines of
Record (COR) are up to date and reflect state of the discipline quality standards for content and
delivery in the curricular offerings at the institution.
The Cluster Chairs are responsible for taking the lead for the departments in their areas
facilitating the disciplinary faculty of record to develop, review and update curriculum. In this
process, the Chairs Committee, the Institutional Effectiveness Committee (IEC) and Curriculum
Committee, with full support of the Office of Instruction, will provide substantive administrative
and material support to the Cluster Chairs Committee and disciplinary faculty of record.
In the process of updating curriculum, it is important to note that the Technical Review
Committee assesses the degree to which CORs are “technically correct” in determining if a
degree, certificate, or course is ready for Curriculum Committee action. These “technical issues”
are not about the content per se, but rather about adherence to current State Academic Standards
for a quality COR that enables other institutions to know clearly what it is we teach in ac given
course (e.g. this is important in the articulation and transfer processes for students).
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
This technical process and the district and state time line are required to be successfully
negotiated and completed before submission Curriculum Committee and then to the District
CIPD committee and the Board for approval. After this is it is approved by the State before it is
ready to be offered in the schedule.
The Curriculum Committee in partnership with the Office of Instruction invite the faculty to
complete a curriculum review checklist and return it to the committee by the end of September in
the year the department is up for curriculum review.
Once the curriculum review form (see below) has been submitted, the curriculum committee
reviews the information provided and will schedule a time for the department faculty to meet
with the committee to discuss courses and programs.
Program ____________
3.2 Enat College Curriculum Review Guidelines

This checklist serves as a guide to the items for review by the curriculum committee. Before the
meeting, review the presentation checklist below and indicate any changes to your curriculum.
Bring this completed checklist to Lynn Torres in the Office of Instruction at least three days prior
to the meeting at which the department is scheduled to present their program review. Also, bring
any paperwork indicating significant changes, and a degree sequence(s) (if applicable).
Presentations will last about fifteen to twenty minutes.
3.2.1 Presentation Checklist:

• The curriculum review process should include collaboration with the division chair, all
department faculty members, and other campuses (if applicable).
• List of courses offered by department.
• Verify that all CORs and SLOs are listed on curriculum and Task Stream; and are up to
date.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
• When have the courses been offered at Enat College last and/or when do you anticipate
these be offered again?
• When was the last time any student applied for and received the degrees or certificates in
your area?
• List what course(s) you intend to add to your program this cycle (the next three years).
• What courses do you intend to deactivate this cycle? Courses which have not been taught
for four years and, are not likely to be taught in the future or meet a degree requirement,
should probably be deactivated.
3.3 Curriculum Review Cycle

Starting in August 2020, the Enat College Curriculum Committee and the Office of Instruction
will be discuss for updating curriculum in every year for every courses.
3.3.1 Curriculum Review Planning Report - Enat College

Name of the Discipline:
Date of the Report:
List Faculty Involved in Developing this Report:
Please complete this evaluation before your presentation date with the curriculum committee.
We ask that you use the checklist on the reverse side to let us know where you are in your
curriculum updating and your departmental methods for analyzing and evaluating the contents
of course and degree/certificate offerings.
Also, please use curriculum to review all courses taught in your department and any certificates
or degrees offered.
• Let us know what methods you use to maintain the integrity of academic standards and
achieve consistency within the instructional program?
• Use the dates for the Active courses (red) to check the date of last up date.
• Please use additional pages in necessary.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
3.3.2 COURSES
1) List courses in the catalog and the date of the most recent course outline updates.
Course Number Course Name Date of Most Recent Update
____________________________ ____________________________ _____________________________
____________________________ ____________________________ _____________________________

____________________________ ____________________________ __________________________
____________________________ ____________________________
4 DEGREES & CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

2). When was under and post graduate degrees or certificate were last time applied for and
awarded? If it has been a long time, consider if it is still relevant and in need of deactivation of
revision.
3) List degree and certificate programs offered:
Name Degree Certificate Date of Most Recent Update

_______________ _______________ _______________ _____________________
_______________ _______________ _______________ _____________________
_______________ _______________ _______________ _____________________
_______________ _______________ _______________ _____________________
_______________ _______________ _______________ ______
5 Enat College –curriculum review(COURSE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST)

Completed Course Verification Checklist
Please use curriculum to review all courses taught in your
department and any certificates/degrees offered.
Yes No
Completed by To be
accomplished by

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
1 ________________________ ___________________ COURSE USE

Does the course been offered in the last two years? If not,
consider deactivating the course.
2 _______________________ ______________________ DESCRIPTION/CATALOG INFORMATION
Does the course description accurately describe the course?
3 _______________________ _____________________ COURSE ALLIGNMENT
✓ Do the course description, exit skills / objectives, content,
assignments, assessments, and teaching methods all align
following the Enat College Academic Senate Standards?
4 ______________________ _____________________ STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES

✓ Does the course/program have up-to-date student
learning outcomes and assessment methods?
✓ Do the course exit skills / objectives align with the course
and program and Enat College overarching student learning
outcomes?
5 ____________________ ______________________ LECTURE/LAB CONTENT, METHODS

✓ Are course content and teaching methods listed in the
COR current, appropriate and effective?
✓ To what extent are writing skills and critical thinking
reinforced?
6 _____________________ _______________________ TEXTBOOK CURRENCY
Is the textbook current? (Transfer institutions require
textbooks with a publication date within no more than 5
years)
7 _____________________ ______________________ COLLEGE LEVEL MATERIALS
For degree-applicable courses, are the reading materials at
college level?
8 _____________________ ______________________ REQUISITES
✓ Have you completed the Content Review part of the
outline?

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
n*
✓ Have you reviewed and revalidated the prerequisites, co-

requisites, recommended preparations?
(Must be done at least every 6 years)
9 _____________________ ______________________ DISTANCE EDUCATION
✓ Is there an online option for your courses?
✓ If so, is the distance education addendum current and
accurate?
10 ___________________ ______________________ STAND ALONE COURSES
Are any of your courses not degree applicable?
11 ____________________ ________________________ TRANSFER COURSES
Do transfer level courses meet the standards?
{Contact Articulation Officer Enat College Research
Office}
12 __________________ ________________________ DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES
✓ Are the courses appropriate?
✓ Are the units required appropriate?
✓ Are the descriptions of degrees/certificates
current?
✓ How does the degree or certificate fit within
the Enat College Vision & Mission?

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
እናት ኮሌጅ
sr
V-
ሻሸመኔ ካምፓስ
የሠራተኞች የመተዳደሪያ ደንብ መመሪያ
ነሐሴ /2013 ዓ.ም

ሻሸ መኔ ፤ ኢ ት ዮ ጲ ያ
የሠራተኞች የመተዳደሪያ ደንብ መመሪያ ገፅ 1

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
መግ ብ ያ
አንቀጽ 1፡ የመመሪያው ዓላማ
1. የድርጅቱ ዕቅድ ግቡን እንዲመታና አትራፊነቱም ሆነ አገልግሎቱ ተከብሮ እንዲቆይ ለማስቻል፤
2. የዲሲፕሊንና የቅሬታ አቀራረብ ሥነ-ስርዓትን ለማመልከት፣
3. በድርጅቱ ውስጥ የሰው ኃይል በሚገባ በሥራ ላይ የሚውልበትን መንገድ መፈለግ፣
4. የሠራተኞች ጤንነትና ደህንነት መጠበቂያ ዘዴዎችና መሣሪያዎች የሚገኙበትን መንገድ ለመሻት.
5. ሠራተኛው ሊያገኛቸው ስለሚገቡ ልዩ ልዩ ጥቅሞችና ክፍያዎች ለመወሰነ፣
6. ሠራተኛው የድርጅቱን ንብረት የጋራ መሆኑን ተረድቶ ጥንቃቄና ጥበቃ እንዲያደርግ ለማስቻል፡፡
7. የድርጅቱም ሆነ የሠራተኛው መብትና ግዴታ ተከብሮ እንዲቆይ በማድረግ የኮሌጁ
ሰላምን ለማስጠበቅ
አንቀጽ 2፡ የመመሪያው ወሰን

በዚህ መመሪያ የተመለከቱት መብቶችና ግዴታዎች በድርጅቱና በሰራተኛው ተፈጻሚ ይሆናሉ፡፡ ድርጅቱና
ሠራተኞቹ በመመሪያው ውስጥ የተመለከቱትን አንቀጾች አክብረው የመፈጸም ግዴታ አለባቸው፡፡
አንቀጽ 3፡ ትርጉም
የቃሉ አገባብ ሌላ ትርጉም ካልተሰጠው በስተቀር በዚህ መመሪያ ውስጥ ፡፡
3.1 ድርጅቱ፡ ማለትም እናት ኮሌጅ ማለት ነው
3.2 ሠራተኛ፡ በድርጅቱ መሪነት ለተወሰነ ወይንም ላልተወሰነ ጊዜ ወይንም ለተወሰነ ሥራ በደመወዝ የጉልበት
አገልግሎት ለመስጠት ከድርጅቱ ጋር የተስማማ ነው፡፡
3.3 ደመወዝ፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ ለድርጅቱ በገባው የሥራ ውል መሠረት ላበረከተው አገልግሎት በቁርጥ
ቀን ወይም በወር የሚደረግ ክፍያ ሲሆን፣ በአዋጅ 42/85 አንቀጽ 53 ንዑስ አንቀጽ 2 የተገለጹትን
አይጨምርም፡፡
3.4 የደንብ ልብስ፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ በተመደበበት የሥራ ጠባይ ምክንያት መለየት እንዲቻል የሚሰጠው
ልብስ ነው፡፡
3.5 የሥራ ልብስ፡ ማለት አንድ ሰራተኛ በተመደበበት የሥራ ሁኔታ ምክንያት እና በጤንነቱ ላይ ሊደርስ
የሚችለውን ጉዳት ለመከላከያ እንዲሆን የሚሰጠው ልብስ ነው፡፡
3.6 የሥራ መሣሪያ፡ ማለት ሠራተኛው ሥራውን በጋራ ወይም በግል ለማከናወን እንዲያስችለው የሚሰጥ

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ሆኖ ሥራው ሲያበቃ ከሥራው ቦታ የሚቀመጥ ልዩ ልዩ መገልገያ ነው፡፡
3.7 ቅጣት፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ ይሄንን መመሪያና የአሰሪና የሠራተኛ ጉዳይ አዋጅን ሊተላለፍ በዚህ
መመሪያና በአዋጅ መሠረት የሚወሰድበት የሥነ-ሥርዓት እርምጅ ነው፡፡
3.7.1 የቃል ማስጠንቀቂያ ፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ ጥፋት ሲፈጽም የቅርብ ወይም የበላይ አለቃው የጥፋቱን
ዓይነትና አድራጎት፣ የጣሳቸውን የአዋጆችና የዚህን መመሪያ አንቀጾች ጠቅሶ ጥፋቱን እንዳይደግም
በቃል የሚሰጥ ማስጠንቀቂያ ነው፡፡
3.7.2 የጽሑፍ ማስጠንቀቂያ ማለት፡ አንድ ሠራተኛ ጥፋት ሲፈጽም የጥፋቱን ዓይነትና ድርጊት፣ የጣሳቸውን
አዋጆችና የዚህ መመሪያ አንቀጾች ተጠቅሶ ጥፋቱ እንዳይደገም በጽሑፍ የሚሰጥ ማስጠንቀቂያ ነው፡፡
3.7.3 የገንዘብ ቅጣት፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ ጥፋት ሲፈጽም የጥፋቱን ዓይነትና ድርጊት የጣሳቸውን አዋጆችና
የዚህን መመሪያ አንቀጾች በጽሑፍ ተጠቅሶ ከደመወዙ ላይ ተቀናሽ እንዲሆን ማድረግ ነው፡፡
3.7.4 የመጨረሻ ማስጠንቀቂያ፡ ማለት አንድ ሠራተኛ ጥፋት ሲፈጽም የፈፀመው የጥፋት ዓይነትና ድርጊት
እንዲሁም የጣሳቸው ሆነም የተላለፋቸው የአዋጅና የመመሪያው አንቀጾች በዲሲፕሊን ኮሚቴ
ተመርምረው በጽሑፍ የሚሰጥ ነው፡፡
3.8 ቅሬታ፡ ማለት በመመሪያው አተረጓገምና አፈፃፀም እንዲሁም ከሠራተኛው የሥራ ውልና የሥራ ሁኔታ
ጋር በተያያዙ ምክንያቶች ሊቀርብ የሚችል ማንኛውም አቤቱታ ነው፡፡
3.9 ትርፍ፡ ማለት በበጀት የተያዘ /Budgeted profit/ ሳይሆን ያለፈው ዓመት ሂሣብ ተዘግቶ
የተገኘው/Actual profit/ ማለት ነው፡፡
3.10 ፈቃድ፡ ማለት ሠራተኛው ከምድብ ሥራው ቀሪ ለመሆን የሚያስችለው ከደመወዙ ጋር ወይም ያለደመወዝ
የሚሰጥ የሥራ ጊዜ ነው፡፡
3.11 ዝውውር፡ ማለት አንድን ሠራተኛ ከአንድ ቅርንጫፍ ወደ ሌላው ቅርንጫፍ ወይም ከአንድ መምሪያ
ወደ ሌላ መምሪያ የሠራተኛውን ደመወዝና ደረጃ ጠብቆ የሚደረግ ነው ሆኖም በዲሲፕሊን
ጉድለት ምክንያት የሚወሰዱ እርምጃ ይመለከታል፡፡
3.12 መደበኛ የሥራ ሠዓት፡ ማለት በቀን፣ በደንብ ወይም መመሪያ መሠረት ሠራተኛው ሥራውን
የሚያከናውንበት ወይም ለሥራ የሚገኝበት ጊዜ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 4፡ ስለመመሪያው የበላይነት

ይህ መመሪያ በሠራተኛውና በድርጅቱ መካከል የበላይ ሕግ ሆኖ ያገልጋል፡
አንቀጽ 5፡ መመሪያውን የሚጻረሩ መመሪያዎችን ስለመሻር

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ከዚህ በፊት ይሰራባቸው የነበሩ ልምዶች ወይም መመሪያዎች ይህን መመሪያ የሚጻረሩ ከሆኑ መመሪያ
ስለተተካ ተሸረዋል፡፡ ይህ መመሪያ በሥራ ላይ ባለበት ዘመን ይህን መመሪያ የሚፃረር ደንብና መመሪያ
ድርጅቱ ማውጣት አይችልም፡፡
አንቀጽ 6፡ መመሪያውን ስለማደስ

ይህ መመሪያ በድርጅቱ ወጪ ለአያያዥ በሚያመች ሁኔታ ተጠርዞ በቤተመጽሐፍት ይቀመጣል፡፡
አንቀጽ 7፡ ግዴታዎች፡
7.1 የድርጅቱ ግዴታዎች፡
7.1.1 ይህን መመሪያና በሥራ ውሉ ውስጥ የተመለከቱትን ሁኔታዎች የማክበር
7.1.2 የሠራተኛውን ጤናና ደህንነት በሚገባ ለመጠበቅ እንዲሁም በሥራ ላይ ሊደርስ የሚችሉ አደጋዎችን
ለመከላከል የሚያስፈልጉ መሣሪያዎችን የንፅህና ቦታዎችን ማዘጋጀት፡
7.1.3 ለእያንዳንዱ ሠራተኛ የሥራ ዝርዝር የመስጠት
7.1.4 በሠራተኛው መካከል ምንም ዓይነት አድልዎ ያለማድረግና በቂም በቀል ላይ የተመሰረተ እርምጃ
ያለመውሰድ፡
7.1.5 ሠራተኛው መብቱን እንዲያስከብር በማንኛውም አኳኋን ያለማደናቀፍ ወይም መብቱን በማስከበሩ
በሠራተኛው ላይ እርምጃ አለመውሰድ፡
7.1.6 የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ፣ የቅጥር ጊዜውን፣ የሥራ መደቡን፣ የሚያገኘውን ደመወዝ ወዘተ..
የመሳሰሉትን መረጃዎች የሚገልጽ የምስክር ወረቀት እንዲጻፍለት ሲጠይቅ በአሰራር ላይ ችግር የማይፈጥር
ሆኖ ሲገኝ መረጃዎች የመስጠት፡
7.1.7 በሠራተኛው የግል ማኅደር ውስጥ የሚገኙትን መረጃዎች ማለትም የቅጥር ዘመን፣ የደመወዝ መጠን፣
ያለውን ፈቃድ፣ ማንኛውንም ሰነዶች ሠራተኛው ለማየት በጽሑፍ በሚጠይቅበት ጊዜ ድርጅቱ የማሳየት
ግዴታ አለበት፡፡ ሆም አንድ ሠራተኛ በስድስት ወር ከአንድ ጊዜ በላይ የግል ማህደሩን ለማየት
አይችልም፡፡
7.1.8 የሠራተኛ የሥራ አፈጻጸም ግምገማ በማህደሩ ከመቀመጡ በፊት ሠራተኛው እንዲፈርም የማድረግ
7.1.9 ድርጅቱ በጥበቃ ለጉልበትና በጽዳት ሠራተኞች የሥራ ልብስ ማስቀመጫ የማዘጋጀት፡
7.1.10 ለሠራተኛው ደመወዙንና ሌሎች ክፈያዎችን በዚህ መሠረት የመክፈል፤
7.1.11 በሕግ፣ በመመሪያ ወይም በሥራ ደንብ በተወሰነው ወይም በፍርድ ቤት ትዕዛዝ መሠረት ካልሆነ

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ወይም ሠራተኛው በጽሑፍ ካልተስማማ ከሠራተኛው ደመወዝ ያለመቀነስ ወይም በዕዳ ያለመያዝ
ወይም አለመቻል፡፡
7.1.12 በአንድ ጊዜ ከሠራተኛው ደመወዝ ላይ በአጠቃላይ ሊቆረጥ የሚችለው የገንዘብ መጠን በምንም
አኳኋን ከወር ደመወዙ አንድ ሶስተኛ እንዳይበልጥ የማድረግ፡
7.2 የሠራተኛው ግዴታዎች፡ ማንኛውም የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ የሚከተሉትን የመፈፀም ግዴታ አለበት፡፡
7.2.1 ስለሠራተኞች ጉዳይ የወጡትን አዋጆችና ደንቦች የድርጅቱን የሥራ መመሪያዎች እንዲሁም በመንግስት
አዋጅ መሠረት ወደፊት የሚወጡ መመሪያዎችና ደንቦች ሲኖሩ በሚገባ ማክበር፡፡
7.2.2 የድርጅቱ የስራ ውጤት እንዲዳብር ሥራውን በትጋትና በጥንቃቄ በመሥራት ሙሉ ዕውቀቱንና ኃይሉን
የማበርከት፡
7.2.3 በመደበኛ የሥራ ሠዓት በልዩ ምክንያት ካልተፈቀደለት በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ከሚሠራው ሥራ በስተቀር
ሌላ መሥሪያ ቤት ተቀጥሮ ያለመሥራት፡፡
7.2.4 ሥራውን የሚያከናውንባቸውን መሣሪያዎችና ተሸከርካሪዎች የድርጅቱ ንብረት መሆናቸውን አውቆ
በጥንቃቄ የመያዝና የመንከባከብ እንዲሁም ለሥራ አስፈላጊ ሆነው የተሰጡትን መሠሪያዎች
ሥራውን ሲፈጽሙ ከአላቂ እቃዎች በስተቀር የመመለስ፡፡
7.2.5 ስለጤና አጠባበቅና ለአደጋ መከላከያ ዘዴዎች የሚመጡ መመሪያዎችን አክብሮ በጥንቃቄ የመፈፀም፡
7.2.6 በማንኛውም የድርጅቱ ንብረትም ሆነ በሥራ ባልደረቦቹ ላይ አደጋ የሚያስከትል ሁኔታዎች መኖራቸውን
ሲረዳ ለማንኛውም የድርጅቱ ባለሥልጣን ወይም የሥራ ኃላፊ ወዲያውኑ ማስታወቅና
አደጋውንም ለመከላከል በሚወስደው እርምጃ ሁሉ የመተባበር፡
7.2.7 የሠራተኞችን፣ የራሱንና የድርጅቱን መልካም ስም የመጠበቅ፡
7.2.8 የበላይ ወይም የቅርብ አለቃው በሥራ መመሪያ መሠረት ሲያዘው በመግባባት፣ በቅንነት፣ የሥራ
መመሪያውን ተከትሎ ሥራውን የማካሄድ፣ ሠዓት የማክበር፡
7.2.9 የሌላውን ሰው የሠዓት መቆጣጠሪያ ካርድ ያለመምታት ወይም አስመስሎ ያለመፈረም
7.2.10 የበላይ ወይም የቅርብ አለቃው በሥራ ጊዜ ከሥራ ቦታ ሥራ ነክ በሆኑ ጉዳዮች ሲጠራው የመቅረብ፣
የጽሑፍም ሆነ በቃል የሚሰጠውን መመሪያ መቀበል፤
7.2.11ድርጅቱ እንዳስፈላጊነቱ የሚዘጋጀውን የጤና ምርመራ፣ ክትባት እንዲሁም ህክምና የመውሰድ፡
7.2.12 ካልተፈቀደለት በስተቀር የድርጅቱን ሀብት ወይም ንብረት ለራሱ አገልግሎት ያለማዋል፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7.2.13 በመጠጥ ወይም አእምሮ በሚያደነዝዙ ነገሮች ተመርዞ ሥራውን ለማከናወን በማያስችለው ሁኔታዎች
ላይ ያለመገኘት፡
7.2.14 የመንጃ ፈቃድ ሳይኖረው ተሸከርካሪ ያለማንቀሳቀስ፣እንዲሁም የመንጃ ፈቃድ ቢኖረው እንኳን ከሥራ
መደቡ ውጪ ካልፈቀደለት በስተቀር የድርጅቱን ተሸከርካሪ ያለ ማንቀሳቀስ፡
7.2.15 ሕግንና ይህን መመሪያ ተቃራኒ ያልሆኑ ማስታወቂያዎችን ሁሉ የማክበርና የመፈፀም፤
7.2.16 ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ የድርጅቱን ጥቅምና ሥራ የድርጅቱንም ሠራተኞች ደህንነት ከሚጎዳ ተግባር
የመራቅ፣
7.2.17 በሥራ ሰዓትና በሥራ ቦታ ላይ መጨቃጨቅ፣ መነታረክና መደባደብ የመሳሰሉትን ተግባሮች
ያለመፈጸም፣
7.2.18 በድርጅቱ ቅጥር ግቢ ውስጥ ክብረህሊና የሚነካ አስነዋሪ ተግባር ያለመፈፀም፣
7.2.19 ለአደጋ መከላከያ የሚሆኑ አስፈላጊ መሣሪያዎችን ለምሳሌ የዓይን መነጽር፣ ጓንተና ማስክ
ወዘተ…የመሳሰሉትን እንደ ሥራው ፀባይ ሲሰጠው በአግባቡ መጠቀም፣
7.2.20 ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ ሊታለፍ የማይችል አስገዳጅ ወይም ድንገተኛ ጉዳይ ካላጋጠመው በስተቀር ፈቃድ
ሳይጠይቅ ከሥራው ያለመቅረት በአስገዳጅ ሁኔታ ከሥራ ገበታው በሚቀርበት ጊዜ ከአቅም በላይ
ካልሆነ በስተቀር ለድርጅቱ በስልክም ሆነ በሰው መልእክቱን የማሳወቅ፡
7.2.21 የሥራ ውል ተቋርጦ ከድርጅቱ ሲሰናበት በእጁ የሚገኘውን ማንኛውም የድርጅቱን
ንብረት የማስረከብ፣ የመታወቂያ ወረቀት የመመለስ፡
አንቀጽ 8፡ መብቶች
8.1. የድርጅቱ መብቶች፡-
8.2. ድርጅቱ አዋጆችን፣ ደንቦችንና ይህንን መመሪያ ሳይቃረን ሥራዎችን ለመወሰንና ለመምራት፣
ሠራተኞችን ለመቅጠር፣ ለማዘዋወር፣ ከሥራ ለማሰናበት የሥራውን ዓይነት ለመለወጥ የቅጣት
እርምጃዎችን የመውሰድ፤
8.3. አንድ ሠራተኛ የድርጅቱን ንብረት በቸልተኝነት መስበሩ ወይም መጣሉ ወይም መጥፋቱ ወይም
ማጉደሉ ወይም ለግሉም ሆነ ለሌላ ወገን ጥቅም ማዋሉ ሲረጋገጥ በዚህ መመሪያ መሠረት
የሚወሰደው የዲሲፕሊን እርምጃ እንደተጠበቀ ሆኖ የንብረቱን ወቅታዊ የገበያ ዋጋ ከሠራተኛው
ደመወዝ የመቀነስ፣
8.4. ድርጅቱ ሠራተኛውን በሙያውና በችሎታው በአግባቡ የመጠቀም፤

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8.5. ይህን መመሪያ ሳይቃረን ድርጅቱ ሥራውን ለመካሄድ መመሪያዎችን የማውጣት፣ የማሻሻል፣
የማስታወቅና በሥራ ላይ የማዋል፤
አንቀጽ 9፡ ደመወዝ ክፍያ

9.1 ደመወዝ ከሠራተኛው ጋር በተደረገው የሥራ ውል መሰረት ይከፈላል፣ ለእኩል ሥራ እኩል የመነሻ ደመወዝ
ይከፍላል፣ (የተለየ አሳማኝ ሁኔታ ካልኖረ በቀር)
9.2 ክፍያው እንደ ኢትዮጵያ አቆጣጠር ወር በገባ ከ28ኛው ቀን ጀምሮ እስከ ወሩ መጨረሻ ቀን ድረስ
ተጠቃሎ ይከፈላል፡፡
9.3 28ኛው ቀን የሳምንቱ ዕረፍት ወይም የሕዝብ በዓል ከሆነ በቅድሚያ ይከፈላል፡፡
9.4 ክፍያው መጠየቅ ከሚገባው ቀን ጀምሮ እስከ 6 ወር ካልተጠየቀ በይርጋ ቀሪ ይሆናል፡
9.5 ድርጅቱ በቋሚ ሥራ ላይ ለሚቀጥረው ሠራተኛ አነስተኛ የመነሻ ደመወዝ መንግስት አነስተኛ የመነሻ
ደመወዝ አስመልክቶ ካወጣው መመሪያ አያንስም፡፡
አንቀጽ 10፡ ጉርሻ /ቦነስ/

10.1 ድርጅቱ ማትረፉ ሲረጋገጥ የአንድ ወር ደመወዝ ቦርዱ በወቅቱ በሚወስነው መቶኛ ጉርሻ/ቦነስ ይከፍላል፡፡
አጠቃላይ ክፍያው ድርጅቱ ካስመዘገበው የተጣራ ትርፍ 10% ያልበለጠ ይሆናል፡፡
10.2 ጉርሻ/ቦነስ አከፋፈሉም የሠራተኛውን የሥራ አፈጻጸም ግምገማ ውጤት መሠረት በማድረግ ይሆናል፡፡
አንድ ሠራተኛ ጉርሻ/ቦነስ ማግኘት የሚእለው የሥራ አፈጻጸም ግምገማ ውጤት ከ3 ነጥብ በታች
ካልሆነ ብቻ ነው፡፡
10.3 አንድ ሠራተኛ ጉርሻ/ቦነስ የሚያገኘው በበጀት ዓመቱ ላገለገለባቸው ጊዜያት ብቻ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 11፡ የደመወዝ ጭማሪ

ሠራተኛው የድርጅቱን ትርፋማነት ያለማቋረጥ እንዲያሳድግ ከድርጅቱ የወደፊት ሕልውና ጋር እየተገናዘበ
ድርጅቱ ትርፋማ ሲሆን በየሁለት ዓመቱ የደመወዝ ጭማሪ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
13.1 የደመወዝ ጭማሪ ድልድሉም የደመወዝ ስኬል መሠረት ከአንድ እርከን አይበልጥም፡፡ ይህም
በእያንዳንዱ ሠራተኛ የሥራ አፈጻጸም ውጤት ላይ የተመሰረት ሆኖ ከ2.5 ነጥብ በታች የሥራ
አፈፃም ውጤት ላለው ሠራተኛ አይሰጥም፡፡
13.2 በዚሁ አንቀት ንዑስ አንቀጽ 1 ላይ የተጠቀሰው ቢኖርም ለዓመቱ የሚሰጠው ዓመታዊ ጠቅላላ ጭማሪ
በዓመቱ በድርጅቱ ከተገኘው የተጣራ ትርፍ 10% አይበልጥም፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
13.3 የደመወዝ ጭማሪ ክፍያው በመስከረም ወር ይሆናል፡፡
13.4 ከአንድ ዓመት በታች ያገለገለ ሠራተኛ የደመወዝ ጭማሪ አይደረግለትም፡፡
አንቀጽ 12፡ የውሎ አበል

12.1 ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ በሚሠራበት የከተማ ክልል ውጭ በድርጅቱ ትዕዛዝ ለሥራ በሚሄድበት ጊዜ የውሎ
አበል ይከፈለዋል፡፡
12.2 የበረሃ አበል በሚከፈልባቸው አካባቢዎች ለሥራ ለሚላክ ሠራተኛ በመደበኛ የውሎ አበል ላይ በመንግስት
ለቦታው የተወሰነው የበረሃ አበል መቶኛ ተጨምሮ ይከፈላል፡፡
12.3 ሠራተኛው ጉዞውን የሚጀምርበትና የሚመለስበት ጊዜ እየታየ የውሎ አበል ይከፈለዋል፡፡ አከፋፈሉም
ሀ. ለቁርስ = 10%
ለ. ለምሳ = 25%
ሐ. ለእራት = 25%
መ. ለአልጋ = 40% ይሆናል፡፡
12.4 ከሚሠራበት ከተማ ክልል ውጪ ለሥራ የሚወጣ ሠራተኛ ፈጣን ኢኮኖሚያዊና ምቹ በሆነ የሕዝብ
ትራንስፖርት እንዲጓጓዝ ይደረጋል፡፡ ይህም በአውሮፕላን ከሆነ ኢኮኖሚክ ክላስ፣ በባቡር ከሆነ
2ኛ ማዕረግ፣ እንዲሁም በአውቶቡስ ሊሆን ይችላል፡፡
12.5 አንድ ሰራተኛ ከሚሠራበት ከተማ ክልል ውጭ በጊዜያዊነት ተዛውሮ እንዲሠራ ቢደረግ ድርጅቱ የውሎ
አበል ይከፍለዋል፡፡ ሆኖም ጊዜያዊ ዝውውር ከ3 ወራት መብለጥ የለበትም፡፡
12.6 በድርጅቱ ትዕዛዝ ለስራ ጉዳይ ከከተማ ውጪ የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ የውሎ አበል ከዚህ በታች በተመለከተው
መሠረት ይከፈላል፡፡ ለቦርዱ አባላት በቀን 500 ብር ሆኖ የአልጋ ሂሳብ በደረሰኝ ይወራረዳል፣
ትራንስፖርት በደረሰኝ ወይንም በደርሶመልስ ተተምኖ ይከፈላል፡፡ ደመወዝ ከ 5000 በታች
ለሆነ ሠራተኛ በቀን 300 ብር ሆኖ ትራንስፖርት በደረሰኝ ይወራረዳል፡፡ደመወዝ 5000 ብር
እና ከዚያ በላይ ለሆነ ሠራተኛ በቀን 400 ብር ሆኖ የትራንስፖርት በደረሰኝ ይወራረዳል፡፡
12.7 የፈተና አበል፡ በመደበኛም ሆነ በተከታታይ ትምህርት ዘርፍ የሚሰጥ ፈተናን መፈተንም ሆነ ማረም
የትምህርቱ አካል ስለሆን ልዩ ክፍያ አይታሰብበትም፡፡ ሆኖም የተለያየ አሳማኝ ሁኔታ ካለ ብቻ ፕሬዝዳንት
ጽ/ቤት ፀድቆ ብቻ የሚከፈልበት ሁኔታ ሊኖር ይችላል፡፡ ፈታኝ ሆነው በተመደቡበት ተገኝቶ
አለመፈተን በትምህርት ጉዳዮች ዘርፍ በሚወጣ ልዩ መመሪያ መሠረት ቅጣት የሚታይ ይሆናል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አንጽ 13፡ የገንዘብ ያዥ መጠባበቂያ አበል፡
13.1 ድርጅቱ በግንዘብ ያዝነት ሥራ ላይ ለሚመድበው ሠራተኛ በሥራው ላይ ለሚያጋጥመው የግንዘብ ጉድለት
ማካካሻ እንዲሆን ከዚህ በተመለከተው መሠረት በየወሩ በስሙ ሂሳብ ይይዝለታል፡፡
ሀ. ለዋናው ገንዘብ ያዥ፡ = ብር 500.00
ለ. ለረዳት ገንዘብ ያዥ = ብር 300.00
13.2 የገንዘብ ጉድለት መጠባበቂያ አበል ለሚያዝለት ሠራተኛ የሚጎድልን ሂሳብ ለማሟላት እንዲያመች
ለመጀመሪያ 12 ወራት በየወሩ በስሙ በተከፈተለት ሂሳብ ውስጥ ተቀማጭ ይሆናል፡፡ ከ12 ወራት በኋላ ግን
ሠራተኛው የየወሩ ሂሳብ ይከፈለዋል፡
13.3 ሠራተኛው ወደ ሌላ የሥራ መደብ ሲዛወር ወይም ከሥራ ሲለቅ/ሲሰናበት/ በገንዘብ ያዥነት ሥራ ላይ
በነበረበት ጉድለት ካደረስ ከተጠራቀመለት አበል ቀንሶ ቀሪው ገንዘብ ይከፈለዋል፡፡
አንቀጽ 14፡ የበረሃ አበል፡

መንግስት የበረሃ አበል ይከፈልባቸዋል ብሎ ባወጣቸው ቦታዎች ለሚሰሩ ሠራተኞች ድርጅቱ በመንግስት መመሪያ
መሠረት የበረሃ አበል ይከፍላል፡፡
አንቀጽ 15፡ የመጋዘን ኃላፊዎች አበል

የመጋዘን ኃላፊዎት አበል ከዚህ በታች ባለው መሠረት ይሆናል፡፡
15.1 ለዋና ንብረት ያዥ ብር 100
15.2 የንብረት ጉድለት መጠባበቂያው አበል በሚያዝለት ሰራተኛ የሚጎድልን ንብረት ለማሟላት እንዲያመች
ለመጀመሪያው 12 ወራት በየወሩ በስሙ በተከፈተ ሂሳብ ውስጥ ተቀማጭ ይሆናል፡፡ ከ12 ወራት
በኋላ ግን ሠራተኛው የየወሩ አበል ይከፈለዋል፡፡
15.3 ሠራተኛው ወደ ሌላ የሥራ መደብ ሲዛወር ወይም ከሥራ ሲለቅ/ሲሰናበት/ በመጋዘን ኃላፊነት ሥራ ላይ
በነበረበት ወቅት ጉድለት ካደረሰ ከተጠራቀመለት አበል ተቀንሶ ቀሪው ገንዘብ ይከፈለዋል፡፡
አንቀት 16፡ ስለተተኪ አመዳደብና የመደብ አከፋፈል

16.1 የመደብ አበል ማለት አበል በሚያስከፍል የሥራ መደብ ተመድቦ ለሚሠራ ሠራተኛ የሚከፈል
ከመደበኛ ደመወዝ ውጪ ለሆነ ክፍያ ነው፡፡
16.2 ሠራተኘኛው በተከታታይ ሙሉ ወር እና ከዚያ በላይ ለሆነ ጊዜ በዚሁ መደብ ላይ ካልሠራ
የኃላፊነት አበል አይከፈለውም

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
16.3 የኃላፊነት አበል በአመት ከ12 ወራት በላይ አይከፈልም፡
16.4 በተጨማሪ ሥራ ምክንያት ወይንም በጉርሻ/ቦነስ መልክ የሚከፈል ተጨማሪ የወር ደመወዝ የመደብ
አበልን አይመለከትም፡፡
16.5 በተተኪነት የሚመደበው ሠራተኛ ለሥራ መደብ ቅርበት ያለውና ሥራውን ሸፍኖ ለመሥራት ችሎታ ያለው
መሆን መረጋገጥ አለበት፡
16.6 አንድ ሠረተኛ ከ6 ወር በላይ በተተኪነት ተመድቦ መሥራት የለበትም፡፡ ከዚህ ውጭ ከሆነ ድርጅቱ
ማስታወቂያ አውጥቶ በደረጃ ዕድገት፣ ቅጥርና ዝውውር ሥርዓት መሠረት ቦታውን በውድድር ማሟላት
ይኖርበታል፡፡
16.7 ተተኪ ሠራተኛ የተተኪ አበል ሊያገኝ የሚችለው ደመወዙ አንዲተካ ከሚመደብበት የሥራ መደብ መነሻ
ደመወዝ ያነሰ ሲሆን ነው፡፡ ክፍያው የተተካበትን የሥራ መደብ መነሻ ደመወዝ 10% ይሆናል፡፡
16.8 ላልተወሰነ ጊዜ ክፍት በሆነ የሥራ መደብ ላይ የሚተካ ሠራተኛ በተተኪነት ከመደቡት ጊዜ ጀምሮ የተተኪ
አበል ያገኛል፡፡ ሆኖም
16.9 በክረምት ላስተማሩ መምህራን የሚከፈል ልዩ ክፍያ
16.9.1 በቀጥታ በማስተማር ስራ ላይ የተሳተፉ መምህራንን፣ የክረምቱን ስልጠና በቀጥተኛ መንገድ
በማስተባበር ያሳለፉ ኃላፋዎችንና መምህራንን ይመለከታል፡፡
16.9.2 በቀጥታ በማስተማር ስራ ላይ ያልተሳተፉ እና በቀጥታ የማስተማሩን ሥራ ያላስተባበሩ ሰራተኞችን.
መምህራንን እና ኃላፊዎችን አይመለከትም፡፡
16.9.3 የክፍያው መጠንና የሥራ ጫና በየአመቱ የቦርድ ጽ/ቤት በሚያወጣው መመሪያ መሠረት የሚፈፀም
ይሆናል፡፡ ሆኖም ከሰራተኛው የሁለት ወር ደመወዝ የማይበልጥ ይሆናል፡፡
ሀ/ በህመም
ለ/ በዓመት ፈቃድ
ሐ/ በትምህርት ስልጠና
መ/ በድርጅቱ ሥራ ምክንያት ከሥራ የተለየን ሠራተኛ እንዲተካ የተደረገ ሠራተኛ የተተኪ አበሉ
የሚከፈለው በተከታታይ ከ2 ወራት በላይ ለሰራባቸው ጊዜያት ብቻ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 17፡ በዝውውር ወቅት ለሚፈጠር ችግር ማቃለያ ስለሚሰጥ አበልና ብድር፡
17.1 አንድ ሰራተኛ በድርጅቱ አነሳሽነት ከሚኖርበት ክልል ወጭ በሚዛወርበት ወቅት ከአካባቢው ጋር
እስኪላመድ ድረስ የደመወዝ 25% አበል ለሁለት ተከታታይ ወራት ይከፍለዋል፡፡
17.2 አንድ ሠራተኛ በድርጅቱ አነሳሽነት ከሚኖርበት ክልል ውጪ በሚዛወርበት ወቅት የሚደርስበትን ያልታሰበ
ችግር ለመቋቋምና ከአዲስ የሥራ ቦታ እንዲላመድ ሲባል የአንድ ወር ደመወዝ በ24 ወራት
የሚከፈል ብድር ይሰጠዋል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አንቀጽ 18፡ የረጅም ጊዜ ብድር
ሠራተኛው ችግር አጋጥሞት ብድር ሲጠይቅ በሚከተለው ሁኔታ ሊወስድ ይችላል፡፡
18.1 ይህ መመሪያ ጽድቆ ተግባራዊ ከሆነበት ሁለት ወራት በኋላ የአንድ ወር ደመወዝ 1/3 በተበደረበት
ወር ተከፍሎ የሚያልቅ በቋሚነት ይሆናል፡፡
18.2 ብድር ለመውሰድ የሚችለው የሙከራ ጊዜውን የጨረሰና ቋሚ ሰራተኛ ብቻ ነው፡፡
18.3 የመጨረሻ ማስጠንቀቂያ የተሰጠው ሠራተኛ ማስጠንቀቂያው እስካልተነሳለት ድረስ ብድር ሊወስድ
አይችልም፡፡
18.4 ማንኛውም የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ በታወቀ በዓላት ማለትም ለፋሲካ፣ ለዘመን መለወጫ እና ለገና በዓላት
የብድር ተቆራጩ ሊዘለው ይችላል፡፡ ሆኖም የእስልማ ሃይማኖት ተከታይ ሠራተኞች ኤድአልፈጥር፣
መውሊድና አረፋ ላይ ወይም ከላይ በተጠቀሱት በዓላት እንደምርጫቸው ሊሆን ይችላል፡፡ ሆኖም
የሚዘለልበት በዓል ብዛት በዓመት ከ3 ጊዜያት በላይ አይሆንም፡፡
አንቀጽ 19፡ በጡረታ ስለሚገለሉ ሠራተኞች፡

አንድ ሠራተኛ የጡረታ መውጫ ጊዜው አንድ ዓመት ወይም 12 ወራት ሲቀረው ድርጅቱ ይህንኑ በጽሑፍ
ያሳውቃል፡፡
አንቀጽ 20፡ መደበኛ የሥራ ሠዓቶች፡

ለማንኛውም ሠራተኛ መደበኛ ሰዓት በቀን ከ8 ሰዓት ወይም በሳምንት ከ44 ሰዓት አይበልጥም፡፡ ሆኖም የሥራ
ፀባያቸው በድርጅቱ ውስጥ በፈረቃ /በሺፍት/ የሚሰሩ የጥበቃ ሰራተኞች የሥራ ሁኔታ ቀደም ሲል በተለመደው
አሰራር በአሰሪና ሠራተኛ ጉዳይ አዋጅ ዉጥር 45/25 አንቀጽ 61 ተራ ቁጥር 1 መሠረት ይፈጽማል፡፡ የሥራ
መግቢያና መውጫ ሰዓቶችን በሚመለከት ድርጅቱ ይወስናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 21፡ ለመዝናኛ የሚሰጥ ፈቀድ

ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ እንደሥራው ፀባይና እንደሥራው ሁኔታ በሥራው መካከል ሰውነቱን ለማዝናናት ከሠዓት
በፊት 15 /አስራ አምስት ደቂቃ/ ከሠዓት በኋላ 15 /አስራ አምስት ደቂቃ/ የመዝናኛ ጊዜ
ወይም የዕረፍት ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡ ይህም ጊዜ እንደስራ ሠዓት ይቆጠራል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አንቀጽ 22፡ የሳምንት ዕረፍት ጊዜ
ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ በአዋጅ ቁጥር 48/85 መሠረት በሰባት ቀናት ጊዜ ውስት ያልተቆራረጠ ከሃያ አራት ሰዓት
የማያንስ የሣምንት ዕረፍት ያገኛል፡፡ ይህም እሁድ ቀን ይሆናል ሆኖም ግን፡
22.1 ለድርጅቱ የጥበቃ ሠራተኞች ከላይ የተጠቀሰው እንደተጠበቀ ሆኖ የዕረፍት ጊዜ የሚወሰነው ግን ፍተሐዊ
በሆነ መልኩ ለጥበቃ ሠራተኞች በሚወጣው ፕሮግራም መሠረት ይሆናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 23፡ የዓመት ዕረፍት፡

23.1 በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ለአንድ ዓመት ያገለገለ ሠራተኛ ለመጀመሪያ ዓመት አገልግሎት 14/አስራ አራት/
የሥራ ቀኖች ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
23.2 ለአንድ ዓመት ባላይ ያገለገለ ሠራተኛ ለእያንዳንዱ ዓመት 1/አንድ/ የሥራ ቀን እየተጨመረለት ያርፋል፡፡
23.3 የዓመት ዕረፍት ፕሮግራም ድርጅቱ አውጥቶ ከዕረፍት ጊዜ 45 ቀናት በፊት ለሠራተኞች ያስታውቃል፡፡
ይህም የሚወጣው የጊዜ ሰሌዳ የድርጅቱን ሥራ በማይጎዳና የሠራተኛውን ፍላጎት ያጣጣመ
መሆን ይገባዋል፡፡
23.4 በዚህ መመሪያ መሠረት የሥራ ውሉ የተቋረጠ ሠራተኛ ያልወሰደው የዓመት ፈቃድ ካለ በገንዘብ ተተምኖ
ይከፈለቃል፡፡
23.5 ሠራተኛው ያገለገለበት ጊዜ ከአንድ ዓመት በታች ከሆነ በአገልግሎት ጊዜው ልክ የዓመት ዕረፍት ታስቦ
ይያዝለታል፡፡ ሆኖም የዓመት ዕረፍት የሚሰጠው ከአንድ ዓመት በላይ ላገለገለ ሠራተኛ ነው፡፡
23.6 አንድ ሠራተኛ በዓመት ዕረፍት ላይ እያለ ቢታመምና ከታወቀ የመንግስት የሕክምና ድርጅት የሕመም
ፈቃድ ሲሰጠው በተሰጠው የሐኪም ፈቃድ መጠን የዓመት ዕረፍቱ ይራዘማል፡፡ እንዲሁም በዓመት ዕረፍት
ላይ ያለች ነፍጡር ሠራተኛ ብትቀልድ ከወሊድ ፈቃድ በኋላ ቀሪ የዓመት ዕረፍቷ ይቀጥላል፡፡
23.7 የዓመት ዕረፍት ተጠቅሞ የጨረሰ ሰራተኛ ልዩና አሳሳቢ ሁኔታ ሲገጥመው እስከ ሰባት ተከታታይ ቀናት
ያለክፍያ ፈቃድ የማግኘት መብት አለው፡፡
አንቀጽ 24፡ በፈቃድ ላይ ያለ ሠራተኛን ስለመጥራት፡

24.1 በፈቃድ ላይ ያለ ሠራተኛን ለመጥራት የሚቻለው ቀደም ብሎ ሊታወቅ በማይችል ምክንያት በሥራ
ላይ መገኘት ያለበት ሲሆን ነው፡፡
24.2 ሠራተኛው ለፈቃድ ሲጠራ በጉዞ ያተፋው ጊዜ ሳይቆጠር ቀሪው የዓመት ፈቃድ በገንዘብ ተተምኖ ድርጅቱ
ይከፍለዋል ወይም ቀሪውን ፈቃድ በሌላ ጊዜ እንዲወስድ ይደረጋል፡፡ ምርጫው ግን የሠራተኛው
ይሆናል፡፡
24.3 ሠራተኛው ከፈቃድ በመጠራቱ ምክንያት የደረሰበት የመጓጓዣና የውሎ አበል ወጪ ድርጅቱ ይችላል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አንቀጽ 25፡ የህመም ፈቃድ
25.1 አንድ ሠራተኛ በማንኛውም ጊዜ ከታወቀ የህክምና ተቋም በሐኪም የታዘዘለትን የህመም ፈቃድ
ሲያመጣ ለታዘዘለት ቀናት ከደመቀዝ ጋረ ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
27.2 የህክምና ፈቃድ የሚቆጠረው ሐኪም ሠራተኛው በምርመራ ላይ መኖሩን ከገለፀለት ቀን አንስቶ ፈቃዱን
ጨርሶ እስከሚገባበት ቀን ድረስ ነው፡፡
27.3 አንድ ሠራተኛ በደረሰበት ህመም ወይም የአካል ጉዳት የተነሳ የተመደበበትን ሥራ መሥራት አለመቻሉ
ሲረጋገጥ ድርጅቱ በሌላ ስራ ላይ መድቦ ሊያሰራው ይችላል፡፡
አንቀጽ 26፡ የወሊድ ፈቃድ

26.1. ነፈሰጡር የሆነች ሴት ሰራተኛ ለእርግዝና ጋር የተያያዘ ምርመራ ለማድረግ ድርጅቱ ከደመወዝ ጋር
ፈቃድ ይሰጣታል፡፡ ሆኖም ሠራተኛዋ ከምርመራዋ በኋላ ማስረጃ ማቅረብ አለባት፡፡
26.2 ነፍሰጡር ሠራተኛዋ ከመውለዷ በፊት ሐኪም እንድታርፍ ካዘዘ ከክፍያ ጋር ዕረፍት ይሰጣታል፡፡
26.3 ነፍሰጡር ሰራተኛ እወልዳለሁ ብላ ከገመተችበት ቀን በፊት መውለካዋ ሲደርስ የ30 ቀን በተከታታይ
የወሊድ ፈቃድ፣ እንዲሁም ስትወልድ ከወለደችበት ቀን ጀምሮ 90 ተከታታይ ቀናት የወሊድ
ፈቃድ ከክፍያ ጋር ይሰጣታል፡፡
26.4 ሠራተኛዋ ከመውለዷ በፊት የ30 ቀን ፈቃድ ሊያልቅ ካልወለደች እስከምትወልድበት ቀን ድረስ በዚህ
አንቀጽ ንዑስ አንቀጽ 28.2 መሰረት ዕረፍት ልታገኝ ትችላለች፡፡ የ30 ቀን ፈቃዷ ሳያልቅ ከወለደች በዚህ
አንቀጽ ንዑስ አንቀጽ 28.3 መሠረት የምትወስደው የወሊድ ዕረፍት ይጀምራል፡፡
አንቀጽ 27፡ የጋብቻ ፈቃድ

የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ ሕጋዊ ጋብቻ ሲፈጽም ደመወዝ የሚከፈልበት 7 ተከታታይ የሥራ ቀናት ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
ይህም በድርጅቱና በሰራተኛው ስምምነት ከጋብቻው ዕለት በፊት ወይም በኋላ ሊሆን ይችላል፡፡
አንቀጽ 28፡ ለፈተኛ የሚሰጥ ፈቃድ

28.1 ማስረጃ ለሚቀርብባቸው የብሔራዊ ፈተናዎች ለክፍል ፈተናዎች ደመወዝ የሚከፈልበት ፈቃድ ይሰጣል፡፡
ይህም የፈተና ፈቃድ ከዓት ፈቃድ አይታሰብም
28.2 በሾፌርነት ለሚያገለግሉ የድርጅቱ ሰራተኞች የመንጃ ፈቃድ ለማሻሻል ሲባል ለሚወሰድ ፈተና ደመወዝ
የሚከፈልበት ፈቃድ ይሰጣቸዋል፡፡ የፈተና ጊዜው ማስረጃ ይቀርብበታል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አንቀጽ 29፡ ልዩ ልዩ ተግባራትን ለማከናወን ለሠራተኛ የሚሰጥ ፈቃድ
አንድ ሠራተኛ የሥራ ክርክር ለማሰማት፣ የአሰሪና ሰራተኛ ጉዳይ ሕጎችን ለማስፈፀም፣ የሲቪል መብት
ለማስከበር ወይም የሲቪል ግዴታ ለማስፈፀም ወይም ደግሞ በሌላ ሕጋዊ ሥልጣን ካለው አካል
መጥሪያ መጥሪያ ሲደርሰው ሠራተኛው ማስረጃውን አቅርቦ እንደቦታው ርቀት እንዲሚያስፈልገው
ቀን ፈቃድ ከደመወዝ ጋር የሠጠዋል፡፡
አንቀጽ 30፡ የሐዘን ፈቃድ፡

30.1 አንድ ሰራተኛ የትዳር ጓደኛ፣ ወላጅ፣ ተወላጅ ወይም እስክ ሁለተኛ ደረጃ የሚቆጠር የሥጋ ወይም
የጋብቻ ዘመድ ሲሞትበት ከከፍያ ጋር ሰባት ተከታታይ ቀናት ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
30.2 በተራ ቁጥር 32.1 ከተዘረዘሩት የዝምድና ሐረጎች ውጪ ከድርጅቱ ሰራተኛ መኖሪያ ቤት አስከሬን
በሚወጣበት ጊዜ 3 ተከታታይ ቀናት የሐዘን ፈቃድ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
አንቀጽ 31፡ የትርፍ ሠዓት ሥራ፡

በትርፍ ሠዓት ሥራ ክፍያ በሠራተኛ ጉዳይ አዋጅ 42/85 አንቀጽ 68 መሠረት ይፈፀማል፡፡ በማንኛውም ወቅት
የትርፍ ሠዓት ሥራ የሚከናወነው በቅድሚያ የድርጅቱ የበላይ ኃላፊ፣ ወይም እርሱ በጽሁፍ
የሚወክለው ሲፈቅድ ብቻ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 32፡ የቀብር ሥነ ሥርዓት፣

32.1 የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ ከዚህ ዓለም በሚለይበት ጊዜ ለቀብሩ ሥነ ሥርዓት ማስፈፀሚያ እንዲሆን ብር
2000.00 /ሁሌት ሺህ ብር/ ድርጅቱ ይሰጣል፡፡ ከቀብር ስነ ስርዓት በኋላ አስፋላጊውን ማስረጃ በማቅረብ
ሂሳብ እንዲወራረድ ይደረጋል፡፡
32.2 የድርጅቱ ሠራተኛ በሞት ሲለይ ቀብሩን ለማስፈጸም የሚያስፈልገውን ዝግጅት እንዲያደርጉና
እንዲያስተባብሩ ከሶስት ላልበለጡ ሠራተኞች ድርጅቱ ይፈቅዳል፡፡
36.3 የድርጅቱ ባልደረባ በሞት ሲለይ ሠራተኛው በቀብር ስነስርዓት ላይ እንዲገኝ ፈቃድ ይሰጣል፡፡ ሆኖም
ሰዓቱ የሚወሰነው ድርጅቱ በሚያስታውቀው የቀብር ስነስርዓት ፕሮግራም መሠረት
አውቶቢሶችንም ይመድባል፡፡ ለቀብር ማስፈፀሚያ አንድ መኪና ይመድባል፡፡
አንቀጽ 33፡ የሥራ ወይም የደንብ የአደጋ መከላከያ

33.1ድርጅቱ እንደሥራ ፀባዩ አስፈላጊ ሆኑ የሥራ የደንብ ልብስ ለሠራተኛው ያቀርባል፡፡ የስፌት ዓይነት ወይም
ሞዴል በሠራተኛውና በድርጅቱ ስምምነት ይወሰናል፡፡ ስፌቱም በጨረታ ሆኖበእያንዳንዱ ሰራተኛ ልክ

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ይሆናል፡፡
33.2 በሙከራ ላይ የሚገኝ ወይም በጊዜያዊነት ወይም በኮንተራት የተቀጠረ ሠራተኛ በሥራው ወቅት ብቻ
የሚጠቀምበት በሥራው ቦታ የሚቀመጥ የሥራ ልብስ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
33.3 እያንዳንዱ ሰራተኛ የተሰጠውን የሥራ ወይም የደንብ ልብስ በንጽህናና በጥንቃቄ በመያዝ በሥራ ቦታና
ሰዓት ዘወትር መልበስ አለበት፡፡
33.4 ድርጅቱ የሥራ ወይም የደንብ ልብስ በበጀት ዓመቱ ውስጥ እስከ ነሐሴ 30 ድረስ ማቅረብ አለበት፡፡
33.5 ድርጅቱ እንደሥራው ፀባይ አስፈላጊ የሆኑ የዐደጋ መከላከያ መሣሪያዎች በየሥራ ቦታው ያስቀምጣል፡፡
እንደአስፈላጊነቱ ለሠራተኛው በግል ወይም በጋራ ይሰጣል፡፡
33.6 ሠራተኛው በግል ወይም በጋራ የተረከበውንና እንዲሁም በሥራ ቦታ የሚገኘውን የአደጋ መከላከያ
መሣሪያ በጥንቃቄና በእንክብካቤ ይጠብቃል፡፡
33.7 ከዚህ መመሪያ ጋር በተያያዘው ሰንጠረዥ ከተጠቀሱት የሥራ ዓይነቶች ሌላ የተለየ የሥራ ልብስና የአደጋ
መከላከያ መሳሪያዎች የሚያስፈልገው የሥራ ዓይነት ሲፈጠር የሥራ ፀባዩ ቦታና ሁኔታ ታይቶ
እንደአስፈላጊነቱ በድርጅቱና በሰራተኛው ስምምነት መሠረት የሥራ ልብስና የአደጋ መከላከያ
ይሰጣል፡፡
አንቀጽ 34፡ በእስራት ላይ ቆይተው ስለሚለቀቁ ሠራተኞች፣
አንድ ሠራተኛ በፍርድ ቤት ትዕዛዝ ከሰላሳ ቀናት ለሚበልጥ ጊዜ የዕስራት ፍርድ ከተወሰነበት ከድርጅቱ ጋር
የነበረው የሥራ ውል ይቋረጣል፡፡
አንቀጽ 35፡ ዕድገት፣ ቅጥርና ዝውውር፣

35.1 ዕድገት
35.1.1 በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ክፍት የሥራ መደብ መኖሩ ሲረጋገጥ የውስጥ ማስታወቂያ በማውጣት ለቦታው
የተጠየቀውን አነስተኛ የመመዘኛ ነጥብ የሚያሟሉትን ሠራተኛ በማወዳደር አሸናፊው በቦታው
እንዲያድግ ይደረጋል፡፡
35.1.2 ክፍት የሥራ መደብ ማስታወቂያ በድርጅቱ የማስታወቂያ ሰሌዳዎች ላይ ለ7/ሰባት/ ተከታታይ ቀናት
ተለጥፎ እንዲቆይ ይደረጋል፡፡
35.1.3 የዕድገት፣ ቅጥርና ዝውውር የሚታየው ከድርጅቱና ሰራተኛው በተቀጣጣ ኮሚቴ ይሆናል፡፡
የኮሚቴው አወቃቀር በሚከተለው መልኩ ይሆናል፡፡

- የኮሌጁ አስተዳደር መምሪያ ሥ/አስኪያጅ
- ሌላ አንድ የድርጅቱ ተወካይ
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
- ሁለት ሠራተኞች
- ዕድገት የተፈለገበት የሥራ ዘርፍ ኃላፊ
- የሠራተኛ ማስተዳደሪያና ሥልጠና ዋና ክፍል ኃላፊ/ድምጽ የማይሰጥ/
35.1.4 ኮሚቴው የሚያቀርበው የውሳኔ ሃሳብ ለድርጅቱ ስራ አስኪያጅ ወይም እሱ ለወከለው ቀርቦ
ተቀባይነት ሲያገኝ ተግባራዊ ይሆናል፡፡ ድርጅቱ ውሳኔውን 10 ቀን ድረስ ማሳወቅ ይኖርበታል፡፡
35.1.5 የዕድገት መመዘኛዎች፡
ሀ/ የሥራ ቅርበትና አገልግሎት 20% ሆኖ ያቀረበው ከተፈጠረው ክፍት የሥራ ቦታ ጋር
35.1.6 ሀ.1 ቀጥታ ግንኙነት ላለው አገልግሎት ሰራተኛው በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ለሠራበት ለእያንዳንዱ ዓመት
በአንድ ነጥብ እየተባዛ፣
35.1.7 ሀ.2 ተመሳሳይነት ላለው አገልግሎት ሠራተኛው በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ለሰራበት ለእያንዳንዱ ዓመት በ0.75
እየተባዛ፣
35.1.8 ሀ.3 ግንኙነት በሌለው አገልግሎት ሠራተኛው በድርጅቱ ውስት ለሰራበት እያንዳንዱ ዓመት በ0.50
እየተባዛ ነጥብ ይሰጠዋል፡፡
35.1.9 ለ. የሥራ አፈጻጸም 20% ሆኖ መሠረት የሚያደርገው ድርጅቱ የሚያወጣውን የሠራተኞች የሥራ
አፈጻጸም መመዘኛ ቅጽ ይሆናል፡፡ ለደረጃ ዕድገት ውድድር የሚወሰደው የሁለት ጊዜ ተከታታይ
የስራ አፈፃፀም ግምገማዎች አማካይ ውጤት ሆኖ አማካይ ውጤቱ ከ3 በታች ከሆነ ለውድድር
አይቀርብም፡፡
35.1.10 ሐ. የግል ማኅደር ጥራት 20% የሚይዝ ሲሆን፣ በማንኛውም ዓይነት የዲሲፕሊን ግድፈት ንፁህ
ኖሆ ሲገኝ 20% ጣገኛል፡፡ ኖሆም የዕድገት ውድድሩ የሚደረግበት ቀደም ሲል ባለው የአንድ
ዓመት ጊዜ ውስጥ ከባድ የዲሲፕሊን ጥፋት የፈጸመ ሠራተኛ ለውድድር አይቀርብም፡፡ በሌላ
በኩል በኅብረት ስምምነቱ ወይም በሌላ መመሪያ መሠረት ለተወሰዱ የዲሲፕሊን እርምጃ
እንደሚከተለው ነጥብ ይቀነሳል፡፡
35.1.11 መ. የሥራ ብቃት 40% ሆኖ ይህ መመዘኛ ተወዳዳሪዎች ለተፈጠረው ክፍት ቦታ ምን ብቃት
እንዳላቸውና ስራውን ለመሸፈን በቂ እሎታና ዕውቀት እንዳላቸው ለማወቅ የሚያስችል መመዘኛ
ነው፡፡ ይህንን ብቃት ለማረጋገጥ የሚቻለው ድርጅቱ በሚያዘጋጀው አጠቃላይ የቃል፣ ጽሑፍ
ወይም የተግባር ወይም ደግሞ ሁሉንም በያዘ የመመዘኛ ፈተና ሊሆን ይችላል፡፡ ፈተናው
በሚሰጠው በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ወይም ደግሞ ከድርጅቱ ውጪ በሚገኙ ፈታኝ ድርጅቶች ይሆናል፡፡
35.1.12 አንድ ሰራተኛ ለአንድ ክፍት የሥራ መደብ ሊወዳደር የሚችለው፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ሀ/ በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ለ12 ወራት የሠራ እነደሆነ
ለ/ ቀደም ብሎ ሌላ ዕድገት ባለፉት 12 ወራት ውስጥ ያላገኘ እንደሆነ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 36፡ የሥራ አፈፃፀም ግምገማ፣

36.1 የሠራተኛው የሥራ አፈፃፀም ግምገማ በየስድስት ወሩ ይከናወናል፡፡
36.2 ሠራተኛው በግምገማው ላይ ቅሬታ ካለው ለገምጋሚው አለቃ ጉዳዩን አቅርቦ ሊወያዩ ይእላሉ፤
የገምጋሚው አለቃ የሚሰጠው አስተያት የመጨረሻ ይሆናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 37፡ ቅጥር

37.1 በድርጅቱ ውስጥ ክፍት የሥራ መደብ ሲፈጠረና በውስጥ ዝውውር ወይም በደረጃ እድገት ቦታው መሸፈን
ካልቻለ ድርጅቱ ከውጭ መቅጠር ይችላል፡፡
37.2 የአዲስ ቅጥር ሠራተኛ የሙከራ ጊዜ 45/አርባ አምስት/ ቀናት ይሆናል
37.3 በሙከራ ላይ ያለ ሠራተኛ ከትምህርት ወጪ በስተቀር በዚህ መመሪያ የተገለፁ ሌሎች ጥቅማጥቅሞችን
ያገኛል፡፡ እንደዚሁም በድርጅቱ አነሳሽነት ትምህርት ወይም ሥልጠና ሲፈቀድለት ድርጅቱ ወጪውን
ይሸፍናል፣
37.4 አዲስ ሠራተኛ በሚቀጠርበት ጊዜ ለተቀጣሪው ጤንነት ምርመራ ወጪ በሙሉ ድርጅቱ ይሸፍናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 38፡ ትምህርት ስልጠና፣
37.1 ለማናቸውም ሰራተኛ እስከ 12ኛ ክፍል ድረስ ለሚሰጥ የትምህርት ዓይነቶች ድርጅቱ የትምህርት ክፍያ
100% ይከፈላል፡፡
37.2 ከ12ኛ ክፍል በላይ በዩኒቨርሲቲ፣ በኮሌጅ ወይም በሌላ ከፍተኛ ትምህርት ተቋም ለመማር የሚፈልግ
ሰራተኛ ድርጅቱ የትምህርት ወጪ የሚከፍለው ሰራተኛው የሚከታታለው ትምህርት ከድርጅቱ ስራ
ጋር አግባብነት ያለው ከሆነና ድርጅቱ ይህንን አምኖ ሲፈቅድለት ብቻ ነው፡ ይህም ከድርጅቱ
የማስተማር ዕቅድ ጋር የሚጣጣም መሆን ይኖርበታል፡፡
37.3. የትምህርት ክፍያ የሚፈፀምላቸው ሰራተኞች በየሴሚስተሩ መጨረሻ የትምህር ማስረጃቸውን
ለአስተዳደር መምሪያ ያቀርባሉ፡፡ ማስረጃው ጣላቀረቡና በትምህርት ያላለፉ ሠራተኞች ክፍያው
አይፈጸምላቸውም፡፡
37.4 የትምህርት ወጪ የሚከፈለው ሰራተኛው የከፈለበትን ማስረጃ ሲያቀርብ በየወሩ ወይም በየሴሚስተሩ
መጨረሻ ይሆናል፡፡
37.5 የድርጅቱ ሾፌሮች፣ ረዳት ሾፌሮች እና ሞተረኞች መንጃ ፈቃዳቸውን ለማሻሻል ወይም ለማግኘት መማር
ከፈለጉ የመክፈል አቅሙ ተረጋግጦ በ15 ወራት ተከፍሎ የሚያልቅ ብር 1500.00 /አንዲ ሺህ

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
አምስት መቶብር/ ብድር ይሰጠዋል፡፡ ዓመታዊ የመንጃ ፈቃድ ግብር ወጪ ይሸፍንላቸዋል፡፡
37.6 ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ እንደአስፈላጊነቱ ድርጅቱ በሚያዘጋጀው የሙያ ማሻሻያ ትምህርት ይሳተፋል፤
37.7. አንድ ሠራተኛ በድርጅቱ አነሳሽነት በአገር ውስጥም ሆነ በውጭ አገር ለስልጠና በሚላክበት ጊዜ
ለመጀመሪያ 6 ወር ሙሉ ደመወዝ ሚቀጥሉት 6 ወራት ግማሽ ደመወዝ ከተከፈለው በኋላ
ተጨማሪ ክፍያ አይኖርም፣
37.8 ለሥልጠና የተላከ ሠራተኛ ለእያንዳንዱ የሥልጠና ዓመት የሁለት ዓመት አገልግሎት ለድርጅቱ
ለመስጠት ግዴታ ይገባል፡፡
አንቀጽ 38፡ የሥነ-ሠርዓት ደንቦችና እርምጃዎች

የዲሲፕሊን እርምጃ ዓላማ፡- የስነሥርዓት እርምጃ ዓላማው ጥፋተኛ ሠራተኛን ለማረምና ለማስተማር፣ አስፈላጊ
በሚሆንበት ጊዜም ሥራ እንዳይበደል ተገቢ እርምጃ ለመውሰድ፣ እንዲሁም የሥራ ዲሲፕሊን ለማስከበር ሌሎች
ሠራተኞችን ለማስተማር ሲሆን፣ በተጨማሪም የሚወሰደው የሥነሥርዓት እርምጃ ከተፈጸመው ጥፋት ጋር
ተመጣጣኝ እንዲሆን ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 39፡ የዲሲፕሊን /ሥነ ሥርዓት/ እርምጃ አወሳሰድ

39.1 ሠራተኛው ቅጣት የሚወሰንበት በበቂ ማስረጃ የተደገፈ ጥፋት ፈጽሞ ሲገኝ ብቻ ነው፡፡
39.2 ማንኛውም ሰራተኛ በስነ ሥርዓት ማስከበሪያ እርምጃዎች ውስጥ የተዘረዘሩት ልዩ ልዩ ዓይነት ጥፋቶች
ውስጥ ከአንድ ጊዜ በላይ ጥፋቶች ፈጽሞ ሲገኝ በከባዱ ጥፋት ይቀጣል፡፡
39.3 በሰንጠዡ ውስጥ በተዘረዘሩት የጥፋት አይነቶች ውጪ የሚያጋጥሙ የጥፋት ዓይነቶች ሲኖሩ የጥፋቱ
ከባድነትና ቀላልነት እየታየ በሰንጠረዡ ከተዘረዘሩት የጥፋት ዓነቶች ውስጥ ተቀራራቢ በሆነው ይቀጣል፡፡
39.4 ከቃል ማስጠንቀቂያ በስተቀር ማንኛውም የሥነ ሥርዓት እርምጃ ሲወሰድ ድርጅቱ
ሁኔታውን በዝርዝር ለሠራተኛው በጽሁፍ ያሳውቃል፡፡
39.5 ማንኛውም ሠራተኛ በስነ ሥርዓት ጉድለት ምክንያት ሚሰጠው የጽሁፍ ማስጠንቀቂያ ጸንቶ የሚቆየው
ለአንድ ዓመት ብቻ ነው፡፡
39.6 የመጨረሻ ማስጠንቀቂያ ላይ ያለ ሠራተኛ ብድር አይሰጠውም፡፡
አንቀጽ 40፡ የዲሲፕሊን ኮሚቴ

40.1 ዲሲፕሊን ኮሚቴ አባላት ብዛት አራት ይሆናል፡፡ አወቃቀሩም ሁለት ከድርጅቱ እና ሁለት ከሰራተኞች
የተወከሉ አባላት ሲሆን፣ ለውሳኔ አሰጣቱ ላይ ቢያንስ 3 አባላት መገኘት አለባቸው፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
40.2 የኮሚቴው ሊቀመንበር /ሰብሳቢ/ አስተዳደር መምሪያ ስራ አስኪያክ ወይም የሚወክለው ይሆናል፡፡
40.3 ኮሚቴው የራሱ የውስጥ መተዳደሪያ ደንብ ይኖረዋል፡፡
40.4 ለዲሲፕሊን ኮሚቴ የሚቀርቡ ጉዳዮች፡
ሀ/ የ10 ቀን ወይም ከዚያ በላይ ደመወዝ የሚያስቀጡ ጥፋቶች ሲፈጽሙ
ለ/ የመጨረሻ የጽሁፍ ማስተንቀቂያ የሚያሰጡ ጥፋቶች ሲፈጽሙ
ሐ/ ከሥራ የሚያሰናብቱ ጥፋቶችን ሲፈጽሙ፡
40.5 ኮሚቴው ውሳኔዎችን በድምጽ ብልጫ ያሳልፋል፣ ሆኖም የተሰጠው ድምጽ እኩል ከሆነ ሊቀመንበሩ ወይም
ሰብሳቢው የደገፈው የኮሚቴ ውሳኔ ሆኖ ያልፋል፡፡
40.6 የኮሚቴው ውሳኔ ሃሳብ ሊጸድቅ፣ ሊሻሻል ወይም ሊለወጥ ይችላል፡፡ ሆኖም ግን ዋና ስራ አስኪያጁ
ውሳኔውን በአንድ ወር ጊዜ ውስጥ ማሳወቅ አለበት፡፡
አንቀጽ 41፡ የቅሬታ አቀራረብ ሥነ ሥርዓት

41.1 አንድ ሰራተኛ ከስራው ጋር በተያያዘ ጉዳይ ላይ ቅሬታ ካለው ቅሬታውን በተቻለ ፍጥነት ለአስተዳደር
ዋና ክፍል ወይም ለሰራተኛ ማስተዳደሪያና ስልጠና ዋና ክፍል ኃላፊ በጽሁፍ ማቅረብ ይቻላል፡፡ ቅሬታ
የቀረበለት ኃላፊም ከቁጥጥር ውጪ የሆነ ምክንያት ካላገጠመው በስተቀር በ5/አምስት/ የስራ ቀናት
ውስጥ መልሱን በጽሁፍ ይሰጣል፡፡
41.2 ሰራተኛው በአስተዳደር ዋና ክፍል ወይም በሰራተኛ ማስተዳደሪያ ክፍልና ዋና ክፍል በተሰጠው የጽሁፍ
መልስ ካልረካ ቅሬታውን በጽሁፍ ለስራ አስኪያጅ/ዲን ወይም ለአስተዳደር መምሪያ ስራ
አስኪያጅ/ ድርጅት ተወካይ ያቀርባል፡፡ ዲኑ ከቁጥጥር ውጪ የሆነ ምክንያት ካላገጠመው
በስተቀር ከ5 የስራ ቀናት ባልበለጡ እንዲሁም የአስተዳደር መምሪያ ስራ አስኪያጅ/የድርጅት
ተወካይ ከ10 የስራ ቀናት ባልበለጠ ጊዜ ውስጥ ጉዳዩን መርምሮ ውሳኔውን በጽሁፍ ይሰጣል፡፡
41.3 የዋና ስራ አስኪያጁ/ዲኑ ውሳኔ ቅሬታ አቅራኒውን ካላረካው ጉዳዩን አግባብ ባለው ፍርድ ቤት ይቀርባል፡፡
አንቀጽ 42፡ የሥራ ውል ስለሚቋረጥበት ሁኔታ

ውል ሊቋረጥ የሚችለው በሰራተኛ አሰሪ ጉዳይ አዋጅ ቁጥር 42/86 በዚህ መመሪያ በተደነገገው መሰረት
እና ድርጅቱ ከሰራተኛው ጋር በቀጥታ በሚያደርገው ውል (ሲኖር) መሠረት ይሆናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 43፡ የትራስፖርት አገልግሎትን በሚመለከት፣

43.1 ድርጅቱ ወደ ስራ የሚሄዱበት እና ከስራ ወደቤት የሚመላለሱበት የሰርቪስ አገልግሎት ይሰጣል፡፡ ሀኖም

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
የሰርቪስ አገልግሎት ለመስጠት ካልቻለ ለድርጅቱ ሰራተኞች ጠዋት ከቤት ወደ ስራ በታክሲ ሂሳብ፣ ማታ
ከስራ ወደቤት በከተማ አውቶቡስ ሂሳብ ይከፍላል፡፡ ክፍያው ተግባራዊ የሚሆነው የሠራተኛው የመኖሪያ
ቤት አድራሻ ርቀት ከድርጅቱ 2 ኪሎ ሜትር በላይ ከሆነና እንዲሁም ከድርጅቱ ሰርቪስ ወርደው የመኖሪያ
ቤታቸው ድረስ 2 ኪሎ ሜትር በተጨማሪ የሚያስኬድ ሲሆን ብቻ ነው፡፡
አንቀጽ 44፡ የሥራ ውል የሚሻሻልበት ሁኔታ

የስራ ውል የሚሻሻለው በአዋጅ ቁጥር 42/85 አንቀጽ 15 ንዑስ አንቀጽ 3 መሰረት ይሆናል፡፡
አንቀጽ 45፡መመሪያ የሚሻሻልበት ሁኔታ

አስፈላጊ ሆኖ ሲገኝ በድርጅቱ ወይም በሰራተኛው ጠያቂነት መመሪያው ሊሻሻል ይችላል፡፡
አንቀጽ 46፡ መመሪያው ጸንቶ የሚቆይበት ጊዜ

ይህ መመሪያ በድርጅቱ፣ በኮሌጁ ዲን እና የሠራተኛ ተወካይ ከተፈረመ በኋላ ለ3 ዓመታት የጸና ይሆናል፡፡

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
v- i.r--■?;
ENAT COLLEGE
^V~-—
SHASHAMENE CAMPUS
EDUCATION AND TRAINING
QUALITY ASSURANCE
STRATEGY GUIDELINE
August, 2020/2021
Shashemene, Ethiopia
1 QUALITY ASSURANCE STRATEGY GUIDELINE

Website: - www.enatcollege.net Email:- zelalem@enatcollege.net Face book:-
Enat College Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
■?;
Table of Contents
Contents Pages
1 ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATION ...................................................................................................................... 3
2 Background and Development ........................................................................................................................... 4
3 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ........................................................... 5
3.1 Vision ........................................................................................................................................................ 5
3.2 Mission ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Goals ......................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.4 Objectives ................................................................................................................................................. 5
3.5 Core Values............................................................................................................................................... 5
4 ENAT COLLEGE EDUCATION AND TRAINING QUALITY ASSURANCE STRATEGY GUIDELINE
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Core Aspects of Student Learning ............................................................................................................... 6
4.2 Aims and Objectives ................................................................................................................................. 7
4.3 Aims: ......................................................................................................................................................... 7
4.3.1 Objectives: ............................................................................................................................................ 7
5 Unit of Assessment ............................................................................................................................................ 8
5.1 Guiding Principles ..................................................................................................................................... 8
5.1.1 Specific: ................................................................................................................................................ 9
5.2 Guiding Principle I: Vision, Mission, Educational Goals ............................................................................ 9
5.2.1 Guiding Principle II: Governance and Management System ............................................................ 10
5.2.2 Guiding Principle III: Infrastructure and Learning Resources .......................................................... 10
5.2.3 Guiding Principle IV: Academic and Support Staff .......................................................................... 10
5.2.4 Guiding Principle V: Student Admission and Support Services ....................................................... 11
5.2.5 Guiding Principle VI: Program Relevance and Curriculum .............................................................. 11
5.2.6 Guiding Principle VII: Teaching, Learning and Assessment ............................................................ 12
5.2.7 Guiding Principle VIII: Student Progression and Graduate Outcomes ............................................ 12
5.2.8 Guiding Principle IX: Research and Extension Activities ................................................................ 13
5.2.9 Guiding Principle X: Internal Quality Assurance.............................................................................. 13
6 Procedures for Review of Internal Quality ..................................................................................................... 14
6.1 Assuring Quality in Education ................................................................................................................... 15
6.2 Assessing Quality in the E d u c a t i o n ................................................................................................. 15
6.3 Parameters for Assessment of e d u c a t i o n program ....................................................................... 16
7 Responsibility ................................................................................................................................................... 18

■?;
1 ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATION
SAR ………………………………….Self-Assessment Report (SAR).
HERQA …………………………………. Higher Education Relevance and Quality Agency
EC………………….……………………. ENAT COLLEGE
IETQR ………………….……………Internal Education and Training Quality Review

■?;

ENAT COLLEGE Established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016G.C in
Undergraduate and TVET Programs. It has been emerged as one of the country’s private higher
educational institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. ENAT COLLEGE is a
new-age College committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements
of the industry. The college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both
ENAT COLLEGE endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the
the provision of good quality education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring
be conducted to identify educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new
implemented. In short, in the best interest of ENAT COLLEGE, the supervision and
monitoring of teaching departments on the one hand, and the overall vision for the steady
growth of the College, on the other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally,
ENAT COLLEGE led by purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students
through focusing on entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college
v- i.r--■?;
with global alliances. These can be achieved by the college’s approach such as Student-
cantered policies and practices, inclusive learning environment and people-oriented.

3.1 Vision
2030.
3.2 Mission
3.3 Goals
 Increase opportunity for student access and success
 Ensure Academic and Operational Quality and Accountability
 Enhance Academics, Research, and Community services
3.4 Objectives
 To provide graduate and Undergraduate programs that offer functional based courses. So
that students gain skills and analytical competency in a wide range of disciplines, to train
citizens in technical and vocational professions and make them create their own job
 To develop research centers that solves societal problems.
 To strengthen the overall relationship between the college and the community services
3.5 Core Values


□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence
4 ENAT COLLEGE EDUCATION AND TRAINING QUALITY

ASSURANCE STRATEGY GUIDELINE OVERVIEW
Quality assurance refers to a range of review procedures designed to safeguard academic
standards and promote learning/training opportunities of an acceptable quality and relevance
for students. What constitutes acceptable quality is open to various interpretations: e.g., an
institution should make effective use of resources, its provisions should be fit for purpose, or it
should offer its stakeholders value for money, etc. However, there is an increasing agreement
that it is important to promote improvement of quality, not just to ensure that quality is
maintained. This shifts the emphasis from quality assurance to quality enhancement wherein an
HEI takes deliberate steps to bring about continual improvements in the effectiveness of the
learning experience of students.
4.1 Core Aspects of Student Learning

The core aspects of the student learning experiences include:
1. The curriculum – its structure, aims, intended learning outcomes and types of
assessment
2. The promotion and support of effective teaching – types of teaching and Learning,
provision of student support services, adequacy of physical Facilities and learning resources,
measures to involve students in monitoring And enhancing the institution’s educational
provision, and relevant training and development activities for staff and students.
To this end, ENAT COLLEGE, as with other institutions of higher Education in

■?;
Ethiopia, must ensure that its education and training programs function with
appropriate academic standards and that it provides students with Learning opportunities of
acceptable quality and standard. To ensure that the College meets these requirements,
two quality assurance procedures shall operate. The first one is run by the College itself
through Internal Education and Training Quality Review procedure; the second one
involves external scrutiny by Higher Education Relevance and Quality Agency (HERQA)
Institutional Quality Audit team. Both internal and external procedures operate according
to sector-wide guidance that is provided by HERQA, working on behalf of the Ministry of
Education.
4.2 Aims and Objectives
4.3 Aims:
ENAT COLLEGE generally adopts the concept of quality as ‘fitness for purpose’ in
relation to the needs of stakeholders and in compliance with the Requirements established
by the accrediting body. The guideline for quality assurance thus aims to support the
College in its efforts to achieve this stated purpose.
4.3.1 Objectives:
The objectives of this guideline for quality assurance include:
1. To help enhance the concept of education and training quality;
2. To stimulate systematic thinking about the quality of education and training activities by
the College community and to facilitate the development of a culture of continuous
quality assurance and enhancement;
3. To help ensure that ENAT COLLEGE academic programs, policies, procedures, processes
and systems fulfill the requirements of fit for purpose;
4. To outline basic principles that serve as a guide in the process of assuring quality;
5. To help analyze strengths and challenges of the Institution, a department or a study program
and thereby guide the process of reflecting on strengths and weaknesses and indicate
how strengths will be built on and how weaknesses will be addressed

■?;
6. To guide the process of self- assessment and the preparation of self-assessment

report that serves as a key reference for the Management and the ETQAA/HERQA external
quality audit process;
5 Unit of Assessment
The institution as a whole, a particular campus or faculty, an e d u c a t i o n center, an
academic department or a study program can be considered independently as a
unit of assessment in the context of this guideline. Each unit and the activities associated
with it such as programs on offer, infrastructure and Learning resources, personnel,
management system, administrative structure, etc may serve as input and contribute to the
total assessment of the institution.
5.1 Guiding Principles

4.1.1 General:
ENAT COLLEGE (EC) regards the quality of its programs seriously and is ready to
invest in appropriate and timely measures to assure and enhance the quality of its academic
programs. To this end, the following principles have been endorsed by the
Academic Management Council of the College:
1. The campus, center, department or study program of the College has a mission
statement, goals and objectives that underpin the development and assessment of its
academic programs and activities.
2. The campus, center, department or study program of the College is committed to
ensuring that appropriate standards are achieved and maintained in its programs and
activities and that it is offering a high quality education and training.
3. the campus, center, department or study program of the College has in place a
formal, approved, transparent system Committing it to ensuring the quality and
continuous improvement of its Academic programs and activities
4. There is a procedure for the regular review of the campus’s
/faculty’s/ center’s implementation of the quality assurance guideline and related
processes.

■?;
5. The campus / center evaluate its academic programs and related activities regularly
following established guidelines and procedures and prepare a Self-Assessment Report
(SAR). This report (1) guides the unit’s management through continuous review of its
programs; (2) periodically provides information to the College Management so that
an
6. Evaluation of the quality of the programs on offer at the campus, or center can be made and
guidance can be provided.
In preparing the Self-Assessment Report (SAR) each unit is committed to:
1. Following established guidelines and procedures established by College’s Education and
Training Quality Assurance Office and recommended by the Higher Education Relevance and
Quality Agency (HERQA).
2. Stating the obvious;
3. Identifying the strengths of their programs and offering clear evidence to Support the
claims;
4. Honestly identifying the weaknesses of their programs and stating Strategies to
deal with the weaknesses; and
5. Seeking to make the SAR comprehensive and interesting.
5.1.1 Specific:
The Guideline for the Assurance of Education and Training Quality in EC consists of
the following ten guiding principles, for centers, departments and study programs on good
practices in the management of the quality of education and training.
5.2 Guiding Principle I: Vision, Mission, Educational Goals
✓ Vision, mission and educational goals and objectives are vivid and sufficiently Communicated
to and accepted by stakeholders.
✓ Vision, mission and educational goals and objectives are relevant to the Needs of the
nation and the stakeholders.
✓ There is active stakeholder participation in the process of design of vision, mission,
educational goals and objectives.

■?;
✓ There is an initiative for regular review and revision of vision, mission and Educational
goals based on environmental conditions/changes
5.2.1 Guiding Principle II: Governance and Management System

· Governance and management system is responsive and appropriate for the Effective
conduct of study programs.
· There exists a strong administrative support and resource base.
· The management structure is appropriate for the successful attainment of goals and
objectives.
· Management strictly adheres to set structures to attain goals and objectives.
· There are clear descriptions of duties and responsibilities for the staff, and support
personnel.
5.2.2 Guiding Principle III: Infrastructure and Learning Resources

· Physical facilities and learning resources are appropriate and sufficient to support
training programs.
· Student-resource ratio is appropriate for all training programs.
· There is an efficient and effective utilization, allocation and management of resources.
· A range of learning resources and facilities (including L a b o r a t o r i e s , computers
and ICT facility) are sufficiently and qualitatively available to support the
implementation of training programs.
· Management, use and maintenance of supporting facilities and infrastructure are
efficient.
· Supply and maintenance of facilities and infrastructure are sustainable.
· The institution is financially viable and functions on a budget system.
5.2.3 Guiding Principle IV: Academic and Support Staff

· Teaching staff is suitable in terms of mix of qualifications, academic rank, and
experience.
· There are qualified, experienced and adequate technical and administrative support
staffs to competently support the running of training programs.
■?;
· Staff appointment and promotion policy is suitable, clearly stated, well

established and effectively implemented.
· Appraisal of teaching skills is regular, transparent and capable of identifying strengths
and weaknesses, and thereby leading to appropriate action(s).
· The institution implements a clearly stated and well communicated staff
development plan relating to teaching, learning, research and assessment.
· There are sufficient and appropriate pedagogical and related trainings to support
staff development.
5.2.4 Guiding Principle V: Student Admission and Support Services

· The institution has a transparent admission process.
· Student support services are sufficient and suitable, including academic Advising
and guidance and counseling on social and psychological issues.
· Clear, transparent and accessible admission policies and procedures are
established and implemented.
· There are appropriate mechanisms for assessing the abilities of entering students.
· There are provisions to support entering students.
· There is an effective and strong student council and students are fairly represented
in the affairs of the institution.
5.2.5 Guiding Principle VI: Program Relevance and Curriculum

· Curricula are relevant to the stakeholders’ requirements and national needs.
· Programs on offer are consistent with the goals and objectives of the institution.
· There is demonstrable evidence of appropriate structure and content of the offered
program(s).
· Feedback from academic peers, students, employers and other stakeholders is used in
the initiation, review and re-design of programs.
· There is evidence for the involvement of external professionals and potential
employers in curriculum design, evaluation and review processes.
· Curricular goals and objectives are explicit and are sufficiently
communicated to students.
■?;
· Curricula are in line with the requirements of stakeholders and the demands of the
labor market.
· Delivery methods allow for maximum learning outcomes and appropriate balance
of subject knowledge and transferable skills (theory – practice synchronization)
· There are ample practical and theoretical elements of courses to benefit students.
· Delivery methods are student-centered wherein students take main
responsibility for their own learning/training.
· Appropriate program approval, monitoring and review procedures are in place and are
being implemented.
5.2.6 Guiding Principle VII: Teaching, Learning and Assessment

· The institution has an effective mechanism to recruit adequately qualified academic
staff.
· There are qualified and experienced teachers, tutors and technical support personnel.
· Teaching methods are innovative, varied and relevant.
· Practices regarding academic counseling/advising and tutorial support services
are available and effective.
· There are appropriate assessment policies, procedures and standards to ensure that
students are graded fairly and consistently.
· There is balance of assessment methods (continuous, end of semester, formative,
summative, etc.) for all courses and there are mechanisms in place to ensure this.
· There are provisions for use of ICT in the enhancement of the teaching process.
· There are mechanisms to ensure assessment methods are clearly matched to learning
objectives and are applied appropriately.
· There are appropriate and effective student appeal procedures.
5.2.7 Guiding Principle VIII: Student Progression and Graduate Outcomes

➢ The institution ensures low level of student attrition, high rates of graduation,
maximum degree of employment of graduates
➢ Identification of reasons for student attrition and relevant actions to minimize the
same

■?;
➢ The institution establishes a strong link with employers, potential employers.

➢ There is strong alumni association and consistent contacts with graduates are maintained.
➢ There are organized contacts with employers to collect feedback on Performance of
graduate.
5.2.8 Guiding Principle IX: Research and Extension Activities

• The institution functions on an established research strategy and implements
the same.
• The institution promotes research culture among faculty and students.
• Academic staffs are encouraged to publish in academic journals and to participate
in academic forums.
• The institution allocates ample budget for research and related works.
• Adequate proportion of staff is engaged in relevant research and extension services.
• The institution is responsive to the community needs and conducts relevant extension
programs.
• Strong links are maintained with academic institutions and industries locally and
internationally
5.2.9 Guiding Principle X: Internal Quality Assurance

❖ Quality assurance unit is supplied with appropriate staff and resources.
❖ The institution functions on appropriate and relevant institutional quality assurance
strategy/policy, systems and procedures.
❖ Responsibilities are delegated to quality assurance units and officers in clear and appropriate
terms.
❖ The Quality Assurance Unit applies relevant procedures for obtaining Comprehensive
data on the quality of institutional/program activities.
❖ Quality is enhanced and/or improved after every evaluation.
❖ Identification of good practices and dissemination of the same to all concerned is
ensured.

■?;
6 Procedures for Review of Internal Quality

The practice of quality review run by the institution itself through Internal Quality
Review procedures examine:
a. The academic standards related to the curriculum, its basic content, its development
and associated delivery mechanisms (teaching, learning and assessment),
b. Governance and academic management system,
c. The quality and adequacy of the various facilities, resources, infrastructure and services
that support the students’ learning;
d. The strength of policies, procedures, processes and systems intended to assure
academic standards and promote quality of learning opportunities; and
e. The quality and sufficiency of relevant research and extension activities.
The Internal Education and Training Quality Review (IETQR) process typically involves:
❖ Submission of self-assessment report by the management of the
campus/center of the program(s) under review once annually (in June) to the Institutional
Education and Training Quality Assurance Office;
❖ Examination of this document by the Internal Education and Training Quality Review Team
(IETQRT);
❖ On-site visit by the Internal Education and Training Quality Review Team; the on-site visit
procedure is given as follows:
❖ The IETQRT meets with:
❖ students
❖ program faculty and staff (teachers/tutors and support personnel)
❖ Campus/faculty/center management (e.g. deans, dept heads, program coordinators,
registrar and library heads, learning resource center heads, etc.)
❖ Campus/ center administrators (e.g. finance/personnel admin, general services admin, etc.)
❖ industry representatives as necessary
2. The IETQRT reviews curriculum and course work for the program(s) under review
3. The IETQRT reviews teaching, learning and assessment and related activities
4. The IETQRT tours facilities, infrastructure and learning resources, including

■?;
any relevant support services, such as library, ICT/computer facility, study

center, recreation facility, health care facility, etc.)
5. The IETQRT conducts exit interview with campus/department/center
management and others as deemed necessary.
6. The IETQRT produces a post-visit report. The post-visit report procedure is as
follows:
❖ The IETQRT prepares a report and submits to Academic Management Council within 20 days
for review by the Chief Executive Officer of the Institution, the Academic Vice dean and
others as deemed necessary.
❖ after review, the IETQRT sends the report to campus /department/
center management who will build on s t r e n g t h s and address identified
w e a k n e s s e s . Strengths and address identified weaknesses.
6.1 Assuring Quality in Education

The general concept of quality dealt with in the foregoing sections is also applicable
t o education mode. While fitness for purpose is the true yardstick for regular and
modes alike, two more factors become salient in the latter mode. These are the quality of the
learning materials and the delivery of services to learners. A variety of methods and systems
are employed to deliver education and the effectiveness and quality of these means of
delivery become crucial while assuring quality in education mode.
6.2 Assessing Quality in the E d u c a t i o n

Self assessment helps the education of the College to know its strengths and weaknesses.
The first and most significant stage in the process of assessment of practices is the
preparation of a self assessment report.
Self assessment is carried out for quality assurance of the e d u c a t i o n by following
internal quality assessment mechanisms established by the Institutional Quality Assurance
Unit. Further, the process of academic quality review run by the e d u c a t i o n
itself through internal quality assessment procedure is the same as the review procedures
detailed above.

■?;
6.3 Parameters for Assessment of e d u c a t i o n program

The following are key parameters used to assess quality in the education program:
1. Goals and objectives
· A working document providing details of goals, objectives and a plan of action
· Clear arrangements for periodic review and monitoring of the plan of action so that
identified goals and objectives are translated into action
2. Program design and development

❖ A working document that succinctly outlines key strategies, needed resources and future
directions;
❖ Program planning that takes into account learning objectives and desired outcomes,
academic rigor of content and delivery strategies, choice of media and quality of self-
learning materials, student evaluation, provision of student support, delivery
mechanism, staffing requirements and appropriate review processes for maintenance of
quality;
❖ Clearly delineated and identified learning goals, achievements, and delivery methods
and desired student outcomes;
❖ Taking into account the aims and objectives of the program, the institution,
requirements of the projected target group, including location factor and socio-economic
needs; and
❖ Stated plans and nature of evaluation for assignments, term end exams and projects;
3. A d d i t i o n a l Study materials / h a n d o u t in print form
❖ Continuous concern for the sustainability and usefulness of course materials;
❖ Concern for the learner group, its ability level, motivation and aspirations;
❖ Variety, relevance and adequacy of content of study materials;
❖ Availability of academic staff with proper qualifications to ensure the Successful
development of quality study materials;
❖ Meeting training and development needs of staff; and
❖ Specification of other resources required for the learning process

■?;
Some key characteristics of study materials in print form that need attention during quality
assessment of programs include:
· Self-explanatory, self-contained, self-directed, self-motivating, self-evaluative nature of
the materials;
· Clearly stated objectives of each unit;
· User-friendly “You and I” style of writing;
· Plenty of helpful examples and illustrations for better understanding;
· Plenty of exercises to help learners to use the material; and
· Feedback to help learners check their own progress.
4. Use of a combination of media to supplement handout materials

The combination of different media is very important to supplement the print materials and
enhance the teaching-learning process. The following factors need to be taken into account to
decide the choice of media:
· Availability of technology, equipment, finance, and human resources;
· Accessibility and viability of the media; and
· Validity with respect to the expected target group and life expectancy of the program.
The following checklist may be used to assess the media in use:
❖ Media choice is based on pedagogical requirements;
❖ Each multimedia, audio-video and broadcast program has clearly stated objective;
❖ Quality of the media programs production is ensured;
❖ Appropriate mechanisms for delivery and use of media are ensured;
❖ Staff are properly trained in the use of media;
❖ Learners’ feedback on the effectiveness of the media are collected; and
❖ Mechanisms for updating and revision of media material are developed.

■?;
5. Delivery of programs
The processes of delivery which help learners to achieve their educational goals and enhance
the services provided by the institution are important factors, and need to be evaluated for
program success. The following are key parameters to be taken into consideration:
· t o p o f face-to-face lecture, time schedule for dispatch of learning materials
/ handouts/ and strict adherence to the same;
· Availability of personalized services;
· B e t t e r l e c t u r e services on class / face-to-face / basis;
· Necessary provisions for timely response to learner queries and doubts;
· Timely evaluation and feedback on class attendance, assignments, project works and
exams;
7 Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the Office of the Institutional Quality Assurance Office to oversee the
implementation of the guiding principles, procedures and processes laid down in this document.

c
OtA
* d:
ft
kd
v7
v»c:
SHASHAMENE CAMPUS
Annual Plan for Research and Consultancy
Sahshamene, Ethiopia
1 ENAT COLLEGE– 2020/2021G.C Annual Plan for Research and Consultancy

Website: - www.enatcollege.net Email:- zelalem@enatcollege.net Face book:- Enat
College Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46 P.O. Box
1068 e-mail- hath112357@gmail.com
Table of Contents
Contents Page(S)
1 Background and Development......................................................................................................... 3

2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ........................................ 4
2.1 Vision ........................................................................................................................................ 4
2.2 Mission ..................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3 Goals......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.4 Objectives................................................................................................................................. 4
2.5 Core Values .............................................................................................................................. 5
3 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1 Section 1: Strategic Review ...................................................................................................... 7
3.1.1 Executive Summary .......................................................................................................... 7
3.1.2 Income Generating Strategy ............................................................................................ 8
3.1.3 Budget Break down .......................................................................................................... 9
3.1.4 Detail Plan for Consultancy ............................................................................................ 15

Enat College established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2017 in
educational institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. Enat College is a new-
age college committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of
the industry. The college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both
Enat College endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the
In its structure, the supervision, follow-up and management of all teaching departments, on
the one hand, and the overall development and expansion effort on the other hand, being
handled with formal approval of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also
to secure acceptance and credibility, due attention and priority must be given to the quality
and standards of education of all academic programs.
The viability and survival of any institution of higher education, particularly the private ones
is the provision of good quality education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring
administrative activities of the College need also to expand. In this regard, studies will have
to be conducted to identify educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new
implemented. In short, in the best interest of Enat College, the supervision and monitoring of
teaching departments on the one hand, and the overall vision for the steady growth of the
College, on the other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, Enat
College led by purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through
focusing onentrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college with
global alliances. These can be achieved by the college’s approach such as Student-cantered
policies and practices, inclusive learning environment and people-oriented.
2.1 Vision
2030
2.2 Mission
ENAT College imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides
training in the endeavor to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the
socio economic need of the country and in the region of East Africa.
2.3 Goals
Increase opportunity for student
access and success
2.4 Objectives
To provide graduate and
analytical competency in a wide range of disciplines, to train citizens in technical and

vocational professions and make them create their own job
c To develop research centres that solves societal problems.
c To strengthen the overall relationship between the college and the community services
2.5 Core Values
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence

3 Introduction
Higher education is the gateway to full participation in the economic, social and
cultural benefits of a society. College educated citizen’s drive the large & small
businesses of a country not only through employment but also through the
entrepreneurial spirit necessary for economic advancement.
The Higher Education policy in Ethiopia concentrates on three main pillars;
1. Teaching Learning
2. Research Consultancy
3. Community Services
The objective of this annual plan is to serve as to address the needs of

community problems by promoting, encouraging and calling external and
internal researchers by allocating appropriate budget in line with time schedule.
The plan mainly focused on research and consultancy of Enat College in 2020.

3.1 Section 1: Strategic Review
3.1.1 Executive Summary
As a higher education institution Enat College needs to address the societal

problems by promoting, initiating and funding problem driven researches in
selected thematic areas to enhance the link of the college with different parts
of the community.
The college has new research and consultancy service office and to organize
and promote research activities to ensure and create a base for quality
education. The Higher Education and Relevance Quality Agency stipulated
research as a pillar for the existence of Higher Education Institutions.
Major strategic initiatives for Enat College Research and consultancy Office
annual plan for 2020/2013 can be summarized as follows:
❖ Improve research support infrastructure and research, consultancy services
on selected areas.
❖ Evolve plans investing in areas where Enat College can be exemplar the
necessary standards of research excellence.

❖ Focus on improving higher research degree in the college in line with
promoting and initiating potential researchers by relating social, economic
and environmental problems.
❖ Develop and implement high research development link with different
governmental, private and non-governmental institutions.
❖ Establish strong, clear, visible and honest research committee activities
like research governance, finance, evaluation, approval, eligibility
infrastructure and outreach activities.
❖ Induce the public through seminars, conferences and workshops about
problems and findings of research with clear and practical solutions.
❖ Assess training needs and provide for academic staff members about
research and consultancy services.
❖ Generate income and support research activities by collection fees from
the consultancy services.
3.1.2 Income Generating Strategy

➢ For initial set up the college must fund some amount of finance
from internal income.
➢ By giving additional consultancy services for different
organizations the college will generate income.
➢ Creating link with sponsors in the country as well as outside the
country.
NB: The income generating strategy clearly put on budget breakdown

proposal.

3.1.3 Budget Break down
No Key Activity Resources Expected Responsibl Budget Sources Mont Monitoring Evaluation
Outcomes e Body to of h Standards
(in Birr)
Implement Budget
1 Re organize and improve -Qualified Human -The Director Management 48,000 Internal Dece RC with What outcomes are
infrastructure research Personnel works as plan, execute Team Income mber Management gained and in the
office of research a research and coordinate Team area of research?
&consultancy the research and
Sub Activities service Director consultancy
officer
• Hire qualified How many
Research and consultancies are
-Printer -Create easy 2500
consultancy undertaken
communication
Director -Desktop 4500 throughout the year?
system within
• Purchase and and outside the
allocate available Broad Band college.
resources Internet connection
-The office will
-Phone apparatus produce new 500
teaching
-others materials & 1500
Manuals in line
with the
guidelines and
policy of the
college
Total 57,000

2 Select thematic Areas by -Minute Note Book RC with 50
considering programs Research
offered to attain the goal of -Call for paper and 100 Internal April- RC with
the college consultancy Income July management
team What are the issues
office. address the
community
Sub Activities -Proposed Finance -the selected problem?
to fund potential researches will
-consult with research researcher per fully or partially
committee members research while the fund with other What is the
-attract potential research committee organizations in perception of others
researchers who are funded only select one or collaboration. about Enat College
by the college and for two researches regarding
based on the criteria -the college shall 40,000
further publication process publish its own researches?
on the: according to the
policy. research and call
➢ Micro enterprises stakeholders on
and unemployment the issues to
➢ Saving culture aware the
publics about the
➢ Modern financial
finding.
institutions services
➢ Drainage and
environmental
protection
➢ Construction safety
-Aware the public

and professionals
through seminars 5,000
and workshop

Total 45,150
3 Develop and create link

with national and
international institutions -By creating new 4,000 Internal May Research
towards research and relation and Income committee
building the General What kinds of
consultancy services. Manager agreements are
existed link the
college will made with external
Dean of the institutions?
enrich and college with
Sub Activities sustain to research What are the
-Develop the link with address goals. office. practices of external
California State university - Gain expertise links with other
Dominguez Hills regarding and research institutions or
research based activities. sponsorship professional bodies
support from the regarding the plan?
-Create a new link with
professional Associations different
organizations or
-Initiate and communicate associations.
local and international
organizations to fund and -The college is
sponsor researches partially known
or in full basis. nationally as
well as
internationally
and creates a
strong ground in
research as it is
stated in the
vision.

Total 4000
Create and establish a -Trainers From the -The college will RC 5,000 Internal July office of -What is the role of
strong link with the staff. establish a good Income Research & the college for the
surrounding community relationship with Research society?
-Allowance for the society and Office consultancy
Sub Activities trainers. the trainees will -In what extent the
handle good college contributes
-Provision of free trainings for the development
for Small and micro business skill.
-other 1,000 of local community?
enterprises and
4 manufacturers about
saving, entrepreneurship
and other financial
activities in consultation
with local government
organs at least twice a year.
Total 6,000

5 Provide paid consultancy
services for organizations
in different specialized office of How many
Consultancy
areas for the next 9 months Research & consultancies
The college will College 40,000 April- undertake in the
and planned 9 consultancy generate Dean with consultancy
services for external firms. up to year?
additional Research
Sub Activities -Market promotion income and and December In what extent the
penetrate the Consultancy college benefit
-By promoting the services -Consultant’s market of office consulted agencies?
of the college through consultancy
broachers, website, radio allowance especially in
and magazine activated to construction
the market. area.
-Consult firms in business,

finance, electrical
engineering, construction
and surveying areas with
reasonable price.
Total 40,000

6 Aware and initiate
academic staff members to
conduct researches. -Trainers The college will Academic Internal April- Research What kinds of
gain from Dean and Income Committee researches are
-seminars 20,000 up to
Sub Activities researchers to Research undertaken by
-Books tackle teaching and December instructors and other
-Provide trainings for learning consultancy academic members
academic staff members -Training Manuals challenges. Office in the College?
about the usefulness of
research in higher Instructors will
education institutions by be efficient by
inviting research expertise. -Finance linking teaching
with researches.
-Establish attractive
research fund and
incentives for academic
staff member researchers.
-Facilitate situations for

internal researchers.
Total 20,000
Ground Total 152,150

3.1.4 Detail Plan for Consultancy
N Area of Consultancy Activities Potential Clients No of No of Resources Budget Expecte

o consultancy consultancy d
Prepared By the College
in 2016 in 2017 Income
1. Finance and Business -Promote by website ➢ Small and 6 Consultants 12,000 20,000
or media medium size (Instructors)
enterprise
-Contact clients by ➢ Micro Finance
different means Institutions
2 Construction and Surveying -Promote by website ➢ Contractor 2 Consultants 10,000 15,000
or media firms (Instructors)
-Contact clients by
different means
3 Building and Electrical -Promote by website ➢ Building and 1 Consultants 8,000 12,000
or media installation (Instructors)
Companies
-Contact clients by
different means
9 40,000 47,000
Total

H iL^dJ J
_ d?;
v- j.o;
ENAT COLLEGE
^v—^4/
SHASHEMENE CAMPUS
STRATEGIC PLAN
{ For the Year 2020/2021 - 2025/2026G.C }
August, 2020/2021
-1- Strategic Plan {For the Year 2020/2021 - 2025/2026G.C}

*

v- i-rt
TABLE OF CONTENT
CONTENT PAGE(S)
Chapter 1: Introduction ........................................................................................................... - 5 -
1. Background and Development ............................................................................................ - 5 -
1.3.1 Vision ............................................................................................................................. - 6 -
1.3.5 Core Values .................................................................................................................. - 7 -
Chapter 3: Strategic Issues .................................................................................................... - 8 -
3.1 Staff Development ............................................................................................................... - 8 -
3.1.1 Objective ........................................................................................................................... - 8 -
3.1.2 Strategies ........................................................................................................................... - 8 -
3.1.2.1 Recruit staff to minimize the shortage of required qualified professionals .................... - 8 -
3.1.2.2 Retain the staff by developing incentive packages ......................................................... - 8 -
3.1.3- Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 8 -
3.1.3.3 Securing the necessary budget for the implementation of the staff development plan .. - 8 -
3.1.3.4 Creating conducive environment for research undertakings .......................................... - 8 -
3.2 Academic Programs ............................................................................................................ - 8 -
3.2.1 Objective ........................................................................................................................... - 9 -
3.2.2 Strategies ........................................................................................................................... - 9 -
3.2.2.2 Making the training process supported by appropriate facilities .................................... - 9 -
3.2.2.3 Developing new curricula for prioritized training programs .......................................... - 9 -
3.2.3 Key actions ........................................................................................................................ - 9 -
3.2.3.1 Strengthening the existing diploma and degree training programs ................................ - 9 -
3.2.3.2 Launching new undergraduate training programs in the coming five years. .................. - 9 -
3.2.3.3 Ensuring that class rooms, laboratories, computer center, and libraries are available at the
required level .............................................................................................................................. - 9 -
3.3 Academic & Service Quality .............................................................................................. - 9 -
3.3.1 Objective ........................................................................................................................... - 9 -
3.3.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 10 -
3.3.2.1 Promoting and maintaining quality training at all levels by reinforcing curricular and
administrative measures ............................................................................................................ - 10 -
3.3.2.2 Establishing a reward mechanism for dedicated professionals with regard to quality
education ................................................................................................................................... - 10 -
3.3.2.3 Establishing a system for reliable & fair evaluation of academic staff involving students
at Practical attachment sites & strengthening the in-school evaluation .................................... - 10 -
3.3.2.4 Making the number of instructors proportional to the number of admitted students ... - 10 -
3.3.2.5 Giving more emphasis to lecture halls, laboratory, internet and library facilities ........ - 10 -
3.3.2.6 Ensuring that the respective schools/departments of the college are equipped with
qualified & relevant instructors ................................................................................................ - 10 -
3.3.3 Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 10 -
3.3.3.1 Making the academic departments staffed observing the already set staff development
plan and relevant guidelines for recruitment ............................................................................ - 10 -

*

v- i-rt
3.3.3.2 Building additional complex that include more class rooms, library and laboratories and
additional internet centers for staff and students ...................................................................... - 10 -
3.3.3.3 Purchasing text books at a minimum book: student ratio and providing sufficient
reference books ......................................................................................................................... - 10 -
3.3.3.4 Making every instructor evaluated using appropriate evaluation criteria by students, peer
and head every semester ........................................................................................................... - 10 -
3.4 Community Service ........................................................................................................... - 11 -
3.4.1 Objectives........................................................................................................................ - 11 -
3.4.1.1 Building the capacity of the college in community services to improve and address
priority needs of the community (beneficiaries) ....................................................................... - 11 -
3.4.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 11 -
4.4.2.1. Financial support for disadvantaged group (HIV/AIDS)............................................. - 11 -
4.4.2.2. Material distribution for the city like dirty bin, tools................................................... - 11 -
4.4.2.3. Training NGO and Government workers .................................................................... - 11 -
4.4.2.4. Scholarship for student and staff from remote society ......................................... - 11 -
3.4.3 Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 11 -
3.4.3.1 Developing and submitting additional community service proposals and communicating
potential donors ......................................................................................................................... - 11 -
3.4.3.1 Purchase of materials that could serve the community for the intended purpose ......... - 11 -
3.4.3.2 Develop short term training manuals and give training based on the need of the
community ................................................................................................................................ - 11 -
3.4.3.3 Select students or personnel from remote areas and needy ones for the scholarship ... - 11 -
3.5 Research & Consultancy .................................................................................................. - 11 -
3.5.1 Objective ......................................................................................................................... - 12 -
3.5.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 12 -
3.5.2.1 Developing and submitting research & consultancy proposals to potential donors and
raise fund in order to attract candidate researchers of the staff members ................................. - 12 -
3.5.2.2 Establishing a licensed consultancy service firm on selected thematic areas ............... - 12 -
3.5.2.3 Addressing the issue of Students’ Research Projects (SRP) to the required level to
promote quality training: advising & budgeting ....................................................................... - 12 -
3.5.3 Key action ....................................................................................................................... - 12 -
3.5.3.1 Establishing a college level academic and research link committee to facilitate links and
collaboration ............................................................................................................................. - 12 -
3.6-Public Relation & Advocacy ............................................................................................ - 12 -
3.6.1 Objective ......................................................................................................................... - 12 -
3.6.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 12 -
3.6.2.1 Advertising the private wing and the special pharmacy services using local media .... - 12 -
3.6.2.2 Publicizing the academic units of the college using the website of the college & local
media. ........................................................................................................................................ - 12 -
3.6.3 Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 13 -
3.6.3.1 Buying air time from media to advertise the special services of the College ............... - 13 -
3.6.3.3 Establishing Public Relation (PR) desk at a college level ............................................ - 13 -
3.6.3.6 Sponsoring national conferences and providing the staff the opportunity to attend national
scientific forums........................................................................................................................ - 13 -
3.7 Staff Retention Mechanisms ............................................................................................ - 13 -

*

v- i-rt
3.7.1 Objective ......................................................................................................................... - 13 -

3.7.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 13 -
3.7.2.1 Arranging annual award ceremony to recognize the contribution of the academic and
administrative staff.................................................................................................................... - 13 -
3.7.3 Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 13 -
.7.3.1 developing a fair and transparent guideline for selection of hard working staff to nominate
for the annual award ceremony ................................................................................................. - 13 -
3.7.3.2 Awarding selected staff involved in research & other project activities and community
services every year. ................................................................................................................... - 13 -
3.7.3.3 Advocating for devising mechanism for joint appointment for the college staff ......... - 13 -
3.7.3.4 Establishing standard community school and sponsor staff children ........................... - 13 -
3.8 Income Generation & Utilization Schemes..................................................................... - 14 -
3.8.1 Objective ......................................................................................................................... - 14 -
3.8.2 Strategies ......................................................................................................................... - 14 -
3.8.2.1 Strengthening the already established internal revenue generating scheme ................. - 14 -
3.8.3 Key action ....................................................................................................................... - 14 -
3.8.3.3 Undertaking timely auditing of the internal revenue .................................................... - 14 -
3.9. Links & Collaborations ............................................................................................... - 15 -
3.9.1. Objective ................................................................................................................... - 15 -
3.9.2. Strategies ................................................................................................................... - 15 -
3.9.2.3. Strengthening and institutionalizing the already establishing links ....................... - 15 -
3.9.2.4. Establishing new links & collaborations at national & international Level ........... - 15 -
3.9.3 Key actions ...................................................................................................................... - 15 -
3.9.3.2 Developing and submitting proposal to potential partners and donors......................... - 15 -
Chapter 4 Annexes (Implementation Directives .................................................................. - 16 -
Table-4.3- Community Services ............................................................................................. - 18 -
Table-4.4- Research & Consultancy...................................................................................... - 19 -
Table-4.5- Public Relation & Advocacy ................................................................................ - 20 -
Table-4.6- Staff Retention Mechanisms ................................................................................ - 21 -
Chapter-5-Performance Indicators, Monitoring & Evaluation ......................................... - 23 -
5.1 Performance Indicators .................................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.1 Staff Development .......................................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.2 Academic programs ....................................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.4 Community Services ...................................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.5 Research & Consultancy ............................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.6 Public Relation & advocacy .......................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.7. Staff retention Mechanisms ..................................................................................... - 23 -
5.1.8. Income Generation & utilization ............................................................................ - 24 -
5.1.9 Links & collaborations .................................................................................................. - 24 -
5.2. Monitoring & Evaluation ............................................................................................ - 24 -

*

v- i-rt
Chapter 1: Introduction

ENAT COLLEGE established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016 in
educational institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. ENAT COLLEGE is a
new-age college committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of
the industry. The college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both generic
and post-basic routes and its programs are skill-based and knowledge-intensive.
other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, ENAT COLLEGE led by
purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through focusing on

*

v- i-rt
entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college with global alliances.
Chapter 2: Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals
1.3.1 Vision
ENAT COLLEGE aspires to be a nationally and internationally canter of academic excellence by

2030
1.3.2 Mission
ENAT COLLEGE imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides training in
1.3. 3. Goals
 Increase opportunity for student
access and success
 Ensure Academic and Operational
1.3.4 Objectives
 To provide graduate and
 To develop research centres that solves societal problems.

1.3.5 Core Values

To achieve its vision and goals, ENAT COLLEGE is directing its performance and efforts by
the following philosophy (values):
c Research for Societal Well being
c Effectiveness
c Efficiency
c Transparency and Accountability
□ Team Work
□ Competence

*

v- i-rt
Chapter 3: Strategic Issues

Each and every identified strategic issue is presented in detail here under constituting
interdependent OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES & KEY ACTIONS.
3.1 Staff Development
Staff development encompasses staff recruitment & promotion. It is identified as strategic issue
because the staff profile of the college needs to be to the expected standard.
3.1.1 Objective
Ensuring that the college has qualified and adequate academic and administrative staff
3.1.2 Strategies
3.1.2.1 Recruit staff to minimize the shortage of required qualified professionals
3.1.2.2 Retain the staff by developing incentive packages
3.1.3- Key actions
3.1.3.1 Raising the number and qualification of academic staff in the coming
five years by promoting, recruiting and retaining staff
3.1.3.2 Making the academic departments and administrative teams develop
action plan on staff recruitment and promotion based on the strategic
plan.
3.1.3.3 Securing the necessary budget for the implementation of the staff
development plan
3.1.3.4 Creating conducive environment for research undertakings
3.2 Academic Programs
Academic program encompasses the both undergraduate and post graduate programs. It is
identified as a strategic issue because it was found that there are potential needs in the areas of
the proposed programs or specializations.

*

v- i-rt
3.2.1 Objective
Strengthening the existing capacity and launching demand driven new
undergraduate and postgraduate health related programs in line with the country’s
Growth and Transformation Plan
3.2.2 Strategies
3.2.2.1 Ensuring that every academic departments are staffed by qualified and
relevant faculty
3.2.2.2 Making the training process supported by appropriate facilities
3.2.2.3 Developing new curricula for prioritized training programs
3.2.3 Key actions

3.2.3.1 Strengthening the existing diploma and degree training programs
3.2.3.2 Launching new undergraduate training programs in the coming five
years.
3.2.3.3 Ensuring that class rooms, laboratories, computer center, and libraries
are available at the required level
3.3 Academic & Service Quality
Academic quality encompasses teaching-learning facilities, qualification & relevance of the
academic staff, instruction & assessment modalities. It is identified as strategic issue because
deficiencies are observed on the stated areas at the college level.
3.3.1 Objective
Producing academically competent, professionally committed and team work
oriented graduates in different disciplines that qualify the national standards

*

v- i-rt
3.3.2 Strategies
3.3.2.1 Promoting and maintaining quality training at all levels by reinforcing
curricular and administrative measures
3.3.2.2 Establishing a reward mechanism for dedicated professionals with regard
to quality education
3.3.2.3 Establishing a system for reliable & fair evaluation of academic staff
involving students at Practical attachment sites & strengthening the in-
school evaluation
3.3.2.4 Making the number of instructors proportional to the number of admitted
students
3.3.2.5 Giving more emphasis to lecture halls, laboratory, internet and library
facilities
3.3.2.6 Ensuring that the respective schools/departments of the college are
equipped with qualified & relevant instructors
3.3.3 Key actions
3.3.3.1 Making the academic departments staffed observing the already set staff
development plan and relevant guidelines for recruitment
3.3.3.2 Building additional complex that include more class rooms, library and
laboratories and additional internet centers for staff and students
3.3.3.3 Purchasing text books at a minimum book: student ratio and providing
sufficient reference books
3.3.3.4 Making every instructor evaluated using appropriate evaluation criteria by
students, peer and head every semester
- 10 - Strategic Plan {For the Year 2020/2021 - 2025/2026G.C}

*

v- i-rt
3.4 Community Service

Community service encompasses services rendered to the community and this is identified as
strategic issue because it was found that these services need to be strengthened.
3.4.1 Objectives
3.4.1.1 Building the capacity of the college in community services to improve and
address priority needs of the community (beneficiaries)
3.4.2 Strategies
4.4.2.1. Financial support for disadvantaged group (HIV/AIDS)
4.4.2.2. Material distribution for the city like dirty bin, tools
4.4.2.3. Training NGO and Government workers
4.4.2.4. Scholarship for student and staff from remote
society
3.4.3 Key actions
3.4.3.1 Developing and submitting additional community service proposals and
communicating potential donors
3.4.3.1 Purchase of materials that could serve the community for the intended
purpose
3.4.3.2 Develop short term training manuals and give training based on the need
of the community
3.4.3.3 Select students or personnel from remote areas and needy ones for the
scholarship
3.5 Research & Consultancy
Research and Consultancy encompasses staff research undertakings & consultancy services in
an individual and/or team basis. It is identified as strategic issue because multi-disciplinary
approach in these regards was found to be not as expected at college level.

*

v- i-rt
3.5.1 Objective
Developing the capacity of the college staff in research & consultancy to address
priority needs of the community (beneficiaries)
3.5.2 Strategies
3.5.2.1 Developing and submitting research & consultancy proposals to potential
donors and raise fund in order to attract candidate researchers of the staff
members
3.5.2.2 Establishing a licensed consultancy service firm on selected thematic areas
3.5.2.3 Addressing the issue of Students’ Research Projects (SRP) to the required
level to promote quality training: advising & budgeting
3.5.3 Key action

3.5.3.1 Establishing a college level academic and research link committee to
facilitate links and collaboration
3.6-Public Relation & Advocacy
Public relation & advocacy encompasses issues related to publicizing the special nature of the
college in general. It is identified as strategic issue because there will be gaps in promoting the
college activities.
3.6.1 Objective
Building the image of the college & the academic departments and thus area of training
3.6.2 Strategies
3.6.2.1 Advertising the private wing and the special pharmacy services using local
media
3.6.2.2 Publicizing the academic units of the college using the website of the
college & local media.

*

v- i-rt
3.6.3 Key actions

3.6.3.1 Buying air time from media to advertise the special services of the College
3.6.3.2 Encouraging the academic departments to post their profile on the college
web site page.
3.6.3.3 Establishing Public Relation (PR) desk at a college level
3.6.3.6 Sponsoring national conferences and providing the staff the opportunity to
attend national scientific forums
3.7 Staff Retention Mechanisms
Staff retention encompasses issues related to creating conducive working environment to the
staff. It is identified as strategic issue because high staff turn-over will be documented as an
important problem of the.
3.7.1 Objective
Attracting new staff & retaining the already available skilled professionals of the college by
creating conducive working environment
3.7.2 Strategies
3.7.2.1 Arranging annual award ceremony to recognize the contribution of the academic and
administrative staff
3.7.2.2 Establishing various recreational and public service facilities in the college compound.
3.7.3 Key actions
.7.3.1 developing a fair and transparent guideline for selection of hard working staff to nominate
for the annual award ceremony
3.7.3.2 Awarding selected staff involved in research & other project activities and community
services every year.
3.7.3.3 Advocating for devising mechanism for joint appointment for the college staff
3.7.3.4 Establishing standard community school and sponsor staff children

*

v- i-rt
3.8 Income Generation & Utilization Schemes

Income generation & utilization encompasses selected revenue generation schemes that would be
used as important input to supplement costs of the academic programs & service.
It is identified as strategic issue because it was realized that organized generation of income &
appropriate utilization of internal revenue contributes a lot in supplementing cost of the training
and the service. Internal revenue refers to income generated from different sources (other than
recurrent budget) and it doesn’t include project funds & donated resources.
3.8.1 Objective
Strengthening the existing internal revenue to build up the capacity of the college in teaching,
research and community services and establishing additional internal revenue scheme
3.8.2 Strategies
3.8.2.1 Developing income generation schemes in community services, research
& consultancy
3.8.2.1 Strengthening the already established internal revenue generating scheme
3.8.3 Key action

3.8.3.1 Increasing the existing income from internal revenue by two folds in the
coming five years by diversifying the internal income generation
scheme.
3.8.3.2 Utilizing the generated internal revenue to improve the internal capacity of
the college in general to insure quality training and service by
motivating professionals & other staff
3.8.3.3 Undertaking timely auditing of the internal revenue
3.8.3.4 Developing various profitable new business plans
3.8.3.5 Establish printing services in a college
a. Photocopy, shopping & book center

*

v- i-rt
b. Printing services and internet services
3.8.3.6 Import and sale educational materials aids, Books
and Computers
3.9. Links & Collaborations

Links & collaboration encompasses any academic, research and other capacity building link
and collaboration with potential organization locally and internationally to support the
academic programs & maximize reputation of the college.
It is identified as strategic issue because the college, currently, has few links &
collaborations.
3.9.1. Objective
Establishing link and collaborations with relevant national and international
partners and stakeholders to improve the teaching, research and community
services
3.9.2. Strategies
3.9.2.1. Establishing academic link and collaboration facilitating committee at
college level
3.9.2.2. Publicizing and promoting the college activities to national and
international partners
3.9.2.3. Strengthening and institutionalizing the already establishing links
3.9.2.4. Establishing new links & collaborations at national & international Level
3.9.3 Key actions
3.9.3.1 Reviewing, monitoring and evaluation of the status of the already existing
link and collaborations
3.9.3.2 Developing and submitting proposal to potential partners and donors

*

v- i-rt
Chapter 4 Annexes (Implementation Directives

4.1 Staff Development
a. Teaching and Non Teaching Staff
Sub Total Year
Activities Department Qualification 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Human 2nd Degree 1 2 3 3 4
Resource Accounting &
3rd Degree 2 2 2 3 3
Finance (Post
1.1 graduate) Sub Total 3 4 5 6 7
Academic
Staff MBA general 2nd Degree 1 2 3 3 4
(Post graduate)
Sub Total 3 4 5 6 7
Marketing (Post 2nd Degree 1 2 3 3 4
graduate)
Sub Total 3 4 5 6 7
1.2 Non Related to Diploma 6 6 6 6 6
Academic specific position
Staff, & 1st Degree 4 5 5 5 5
Administrati
ve 2nd Degree 2 2 3 3 4
3rd Degree -- 1 2
Accountancy
Sub Total 12 13 15 15 17
Consultancy Accounting 1st 1 2 2 2 2
Related Related 2rd 1 1 1 1 1
Supportive Related Related 15 17 19 20 20

Table-4.2- Academic & Service Quality

S/ Time frame
Quality assurance measures
NO 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Making the required quality instructors
available in the every academic ranks
2 Harmonizing the training activity of the
□
academic departments
3 Making the academic support office of the
college functional
4 Capacitating the college by using affiliated
institutions
5 Involving and empowering students in staff □
evaluation
6 Building new class rooms (auditorium) and
I □
libraries
7 Giving due emphasis in implementation of
□
CURRICULLA
8 Ensuring standard criteria for selection of
gust instructors
9 Making students have accesses to ICT
10 Equipping all class rooms with LCD
projectors
11 Strengthening Examination & Grade □ I □
Approval Committee (EGAC) of
departments
12 Conducting CONTINIOUS STAFF
DEVELOPMENT (teaching methodology □
training) for new instructors
13 Number of purchased/copied/downloaded
□
reference books
14 Number of classrooms, laboratories built □
15 Number of equipments/tools purchased □ □ □ □

*

v- i-rt
Table-4.3- Community Services

a. Scholarship Opportunities plan
No Categories Number of student in each year

2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 From poor community 2 3 4 5 5
2 Orphans 2 2 2 2 3
3 HIV/AIDS victims 2 2 2 2 3
4 Physically disable 2 2 2 2
5 Windows 3 3 3 3
6 Teachers of staff 1 2 3 2
Total 6 13 15 17 15
b. Communities Services Plan

No Classification Activities /group in each year
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Financial support for disadvantaged 1 2 2 2 3
group (HIV/AIDS)
2 Material distribution for the city like 5 8 10 12
dirty bin, tools
4 Scholarship for teachers, student and 2 2 2 3
staff from remote society
Total 1 9 12 14 18

*

v- i-rt
Table-4.4- Research & Consultancy

a. Research plan
No Classification Number of research conducted in each
year
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Food security 1 2 3
2 Environmental protection 1 2 3 3
3 Culture 2 3 3 3
4 Language 3 3
5 HIV/AIDS 1 1 2 2
6 Gender Violence 1 1 2
Total 4 8 5 9 16

Table-4.5- Public Relation & Advocacy

Time frame
S/No Advocacy issues and the public relations 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Promoting and publicizing academic

1 departments the college website and local □ □ □ □
Radio
Encouraging the college community to
2 participate in professional and civics □ □ □ □
associations
Promoting and facilitating extra curricula
3 □ □ □ □
activities(Clubs) at staff and student levels
Organizing a visit session for community
leaders and elementary school students to
4 introduce activities of the college to create □ □ □ □
a sense of ownership on their part

Table-4.6- Staff Retention Mechanisms

Staff retention scheme Time frame
S/No
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Establishing Community school □ □
Making the staff cafeteria provide quality

2 □ □
service
Organizing annual general staff get
3 □ □ □ □
together Ceremony
Arranging annual award ceremony for
4 selected staff using PRE_DETERMINED □ □ □ □
& appropriate criteria

Arranging office and necessary facilities
5 □
for the staff

Table-4.7- Income Generation & Utilization Schemes

S/ Income generation scheme Time frame
NO 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Continuing education program □ □ □ □ □
2 Special pharmacy □
3 Joint venture with private □
organization/institution
4 Staff cafeteria □ □ □ □
5 Short term training package in □ □ □ □
different disciplines
6 Consultancy service □ □ □ □
7 Facility renting service □ □ □ □ □
Table-4.8- Links & Collaborations

S/No Potential links/ collaboration areas and Time frame
organizations 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
1 Enat College □ □ J □ □
2 Local & international colleges □ □ □ n □

*

v- i-rt
Chapter-5-Performance Indicators, Monitoring & Evaluation

5.1 Performance Indicators
5.1.1 Staff Development
• Number of Academic & Administrative staff RECUIRTED
• Amount of budget secured for recruitment of staff
5.1.2 Academic programs
• Number of Newly launched undergraduate and postgraduate training Programs
• Number of newly constructed & functional Class rooms, Computer centers, laboratories
& libraries
5.1.3 Academic & Service Quality
• Number of qualified & relevant staff in the respective departments/units
• Number of newly built library & internet center for students
• Number of purchased reference books
5.1.4 Community Services
• Number of Newly initiated services
• Amount of resources made available to run the new services
5.1.5 Research & Consultancy

• Number of Research proposal which got grants
• Number of Research Papers Published in reputable journals
• Established inter-departmental research team
5.1.6 Public Relation & advocacy
• Established Public Relation office/desk at college level
• Amount of air FREQUENCY bought to advertize services
• Number of staff who attended national scientific events
5.1.7. Staff retention Mechanisms
• Number of Newly recruited staff
• Number of Awarded staff
• Established Community School

*

v- i-rt
5.1.8. Income Generation & utilization

• Amount of internal revenue generated from established schemes
• Number of newly established income generation Schemes
• Number of audited internal revenue schemes
5.1.9 Links & collaborations
• Established link & Collaboration Committee at college level
• Number of Monitored, Reviewed & evaluated existing links & Collaboration
• Number of newly established links & Collaborations
5.2. Monitoring & Evaluation

• It should be monitored that the final approved copy of the SP is distributed to academic
departments, administrative units
• It should be monitored that every department & unit develops detailed ACTION PLAN
based on the SP & submit to the college head office
• The SP should be evaluated on annual basis and the action plan of the respective
departments & units on bi-annual basis.
• The achievements, the challenges and constraints of the SP implementation should be
well communicated to the management members in particular & the college community
in general

*

v- i-rt
Forecasted income Statement

Revenues
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Registration fee 36000 43200 51840 62208 74649
Tuition fee 384600 420320 564384 717260 880713
Other income 90,000 110000 127200 138640 151368
Total Revenue 510,600 573,520 743,424 918,108 1,106,730
Expenses
Salary expenses 195,000 200,850 204,867 208,964 213,144
Training and Education 6,000 6,180 6,304 6,430 6,558
Over load & part time 50,000 51,500 52,530 53,581 54,652
Uniform 2,000 2,060 2,101 2,143 2,186
perdiem & transport 5,000 5,150 5,253 5,358 5,465
Fuel & lubricant 5,000 5,150 5,253 5,358 5,465
motor repair & mainta 4,000 4,120 4,202 4,286 4,372
Electricity & water 3,000 3,090 3,152 3,215 3,279
Tele, Fax, E-mail 2,000 2,060 2,101 2,143 2,186
printing 15,000 15,450 15,759 16,074 16,396
Stationary 5,000 5,150 5,253 5,358 5,465
Rent 0 0 0 0
Donation &
Contribution 5,000 5,150 5,253 5,358 5,465
Entertainment & Sport 4,000 4,120 4,202 4,286 4,372
Advertisement 8,000 8,240 8,405 8,573 8,744
Publicity 10,000 10,300 10,506 10,716 10,930
Comp.Repair&
Mainten 5,000 5,150 5,253 5,358 5,465
Wage 10,000 10,300 10,506 10,716 10,930
Supplies 7,000 7,210 7,354 7,501 7,651
Miscelleneous expense 10,000 10,300 10,506 10,716 10,930
depretiations expenses 2,500 2,575 2,627 2,679 2,733
Accreditation expenses 7,000 7,210 7,354 7,501 7,651
Generator Repair 4,000 4,120 4,202 4,286 4,372
Bank Charge expenses 200 206 210 214 219
Incentives 500 515 525 536 547
loading & unloading 2,000 2,060 2,101 2,143 2,186
Sponsorship 2,000 2,060 2,101 2,143 2,186
newspapers
subscription 2,000 2,060 2,101 2,143 2,186
Total Expense 371,200 382,336 389,983 397,782 405,738
*

v- i-rt
Balance 139,400 191,184 353,441 520326 700,992
ASSUMPTIONS, RISKS AND EVALUATION

1.1 Assumptions and Risks
Assumption Risks Risk management
The founder of the college Shortage of budget, • Create awareness
will implement the strategic lack of conviction, • Introduce structural changes
plan strong resistance • Give shorter training on change
management, performance
management and leadership
• Increase shareholders involvement
Experienced and qualified High salary • Expand the post graduate program
employees are available in • Search for oversea volunteers
the Ethiopian market. • Introduces staff exchange programs
• Pay attractive salary and give fringe
benefits
Local universities will Insufficient budget • Search overseas scholarships
cooperate in upgrading the • Solicit government intervention
staff. through MoE and private colleges
association
Budget from the college will • Shortage of • Diversify the income
be sufficiently available. budget • Look for donors support
• Lack of • Create awareness
involvement
Shareholders, stakeholders • Lack of • Provides benefits
and collaborators will help involvement • Recognize best practice
implement the plan. • Design system for involvement
Employment opportunities • Low demand • Offer market driven education and
for the college graduates for some field training
will be strong • Unemployment • Provide quality and practice
• Reduce oriented education and training
performance of • Establish placement office
the ex-gradates
Resources will be available • Price will • Plan inflation and price increase
in the domestic and increase • Search for additional fund from
international market • Inflation donor or sale of shares
• Law quality
products in the
market

^2%
. t--
Enat College – Shashamene Campus iV—

v- i.o:
ENAT COLLEGE
^7>r TCV^
ft w
^v—^Z
^~~r^
Shashamene Campus
Student Assessment
Guideline
August, 2020
1 Student Assessment Guideline

Website: - www.enatcollege.net Email:- zelalem@enatcollege.net
Face book:- Enat College Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-
83-58-46 P.O. Box 1068 e-mail- hath112357@gmail.com
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
Table of Contents
Contents Page(s)
1 Background and Development ................................................................................................ 5
1.1 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ......................... 6
1.2 Vision ............................................................................................................................... 6
1.3 Mission ............................................................................................................................. 6
1.4 Goals................................................................................................................................. 6
1.5 Objectives ......................................................................................................................... 6
1.6 Core Values ...................................................................................................................... 6
2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINE .......................................................................................... 7
3 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................ 7
3.1 Academic Commission .................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Academic Dishonesty ....................................................................................................... 7
3.3 Academic Standard .......................................................................................................... 7
3.4 Assessment ....................................................................................................................... 7
3.5 Assessment Activity ......................................................................................................... 8
3.6 Assessment Methods ........................................................................................................ 8
3.7 Assessment Record .......................................................................................................... 8
3.8 Class Test ......................................................................................................................... 8
3.9 Computable Grade............................................................................................................ 8
3.10 Continuous Assessment.................................................................................................... 9
3.11 Course............................................................................................................................... 9
3.11.1 Course Examiner (S) ................................................................................................. 9
3.11.2 Course Instructor ....................................................................................................... 9
3.11.3 Course Package ......................................................................................................... 9
3.11.4 Course Work ........................................................................................................... 10
3.11.5 Dean ........................................................................................................................ 10
3.12 Examination ................................................................................................................... 10
3.12.1 Formative Assessment ............................................................................................ 10
3.12.2 Grade ....................................................................................................................... 10
3.12.3 Grading System ....................................................................................................... 11
3.12.4 Head of Department ................................................................................................ 11
3.12.5 Invigilator ................................................................................................................ 11
3.12.6 Incomplete (I).......................................................................................................... 11
3.12.7 Learning Outcomes ................................................................................................. 11
3.12.8 Letter Equivalent Grade .......................................................................................... 11
3.12.9 Mark ........................................................................................................................ 12
3.12.10 No Grade (NG) .................................................................................................... 12
3.12.11 Percentile Equivalent Grade ................................................................................ 12
3.12.12 Portfolio............................................................................................................... 12
3.13 Semester ......................................................................................................................... 12
3.13.1 Summative Assessment .......................................................................................... 12
3.13.2 Teaching Period ...................................................................................................... 13

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
4 COURSE ASSESSMENT METHODS ................................................................................ 13

4.1 Degree programme Courses Assessment ....................................................................... 13
4.2 EXAMINATION COMMITTEES ................................................................................ 14
4.2.1 Examination and Academic Records Committee ................................................... 14
4.2.2 Duties an Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 14
4.3 Examination Committee for Programme of Study ......................................................... 15
4.3.1 Membership ............................................................................................................ 15
4.3.2 Duties and Responsibilities ..................................................................................... 15
4.4 Course Examination Committee (CEC) ......................................................................... 15
4.4.1 Membership ............................................................................................................ 15
4.5 Examination Board (EB) ................................................................................................ 16
4.5.1 Membership ............................................................................................................ 16
4.6 Student Discipline Committee (SDC) ............................................................................ 17
4.6.1 Membership ............................................................................................................ 17
5 LANGUAGE OF ASSESSMENT........................................................................................ 18
5.1 PREPARATION OF EXAMINATIONS....................................................................... 18
5.1.1 General .................................................................................................................... 18
5.1.2 Principle .................................................................................................................. 18
5.2 Mid – Term Examinations.............................................................................................. 18
5.2.1 Final Examination ................................................................................................... 18
5.3 Formats ........................................................................................................................... 19
5.3.1 General information: ............................................................................................... 19
5.4 Instructions ..................................................................................................................... 19
5.4.1 Submission of the Final Examination ..................................................................... 20
5.5 ADMINISTRATION OF EXAMINATIONS ............................................................... 20
5.5.1 Examination Timetable ........................................................................................... 21
5.5.2 Final Examination ................................................................................................... 21
5.6 Invigilation Arrangement ............................................................................................... 21
5.7 Examination Room Regulations .................................................................................... 22
5.7.1 Expulsion from Examination Room ....................................................................... 24
5.7.2 Impounding Unauthorized Material ........................................................................ 24
5.7.3 Submission of Corrected Final Examination Papers to Departments ..................... 24
5.7.4 Students Access to Corrected Examination Papers ................................................ 25
5.7.5 Appeal of Examination Result and Remarking ...................................................... 25
5.8 ADMINISTRATION OF GRADES .............................................................................. 25
5.8.1 Principles................................................................................................................. 25
5.8.2 Award of Grades ..................................................................................................... 26
5.8.3 Designations used in reporting grades for a course ................................................ 26
5.8.4 Grading Systems ..................................................................................................... 27
5.8.5 Post graduate Program ............................................................................................ 27
5.9 Submission, Certification, Approval Postings of Grades ............................................... 27
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
5.9.1 No Grade (NG) and Incomplete (I) ......................................................................... 28

6 REMEDIAL MEASURES FOR MISSED ASSESSED WORKS ....................................... 29
6.1 Missed Class Tests ......................................................................................................... 30
6.1.1 Missed Mid-term Examinations .............................................................................. 30
6.1.2 Missed Final Examination ...................................................................................... 30
6.1.3 RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION OF ASSESSMENT MATERIALS ........... 31
6.2 ACADEMIC DISHONESTY ........................................................................................ 31
6.2.1 Principle .................................................................................................................. 31
6.2.2 Academic Dishonesty ............................................................................................. 31
6.2.3 Cheating .................................................................................................................. 31
6.2.4 Procedure for Handling Academic Dishonesty or Offence .................................... 32
6.2.5 Option A: The instructor conducts the investigation of the allegations: ................ 32
6.2.6 Penalties .................................................................................................................. 33
6.3 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS .................................................................................... 34
6.3.1 Student Rights ......................................................................................................... 34
6.3.2 Course Instructors’ Obligations .............................................................................. 34
6.3.3 Students Obligations ............................................................................................... 35
6.3.4 Attendance Requirement ......................................................................................... 35

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:

ENAT College established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016 G.C. in Undergraduate
and TVET Programs. It has emerged as one of the country’s private higher educational institutions in
undergraduate and Post graduate programs. ENAT College is a new-age college committed to provide
innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of the industry. The college set out to offer
training in varied fields business through both generic and post-basic routes and its programs are skill-
based and knowledge-intensive.
ENAT College endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the students not only
with teaching-learning but also with career development, skill enhancement, employment opportunities
and business incubation.
In its structure, the supervision, follow-up and management of all teaching departments, on the one hand,
and the overall development and expansion effort on the other hand, being handled with formal approval
of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also to secure acceptance and credibility, due
attention and priority must be given to the quality and standards of education of all academic programs.
These efforts would include, among other things, the provision of basic facilities (books, laboratory tools,
and equipment), and recruitment of competent and responsible teaching staff. The viability and survival
of any institution of higher education, particularly the private ones is the provision of good quality
education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring and close supervision of the teaching
departments.
Concurrent with the strengthening of the teaching departments, the overall academic and administrative
activities of the College need also to expand. In this regard, studies will have to be conducted to identify
educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new programs to meet these needs. Short, mid
and long-term plans will have to be developed and implemented. In short, in the best interest of ENAT
College, the supervision and monitoring of teaching departments on the one hand, and the overall vision
for the steady growth of the College, on the other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner.
Finally, ENAT College led by purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through
focusing on entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college with global alliances.

1.1 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals

1.2 Vision
2030.
1.3 Mission
1.4 Goals
access and success
1.5 Objectives
1.6 Core Values

To achieve its vision and goals, ENAT College is directing its performance and efforts by the
c Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
c Team Work
c Competence

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
2 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDELINE

The purpose of the guideline is to ensure that:
a) Assessment practices in ENAT College reflect appropriate academic standards;
b) Assessment practices are applied consistently across the campus;
c) The evaluation of student performance is fair and objective vis-à-vis these
academic standards; and
d) The academic standing of every student can be accurately assessed even when
courses have been taken in different programmes and evaluated according to
differing grade scales.
3 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Academic Commission
Unless stated otherwise, Academic Commission in this document shall refer to the
Academic Commission of ENAT College Cmpuses. The power, duties and responsibilities
of the Commission shall be in accordance with the University College’s legislation.
3.2 Academic Dishonesty

All activities designed and undertaken by a student to convey deceitfully the impression of
acquired knowledge, skills, and understanding, with the purpose of achieving a higher grade/
mark than what he or she would otherwise obtain during and assessment activity.
3.3 Academic Standard

Knowledge and skill base expected of students at a particular level pursuing a particular
programme of study.
3.4 Assessment
Systematic method of obtaining evidences from tests, course works, and examinations to
evaluate students’ degree of mastery of the learning outcomes. It is usually used to
determine the academic standing of students: i.e., whether a student is promoted, or
dismissed.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
3.5 Assessment Activity

Tasks and activities designed to evaluate students’ performance in achieving the leaning
outcomes of a course.
3.6 Assessment Methods

The following assessment methods are recognized in all ENAT College Campuses to
evaluate the performance of students in a particular course: Methods used to assess the
performance of students in a particular course, and ENAT College campuses recognize
the following five assessment methods:
• Class Tests;
• Course work;
• Examinations;
• Practical Work;
• Practicum/apprenticeship
• Project Work
• Viva (Oral) Examinations
Any assessment method other than those stated above requires a prior
agreement of the Academic Commission.
3.7 Assessment Record

A set of records of tests, course works, examinations, etc that shows a student’s performance
in a course over period of time.
3.8 Class Test

A small quiz, or test, that is not an official examination of the College. Its administration is
left to the discretion of the department and/or the course instructor. However, the result of
the test shall count towards the grade for the course, hence, to the assessment record. Class
tests shall be used for all courses offered in Under and post graduate Programs.
3.9 Computable Grade

A grade that shall be included in the computation of the Grade Point Average, for first and
Second degree programs

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
3.10 Continuous Assessment

An assessment procedure where by the overall gains that a student has made in a course
in terms of knowledge and skills is assessed continuously over a period of time. Its
distinguishing features are: it is comprehensive, systematic, and cumulative.
3.11 Course
The smallest entity carrying a credit value, and an evaluation .The
identification keys for a course shall be:
• The Course Title
• The Course Code
• The Credit Hours /Contact Hours
3.11.1 Course Examiner (S)

A person (s) authorized to set an examination for a course, and unless it is
stated otherwise, the Course Instructor shall be the Course Examiner. In
the event that the course is offered by several instructors, e.g. when a
course is offered for several sections of a class by different instructors, all
the instructors of the course shall set the examination collectively and
shall be the course examiners. However, the Academic Commission
Examination Committee can, when sufficient grounds exist, authorize a
person other than the course instructor to be the course examiner.
3.11.2 Course Instructor

A full-time, or part-time, academic staff of the College, who is entrusted
with the task of teaching a course.
3.11.3 Course Package

The totality of an instruction and instructional material that an instructor
planned and undertaken for a course, and contains:
a) A course outline
b) Teaching material
c) Consultation hours
d) Planned study visits or excursions
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
e) Practical works as may be applicable

f) Project work as may be applicable
g) The assessment method (s)
3.11.4 Course Work

A piece of assessment task, usually in the form of assignment, essays,
portfolios, report etc., that forms parts of the assessment requirements for
a course and that is specified in the course outline.
3.11.5 Dean
Unless specified otherwise, the Dean refers to the Dean of ENAT College
campus who is the Chief Executive Officer of the campus. The power,
duties and responsibilities of the Dean shall be in accordance with the
College’s Legislation.
3.12 Examination
An examination is an official assessment, and examination periods of all
official examinations shall be duly announced in the College academic
calendar. All courses offered by ENAT College campuses shall have at
least one official examination: the Final Examination. First degree
programs as well as post graduate programs, also conduct mid-semester
examinations. All official examinations shall be written examinations.
3.12.1 Formative Assessment

An assessment that is designed, principally, to evaluate students’ progress,
and provide them with feedbacks; It usually counts towards the overall
marks for a course. Course works generally fall in this group.
3.12.2 Grade
A summary evaluation of a student’s proficiency, or competency,
expressed on an alphanumeric or numeric scale

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
3.12.3 Grading System

The process by which an instructor arrives at a symbol or number that is
used to represent a student’s achievement in a course; Two types of
grading system are followed by ENAT College campuses.
a) Letter grades: Degree of mastery of a course is indicated by
letters with a letter grade of “A” indicating superior
performance while a letter grade of “F” indicates an inferior
performance. This grading system shall be used for all degree
b) Percentile grade: degree of mastery of a course is indicated by
percentiles with a 100% indicating superior performance and
0% indicating inferior performance. This grading system shall
be used for TVET programs.
3.12.4 Head of Department

Unless it is stated otherwise, head of Department refers to the Head of
Department in ENAT campuses
3.12.5 Invigilator
An academic staff or any person authorized by the Examination Board to
invigilate an examination.
3.12.6 Incomplete (I)

“I” Indicates that some part of the semester’s work remains undone.
Students are allowed 8 weeks after the beginning of the next semester to
remove the incomplete grade; failing that, the Incomplete (“I”) grade.
Shall be changed to an “F” for programmes that use letter grades and to 0
for those that use percentile grades
3.12.7 Learning Outcomes

Product from the process of learning
3.12.8 Letter Equivalent Grade

For a Percentile Grade, its equivalent in Letter Grade

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
3.12.9 Mark
A numerical value that is given to a portion of course work, assignment
test, examination or any other form of assessment, to indicate the degree
of understanding vis-à-vis the task.
3.12.10 No Grade (NG)

A grade that is awarded to a student who fails to have a complete
assessment record, and the grade shall not be used in the computation of
the Grade Point Average or the Total Grade.
3.12.11 Percentile Equivalent Grade

For a Letter Grade, its equivalent in Percentile Grade
3.12.12 Portfolio
A collection of written or other related materials, produced by a student
and, which can be used to assess the level of attainment of the different
learning outcomes of a course; A portfolio may contain the following:
research papers, process report, tests, case studies, audiotapes, journals,
personal essays, etc.
3.13 Semester
It is used to describe a series of teaching periods during which compete
course packages are offered. A semester in ENAT College shall have a
minimum of 15 weeks of teaching periods, and an Academic Year shall
have 2 Semesters and a summer session of 10 weeks.
3.13.1 Summative Assessment

An assessment designed to measure students’ degree of mastery of the
main learning outcomes of a course. Final examinations generally fall in
this group.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
3.13.2 Teaching Period

A period of time during which learning is undertaken and assessment is
carried out.
4 COURSE ASSESSMENT METHODS

4.1 Degree programme Courses Assessment
Students in a degree programme course shall be assessed by a combination of:
e) Continuous Assessment
• Class tests
• Course Works
• Project work
• Oral examination (viva)
• Peer education
All Post graduate program courses shall have communication assessment in the form of class
tests, course works and project works. The decision regarding the type, form, and the timing is
left to the discretion of the instructor and the department. However, the instructor, in designing
the assessment, is expected to follow the principles of continuous assessment: i.e., the
assessment should be comprehensive, systematic, and cumulative. Continuous Assessment shall
account for a total of 25% of the mark for the course.
f) Examinations
• Mid-term examinations
• Final examinations
All degree courses, unless it is stated otherwise, shall have two official examinations: mid-term
and final examinations the two examinations are not interchangeable, and shall account for a
total of 75% of the mark for the course. The proportion of each shall be:
Mid-term Examination: 25%
Final Examination: 50%
Generally, a mid-term examination is expected to cover topics that have been treated up to the
first week of the mid-term examination period, and, the final examination is expected to cover all

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
the topics of the course. Since the first half of the course shall be covered by the mid-term
examination, the composition for the final shall be 25% covering the first half and 75% covering
the second half.
4.2 EXAMINATION COMMITTEES

4.2.1 Examination and Academic Records Committee
The Committee shall be established by the Academic Commission as one of its standing
committees. Degrees, diplomas, and certificates for each programme of study shall be
awarded by the Senate on the basis of the recommendations of the AC Examination
Committee through the Academic Commission.
4.1.1 Membership
g) The Dean;
h) The Associate Dean;
i) The Registrar;
j) Tow AC members elected by the AC The elected members shall serve for a
period of two years.
4.2.2 Duties an Responsibilities

The Committee shall:
a) Establish its own working rules and procedures;
b) Be responsible for setting standards for examinations
c) Be responsible for developing detailed guidelines for the setting and administration of
examinations,
d) Be responsible for developing detailed rules and regulations pertaining to grading and
re-grading,
e) Be responsible, within the bounds of the College legislation, for instituting acceptable
grading, and alternative grading system (s), and
f) Assess periodically the academic performance of the campus’s students.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
4.3 Examination Committee for Programme of Study

Each programme of study shall have an Examination Committee; it shall be established
by the Department to which the programme of study belongs and subject to the approval
of the Academic Commission.
4.3.1 Membership
a) head of the Department, Chairperson,
b) Head/ Coordinator of the programme of Study, and
c) Two instructors from the department or in the case that the department
has more than two sections, then one instructor each from the sections.
4.3.2 Duties and Responsibilities

The Committee shall:
b) Oversee the correct implementation of the Examination rules, regulations
of the Colleges and the Academic Commissions.
c) Within the bounds of the College Examination Rules and Regulations,
develop further rules and regulations on the preparation, administration,
and grading of examinations pertaining to the programme of study; and
d) Recommend to the AC-Examination Committee the award on the degrees,
diplomas, and certificates for the programme of study;
4.4 Course Examination Committee (CEC)

Each course shall have and Examination Committee.
4.4.1 Membership
a) The Course Instructor (s);
b) Two instructors appointed by the Department/Section Head

The following are the duties and responsibilities of the CEC:
a) Shall establish its won working rules and procedures;
b) Sets the standard for examination (s) for the course;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
c) Approves examination questions of the course. In deciding the

Appropriateness and fairness of the examination questions, it shall look at
(i) The format,
(ii) The type and composition of questions
• Objective questions such as multiple choice, matches, and true or false to Assess
factual recall of textbooks and lectures;
• Essay type questions such as applications, analysis, synthesis, interpretations, and
evaluation to assess higher level learning;
d) The clarity of the language,
e) The distribution of marks, and
f) The distribution as well as the total time allotted for the examination.
g) Approve the marking of the examinations for a course;
h) Approve the grading of a course;
i) In cases of grade complaints, it handles re-grading and remarking in
consultation with the department head; and,
j) Follows up the correct application of the assessment guideline;
4.5 Examination Board (EB)

Each ENAT College Campus shall have one Examination Board, which will be
responsible for: the administration of Examinations.
4.5.1 Membership
a) Associate Dean, Chairman
b) All Department Heads
c) Registrar

The EB shall:
b) Follows up that all examinations are carried out during the
examination periods;
c) Follow up that examinations are submitted on time.
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
d) Make sure that examinations are administered in accordance with

the examination schedule;
e) Handle instructors’ requests to conduct their examinations outside
the examination period;
f) Inform instructors of their invigilation duties, and cheeks that they
are carrying out those duties properly;
g) Inform students on campus examination room regulations, and
make sure that the regulation are properly adhered to;
h) Receive and review cases of those students who have missed their
examinations for various reasons;
i) Receives complaints of academic dishonesty during examinations,
and direct the allegations to the Student Discipline Committee.
4.6 Student Discipline Committee (SDC)

Each ENAT College Campus shall have one SDC . The Committee is responsible for the
investigation of academic misconduct.
4.6.1 Membership
a) Associate Dean, Chairman
b) All department Heads
c) Dean of Students
d) Student Representative

The SDC shall:
a) Shall establish its own working rules and procedures;
b) Investigates serious and repeated violations of academic misconduct upon
referral from an instructor or a department head or the Chair of the
Examination Board or the Dean; and,
c) Hears appeals of decisions and /or penalties imposed by an instructor.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
5 LANGUAGE OF ASSESSMENT
Unless stated otherwise, the language of instruction and assessment will normally be the
same. If, for any reason, this cannot be achieved, the Academic Commission shall devise
ways and means sot ensure that academic standards are not compromised.
5.1 PREPARATION OF EXAMINATIONS

5.1.1 General
Examination preparation encompasses the setting, typing, printing/ duplication, and
submission of the examination questions.
5.1.2 Principle
k) irrespective of the number of instructors that are offering a course, there shall only
be one common examination for a course in a semester;
l) Examinations should be prepared in such a way that they measure appropriately
the achievement by students of the knowledge and skills identified as learning
outcomes for the courses, It is standard practice in higher institution that any
examination should assess at least 65 – 75% of the learning outcomes;
m) Examinations should be carefully constructed, using a range of question types, to
assess both lower and higher order learning;
• Test books, e.g., multiple enorce, completion, matching and true or false;
• Essay and related type questions to assess higher order learning, i.e., students ability
to interpret, analyze, apply synthesize, and evaluate.
5.2 Mid – Term Examinations

a) The course examiner shall set the examination for he course;
b) The course examiner shall make one typed copy of his/her examination which will be
made available to the Course Examination Committee for certification;
c) The course examiner shall be responsible for the typing and duplication of the
examination.
5.2.1 Final Examination

a) The course examiner shall set the examination for the course;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
b) The course examiner shall make one typed copy of his/her examination available
to the course examination committee for certification. Only certified
examinations shall be allowed for duplication;
c) The course examiner shall be responsible for the typing and duplication of the
examination;
d) The course examiner shall be responsible for the timely delivery of the duplicated
examination to the Chairman of the Board of Examiners;
e) All duplicated examinations should reach the Board at least one week before the
last day of class.
5.3 Formats
Any examination ENAT College for mid-and final examinations shall contain:
5.3.1 General information:

a) The name of the College;
b) The name of the Campus;
c) The name of the Department offering the course;
d) The Course Title (Course Code and Number);
e) The Semester;
f) The class that is taking the course, i.e., the program of study (under graduate and
post graduate), the department (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th year for degree and 1st, 2nd year for
post graduate degree);
g) The time allotted for the examination;
h) Date of the examination, and
i) The name of the Instructor.
5.4 Instructions
j) The type of examination, i.e., open or closed book;
k) The number of questions to be answered;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
5.4.1 Submission of the Final Examination

a) Course examiners are responsible for submitting the duplicated examinations to
the Chairman of he Examination Board;
b) Course examiners shall submit duplicate examinations, together with the
answering sheets, in a sealed A3 envelop at least one week before the beginning
of he examination period;
c) In submitting examination papers, course exammers are required to put 3 to 5
extra examination papers and answer sheets and one model examination paper
with all the corrections;
d) Course examiners shall clearly put the following information on the sealed
envelop:
(i) The Course Title;
(ii) The name of the Course Instructor;
(iii) The class that is taking the examination;
(iv) The examination room;
(v) The name of the invigilator;
5.5 ADMINISTRATION OF EXAMINATIONS

7.1 Examination Period
n) Mid-term and final examinations shall be conducted only during the periods
indicated in the academic calendar;
o) When sufficient grounds exist, however, the Academic Commission can change
the examination period;
p) When sufficient grounds exist, the Examination Board can grant a course
examiner a special permission to conduct his/her examination outside the
examination period;
q) Under no circumstances shall classes be conducted during the final examination
period.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
5.5.1 Examination Timetable

7.1.1 Mid-term Examination
a) the course examiner in consultation with his/her students can freely arrange the date,
time, an place of the examination. However, s/he should notify the arrangement in
writing to the Course Examination Committee;
b) Under no circumstances shall a mid term examination be conducted during the last
one month of the semester.
5.5.2 Final Examination

a) The Office of the registrar shall be responsible for drawing up the
timetable for final examination;
b) The office of the Registrar shall announce the final timetable at least two
weeks before the last day of classes;
(i) Copies of the timetable shall be posted bulletin boards at
appropriate places in the campus where it is easily accessible to all
students;
(ii) Copies of the timetable shall be sent to the Dean, the Associate
Deans and all Departments;
c) All examinations, unless a special permission is given by the Board, shall
be conducted in accordance with to the timetable, i.e., on the dates, times
and rooms indicated in the timetable.
5.6 Invigilation Arrangement

a) In all ENAT College campuses each instructor has the responsibility to
undertake invigilation;
b) The office of the Registrar is responsible for drawing up a list of invigilators
for each examination. The list shall clearly state the course, the class, the room,
and the time o the examinations against the invigilator;
c) The Chairman of the Examination Board is responsible for distributing the list
to all instructors;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
d) On their Invigilation day, invigilators are generally expected to report to the

Chairman of the Examination Board office at least 15 minutes before the
commencement of the examination;
e) Course examiners are also expected to avail themselves during the
examination of their course to give corrections and address questions that may
arise;
f) Invigilation is a very serious and solemn duty, and invigilators are expected to
observe the utmost professional conduct while on duty.
5.7 Examination Room Regulations

a) Students are allowed into an examination room only in the presence of the
invigilator (s). However, students are expected to arrive at examination rooms
well ahead of time;
b) Invigilators are expected to arrive at examination rooms at least 5 minutes before
the beginning of the examination;
c) Students must take their seats within the rows/columns of desks allocated to them
by the Invigilator;
d) Students are not allowed to leave an examination room before thirty minutes after
the commencement of an examination;
e) Students are not allowed to leave an examination room before thirty minutes after
the commencement of an examination;
f) Students must wait for the announcement of the invigilator before they start the
examination. They must also stop writing immediately when the end of the
examination is announced;
g) Students should sign an examination attendance sheet distributed at the start of the
examination. The sheet is collected by the invigilator after thirty minutes have
elapsed from the start of the examination;
h) Books, papers, and other materials relevant to the examination, unless authorized
by the course examiner, are not allowed in to the examination room or must be

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
left at the front of the examination room. Possession of these materials constitutes
academic offence;
i) Students are prohibited from deliberately doing anything that might distract other
students. Students wishing to attract the attention of an invigilator shall do so
without causing a disturbance. Any student who causes a disturbance in an
examination room may be required to leave the room, and shall be reported to the
Chairman of the Examination Board;
j) Answers should only be written on an answer sheet that is provided by the
invigilator. Answer sheet together with the question paper must be submitted to
the invigilator;
k) Students will be permitted to use reference books, computers, calculators and
other electronic technology only if and when authorized by the course examiner;
l) Students are not allowed to use mobile phones during examinations, and mobile
phones must be switched off during an examination;
m) It is an offence against the College discipline for any students to knowingly:
(i) Make use of unfair means in any College examination,
(ii) Assist a student to make use of such unfair means,
(iii) Allows another student to copy his/her works,
(iv) Do anything prejudicial to the good conduct of the examination, or
(v) Impersonate another student or allow another student to
impersonate him/her.
n) Students will be required to display their ID cards together with the cash receipt
showing payment of the latest tuition fee on the desk throughout all examinations;
o) If an invigilator suspects a student of cheating, she/he shall impound any
prohibited material and shall inform the Examination Board as soon as possible;
p) Cheating is an extremely serious offence; any student found by the student
Discipline Committee to have cheated or attempted to cheat in an examination
may be referred to the Student Discipline Committee for appropriate Action.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
5.7.1 Expulsion from Examination Room

a) A student shall be expelled from an examination room for any of the following
academic misconducts;
(i) If she/he disturbs the orderly conduct of an examination;
(ii) If she /he tries to copy the works of another student;
(iii) If she/he tries to use unauthorized material.
(iv) If he/she tries to pass answers to questions to another students
b) Before expelling a student from an examination room, the invigilator should give
the student a verbal warning to deist from his/her unacceptable activity. If the
student fails to listen to the warning and continues with the misconduct, the
invigilator shall have no choice other than expelling the student from the
examination room;
c) At the end of the examination, the invigilator shall report to the Chairman of the
Examination Board in writing the circumstances that led to the expulsion.
5.7.2 Impounding Unauthorized Material

a) When a student is caught using unauthorized material in an examination room, the
invigilator:
b) Department head can assign.
c) In marking the examinations:
(i) The marker is expected to prepare a model answer for the examination
questions that will be used as the basis for the marking;
(ii) Where possible, examinations should be marked in such a way that the
marker is not aware of the student’s identity.
5.7.3 Submission of Corrected Final Examination Papers to Departments

a) In order for the corrected final examination papers to be easily accessible to students,
course examiners should submit the corrected examination papers, together with the
model answers, to their Departments;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
b) In order for students to have a reasonable time for reviewing their corrected papers,
course examines should submit the corrected examination papers one day before the
last day for the submission of grades.
5.7.4 Students Access to Corrected Examination Papers

a) Corrected mid-term examination papers shall be returned to students;
b) Instructors and departments should provide students with the opportunity within a
reasonable time (one week after the last day for the submission of grades) to review
their corrected final examination papers without any fee;
c) A student who, after having reviewed the corrected final examination paper, remains
dissatisfied with the outcome should use the appeal process.
5.7.5 Appeal of Examination Result and Remarking

a) A student who wishes to have his examination paper remarked:
(i) Should collect the re-grading form (F) from the Associate Dean’s Office
against a payment of Birr. 10.00 (Ten);
(ii) Should fill the form and return it to the Associate Dean’s Office;
b) The Associate Dean shall direct the student’s request to the Department;
c) The Department head, under his chairmanship, shall convene the course examination
committee and review the student request. If the remarking result is lower than the
previously obtained mark, the lower mark shall be recorded;
d) A student is allowed only one remarking in a semester;
e) Appeals for remarking are accepted during the first 6 weeks since the announcement
of the grade.
5.8 ADMINISTRATION OF GRADES

5.8.1 Principles
A grade is a measure of the overall performance of a student in a course accordingly:
a) The award of grades should be carried out deliberately, exercising the utmost
Professional judgment to avoid the possibility of random and systematic errors;
c) The award or grades form course shall Indicate the achievement of a student in that
particular course only and the course examiner shall exercise the utmost care to avoid any
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
kind of prejudice that will Inadvertently affect the correct evaluation of the student’s
performance in that Course.
5.8.2 Award of Grades

a) Unless stated otherwise, the course examiner shall be responsible for awarding
grades for the course;
b) When the course examination committee finds sufficient reason to exclude the
course instructor-examiner from awarding grades, the course examination
committee, in consultation with the department head, can assign another instructor
(s) to award the grades for the course;
c) In awarding grades:
(i) The course examiner shall consider the complete assessment record, i.e.,
shall consider the marks earned for each assessment components. The
total mark for the course, which is the basis for the grade, shall be the
sum total of the marks of all assessment components;
(ii) The course instructor/examiner shall strictly use the grading system
stipulated in this guideline;
5.8.3 Designations used in reporting grades for a course

A: Excellent: Indicates work of a very high character, the highest grade given
B: Very Good Indicates work that is definitely above average, though not of the
highest quality
C: Good Indicates work of average or medium character
D: Poor Indicates work below average and unsatisfactory, the lowest
Passing grade
F: Fail Indicates that a student knows very little of the subject that he/she
Must repeat the course in order to get a credit
Fx Failed Indicates that the student is a warded the grade due to academic
Dishonesty
I Incomplete indicates that a relatively small part of the semester’s work remains
Undone. This grade is awarded by the Academic Commission. Students are allowed 8 weeks

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
after the beginning of the next semester to remove the “I” grade. Failing that, the Incomplete
grade shall be changed to an “F” or a mark of zero “0” by the Academic
Commission.
W Withdraw: Indicates that the student withdrew from the course following the
Withdrawal procedure of the Office of the Registrar.
NG No Grade: Indicates that a student does not have a complete assessment record,
5.8.4 Grading Systems

Once a judgment has been made on the performance of a student, the following grade
scales are to be sued:
5.8.5 Post graduate Program

Raw Mark Interval Corresponding Corresponding Status Class Description
[100%] fixed Latter Grade Description
Number Grade
[90,100) 4.0 A+ Excellent First class with
[85,90) 4.0 A great distinction
[80,85) 3.75 A-
[75,80) 3.5 B+ Very Good First class with
[70,75) 3.0 B Distinction
[65,70) 2.75 B- Good First Class
[60,65) 2.5 C+ Second Class
[50,60) 2.0 C Satisfactory
[45,50) 1.75 C- Unsatisfactory Lower Class
[40,45) 1.0 D Very Poor Lower Class
[<39) 0 F Fail Lower Class
5.9 Submission, Certification, Approval Postings of Grades

a) Unless stated otherwise, a course examiner is responsible for the timely
submission of Grades following the following guidelines:

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
(i) A course examiner shall submit four copies of student’s grades directly
to the Course Examination Committee using the standard Grade Report
Sheets Provided by the Office of the Registrar, along with the complete
assessment record.
(ii) The Course Examination Committee after examining he assessment
record, shall certify students grades for a course;
• One copy to the Office of the Registrar;
• The second copy to the students department;
• The third copy for the instructor
• The fourth copy for the Dean’s office
b) The grade submission period shall be announced by the office of the Registrar.
However, grades are generally expected to reach the office not later than two
weeks after the last day of exams;
c) The office of the Registrar shall be responsible for the timely posting of grades. It
shall use all available resources to notify student’s of their grades, and will do so
following a procedure that protects the privacy of students.
5.9.1 No Grade (NG) and Incomplete (I)

a) A course instructor/examiner shall award a No Grade, if the student fails to have a
Complete assessment record for a various reasons, e.g.,
(i) If the student does not have the required attendance;
(ii) If the student misses any of the class tests, assignments, and mid-term
examinations, and has not undertaken the remedial measures prescribed
in Section 10 below;
(iii) If the student misses the final examination;
(iv) If the student is expelled from the examination room for academic
misconduct;
b) The Academic Commission, after reviewing the cases of each student, shall change
the No Grade to:

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
(i) An Incomplete (I) if the student fails to have a complete assessment record
due to conditions beyond his/her control. The Academic Commission shall
have a period of 8 week to change the (I) to a letter grade. Failing that the
I grade shall be automatically changed to an F or 0;
(ii) An F or 0, if the student fails to have a complete assessment record for no
good reason;
(iii) An Incomplete (I) if the Student Discipline Committee found that the
student is not guilty of the charges of academic misconduct. In such a
case, the Academic Commission shall recommend remedial measures;
(iv) An Fx or 0x, with the recommendation of the Student Discipline
Committee, if the student is found guilty of the charges of academic
misconduct.
6 REMEDIAL MEASURES FOR MISSED ASSESSED WORKS

Late Submission and Missed Course Works
a) Each Instructor is required to set deadlines for submission of course works, i.e.
project, assignments, essays, and inform the students, along with the consequence
of failing to do the course works or meeting the deadline.
b) When a student has failed to submit a course work on time or missed a course work
altogether due to conditions that are beyond his/her control, and the student has
informed the instructor on time about the condition, the instructor is expected to
understand the situation and arrange for the student to:
(i) Submit the course work within a specified period without a penalty;
(ii) Take a substitute course work.
c) When a student has failed to submit a course work on time or missed a course
work, i.e project, assignment, for no good cause, the instructor:

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
(i) Can extend the submission date of the course work by two weeks with a
penalty of a loss of 15% of the mark. Failing to submit in the stated
period would automatically result in a mark of 0 for the course work;
(ii) Is at liberty to award the student a mark of 0 for the course work, in case
the student is habitually missing course works or submitting them late.
6.1 Missed Class Tests

a) When a student has missed a class test due to conditions that are beyond
his/her control, and the student has informed the instructor on time about the
condition, the instructor is expected to be understanding and should arrange for
the student to take a substitute class test, or any other ode of assessment.
b) When a student has missed a class test, for no good reason, the instructor is at
liberty to award him/her a mark of 0 for the test.
6.1.1 Missed Mid-term Examinations

a) When a student has missed the mid-term examination due to conditions that are
beyond his/her control, and the student has informed the instructor on time about
he condition, the instructor is expected to be understanding and should arrange
for the student a make-up mid-term examination
b) When a student has missed the mid-term examination for no good reason, the
instructor is at liberty to award the student a mark of 0 for the mid-term exam.
6.1.2 Missed Final Examination

a) The Chairman of the Examination Board shall, at the earliest opportunity, present
the cases of all students who have missed their final examinations to the
Academic Commission;
b) Students shall be informed of the decision of the Academic Commission through
the Examination Board;
c) The examination period for the makeup examinations shall be in accordance with
the Academic Calendar and the Examination Board shall be responsible for the
administration.

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
6.1.3 RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION OF ASSESSMENT MATERIALS

The ENAT College has a procedure whereby a student may make an appeal on
examination results. In order to ensure the appeal procedure to proceed smoothly, it is
essential that relevant assessment materials are retained until the outcome of the appeal.
Accordingly,
• 1st degree and 2nd degree students’ assessment materials for a course shall be
retained in the department for a minimum period of one semester after the end of
the semester in which the course is given,
6.2 ACADEMIC DISHONESTY

6.2.1 Principle
Academic institutions are expected to practice the highest standard of conduct.
Fundamental to this principle is the commitment of the academic community, i.e.,
academic staff and students alike, to truthfulness, responsibility, and respect for others. In
order to meet this vision, every student of ENAT College is expected to adhere to the
highest standards of academic integrity.
6.2.2 Academic Dishonesty

This includes cheating, plagiarism, collusion and failure to comply with test or
examination instruction. Anyone who knowingly assists another student, in any form of
academic dishonesty, shall be considered equally responsible as the student who accepts
such assistance and shall be subject to the same sanction.
6.2.3 Cheating
Cheating is:
a) The use of unauthorized assistance during any assessment activity;
b) The acquisition, without permission, of tests or other academic material belonging to
ENAT College academic staff;
c) Giving or receiving information which is prejudicial for the fair conduct of the
examination during the conduct of the examination;
d) Acquiring or attempting to acquire, possessing or distributing materials not
specifically authorized for use in the assessment process by the examiner;
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
e) Impersonating or attempting to impersonate other students in assessment activity.
• Presenting someone else’s work as ones the source. Literally, it s characterized as

theft, and it encompass unacknowledged use of information, word, ideas,
figures, etc
6.2.4 Procedure for Handling Academic Dishonesty or Offence

All activities that deal with academic dishonesty, i.e., reporting, hearing, penalty, and
appeals shall be conducted in strict confidentiality.
6.2.4..1 Reporting
If and incident of academic dishonesty is suspected, any member of he academic
community of ENAT College can report the incident, in writing, either to
a) The instructor of the course
b) The department head,
c) The Dean of he Faculty
6.2.4..2 Process
Upon receiving a report of academic dishonesty, there are two options to handle the
allegation:
a) The concerned instructor may choose to conduct his/her own investigation,
b) The concerned instructor may direct the allegation to the Student Discipline
Committee.
6.2.5 Option A: The instructor conducts the investigation of the allegations:

a) The instructor shall collect and assess all relevant information in determining
whether and academic dishonesty has in fact occurred;
b) In case the instructor proves the case to be an academic dishonesty;
(i) She/he notifies the Department, the Examination Board, the Student
Discipline Committee, and the Dean’s office about the charges;
(ii) She/he assigns a penalty commensurate with the offence and in
accordance with the guideline;

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
(iii) She/he notifies the student about he charge, the penalty, and her/his right
for appeal;
(iv) If the student accepts the charge against her/him and the penalty, the case
shall be closed;
(v) If the student contests the charge or the penalty, the case shall be referred
to the Student Discipline Committee.
Option B: The Instructor refers the case to Student Discipline Committee:

If the instructor chooses to directly refer the case to the Student Discipline Committee,
a) The Committee Chairman shall contact the student and inform him/her about the
alleged academic dishonesty;
b) In case 6he student accepts the charges, a penalty is imposed and the case is closed;
c) If the student contests the charges:
(i) The Committee chairman shall convene the Student Discipline
Committee;
(ii) The Committee delivers its verdict, and if it finds the student to be guilty
of the charges, it will impose a penalty. The student can appeal the
verdict or the penalty to the Academic and Research Vice President
(ARVP).
6.2.6 Penalties
Minimum Penalty
The minimum penalty for academic dishonesty is a mark of 0 for the assessed
work.
Minimum Penalty for a repeated offence
The minimum penalty for a repeated dishonesty for a given course is a grade
of Fx or mark 0x. for the course.
In addition to the aforementioned penalties, the Student Discipline Committee
may impose additional penalties which may include:

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
• educational sanctions (restriction from access to some College services, e.g. library,
computer facilities);
• Suspension from classes and other College services;
• Expulsion from the College;
• Delay of graduation
6.3 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

To ensure that the method of assessment in every course reflects appropriate academic
standards and to be fair to students, the obligations on course instructors and the rights and
obligations of the students are laid down as follows.
6.3.1 Student Rights

a) Students have the right to a fair assessment;
b) Students have the right to know the assessment methods (s) used for the courses they
have registered for;
c) Students have the right for a timely feed back for assessed works;
d) Students have the right to have a timely notification of grades;
e) Students have the right to appeal for a remarking or re-grading;
f) Students have the right for privacy concerning their grades.
g) Students have the right to express their views freely.
6.3.2 Course Instructors’ Obligations

a) A course instructor shall announce to his/ her students, at the beginning of the
semester and the first day of classes, preferably through a course outline;
(i) The course assessment methods (s) with explicit reference to the number,
type and time of the assessments s/he has planned for the course;
(ii) The weight given for each component of the course assessment;
(iii) In cases where the assessment includes class tests, the remedial measure
for missed tests;
(iv) The attendance requirement.
b) A course instructor shall make the assessment method known to the Course
Examination Committee an his/her department Head;
co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
c) After the assessment method (s) is disclosed to the students, a course instructor
shall not change the method(s), components, and the relative weights without the
consent of at least the simple majority of the students;
d) A course instructor shall inform students, before the last day of classes, their
assessment record for the course up to that point in time;
e) A course instructor shall submit students’ grades on dates specified in the academic
calendar.
6.3.3 Students Obligations

a) Students are required to observe the attendance requirement of the College;
b) Students are required to know the assessment methods of all the courses for which
they have registered;
c) Students shall observe the rules that the course instructor sets for submission of
assignments, course and project works;
d) Students are required to know the Assessment Guideline of ENAT College ;
e) It is the students’ responsibility to be aware of the details of the examination
timetable.
6.3.4 Attendance Requirement

Course at ENAT Colleges are usually vast, and are offered at such a pace that regular
attendance is necessary for students to obtain maximum benefits from instructions.
Hence:
a) Regular attendance of and punctuality for classes is obligatory for each student;
b) When a student has valid reasons for missing a classes (s), instructors are expected
to be understanding and reasonable in the demands they place on the student.
However, it is still the responsibility of the student to inform the instructor on time
about he circumstances;
c) ENAT College requires that a student should attend a minimum of 75% of the
classes (lectures, labs, tutorials etc) of a course in order to have a complete
assessment record. Failing that, a course instructor is at liberty to award the

co
'.<
SC!
v. i-C:
circumstances that led to the award of the grade of NG to the Course Examination
Committee and should have a complete documentation of the student’s attendance.
d) Each student shall be responsible for all the work, including mid-term
examinations, class tests, class and project works for valid reasons, it is still the
responsibility of he student to sort it out with the instructor and arrange for
remedial measures.

co
k t
Enat College - Shashamene Campus tv rs

ENAT COLLEGE
u kd
V-
SHASHAMENE CAMPUS
STUDENT HANDBOOK
August, 2020/2021
1 STUDENT HANDBOOK
Website: - www.enatcollege.net Email: - zelalem@enatcollege.net
CO
m
Enat College - Shashamene Campus I'V Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Table of Contents
CONTENTS PAGE(S)
1 ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATION ................................................................................................................. 3
1.1 Background and Development ..................................................................................................... 4
2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals ............................................. 5
2.1 Vision............................................................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Mission .......................................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 Goals ............................................................................................................................................. 5
2.4 Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Core Values ................................................................................................................................... 5
3 Academic Programs .............................................................................................................................. 6
3.1 Admission and Related Issues ....................................................................................................... 6
3.2 New Admission ............................................................................................................................. 6
3.3 Re-admission to the Program ....................................................................................................... 7
3.4 A clearance letter from their employers, if they were employed during their intervening
period, in order to register. ...................................................................................................................... 9
3.4.1 Identification Cards (ID cards)............................................................................................... 9
3.5 Registration ................................................................................................................................... 9
3.6 Add and Drop .............................................................................................................................. 10
3.7 Discontinuing study..................................................................................................................... 10
3.7.1 Dismiss-Repeat .................................................................................................................... 10
3.8 Academic Matters ....................................................................................................................... 11
3.8.1 Semester load ..................................................................................................................... 11
3.8.2 Class attendance ................................................................................................................. 11
3.8.3 Graduation requirements ................................................................................................... 12
3.8.4 Student Assessment and the Grading System .................................................................... 12
3.8.5 Semester Academic Achievements and Academic Status .................................................. 13
3.8.6 Administration of Examinations.......................................................................................... 14
3.8.7 Re-examination ................................................................................................................... 15
2 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
1 ACRONYMS/ABBREVIATION
EC……………………………………. Enat College
HERQA …………………………………. Higher Education Relevance and Quality Agency
EHEECE …………………..Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance Certificate Examination
AEC ………………………….Admission and Enrollment Committee
ID ………………………. Identification Cards
IA …………………………….. Incomplete Attendance
3 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
1.1 Background and Development

Enat College of Health science established and became operational in Shashamene town in 2016
G.C. It has emerged as one of the country’s private higher educational institutions in
undergraduate and TVET. Enat College is An existing college committed to provide innovative
learning programs to meet the requirements of the industry. The college set out to offer training
in varied fields of business through both generic and post-basic routes and its programs are skill-
based and knowledge-intensive.
Enat College of endeavours to offer services across the student-life cycle, supporting the
with formal approval of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also tries to
secure acceptance and credibility, due attention and priority must be given to the quality and
standards of education of all academic programs.
4 STUDENT HANDBOOK

2.1 Vision
2030
2.2 Mission
2.3 Goals
□ Increase opportunity for student
access and success
2.4 Objectives
2.5 Core Values
5 STUDENT HANDBOOK
c Effectiveness
c Efficiency
c Transparency and Accountability
c Team Work
□ Competence
3 Academic Programs
An academic program that is offered at ENAT COLLEGE is Undergraduate Regular and
Distance Programs Include: - Accounting and Finance (BA Regular and Dist), Business
Management (BA Regular and Dist.) and Computer Science (BSc Regular Only) As well as
POST graduate programs includes: - Accounting and Finance (MSc) Masters of Business
Administration (MBA) and Masters of Marketing Management (MA) .
3.1 Admission and Related Issues
3.2 New Admission

a. Regular program
Placements to all regular programs UNDER and POST GRADUATES are processed through the
Ministry of Education. The College then conducts admission and enrollment to the different
programs based on results of the Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance Certificate Examination
(EHEECE), the choice of the student and the capacity of Departments/Schools/Centers. Foreign
examinations results must be certified by the ministry of education for their equivalency to the
EHEECE. Admissions and enrolments to all programs are processed by the College Registrar in
consultation with the academic units concerned and by the decision of the Senate standing
committee called Admission and Enrollment Committee (AEC).
6 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
b. Extension
Students can apply to the extension program provided that they have an EHEECE result above
the passing mark for entrance to higher education, which is decided by the Ministry of Education
each year. Furthermore, acceptance to the program depends on the availability of space in the
department of interest. Admissions to all Continuing Education Programs are determined by the
Admissions and Enrolment Committee (AEC) of the College Senate, which uses the same or
similar criteria as used in the regular program. The decision of this Committee is final.
3.3 Re-admission to the Program

Students who dropout or withdraw officially after earning at least one semester’s credits at the
College, can request for readmission into the college they withdrew from. Colleges set minimum
cut-off GPAs for readmission applications. Applications that meet the minimum cut-off points
shall be accepted for consideration.
a. Readmission for students in good academic standing
A student who, for reasons beyond his/her control, discontinues his/her studies while in good
academic standing shall be allowed to apply for readmission.
The applicant is required to provide documented and acceptable justifications for his/her
withdrawal. Readmission is subject to availability of space, facilities and the necessary budget.
When there are changes in the curriculum, the status of the student will be determined
accordingly at the time of his/her application for readmission.
B. Readmission for academically dismissed students

Students dismissed for academic reasons may be readmitted after at least a semester to repeat
courses in which they failed (scored “D” and “F”) during the semester of readmission, provided
it is determined that the projected “C” grades in the courses repeated will raise the student’s
achievement to the required levels. Such student shall be readmitted in a semester when there are
more courses the student is eligible to register for.
• A dismissed student is given a readmission chance only once in his stay in the College.
7 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
• A student may be allowed to raise his grade point to the required level provided he can
remove such academic deficiencies in not more than one year and the maximum duration
of stay in the program has not expired or is not likely to expire before the completion of
the remaining courses of study.
• A first year student dismissed at the end of the first semester with a SGPA of not less
than 1.00 shall be readmitted.
• A first year student dismissed at the end of the second semester with a CGPA of not less
than 1.75 shall be readmitted.
• A second year and above student dismissed at any semester with a CGPA of not less than
1.75 shall be readmitted.
• A student who has been dismissed for good due to academic deficiencies will not be
readmitted into the program from which he has been dismissed.
• A dismissed regular student may apply for admission to a different program in the
continuing and distance education program (if the program available).
• An academically dismissed student, if and when readmitted, is not allowed to take new
courses for the semester being repeated.
c. Readmission procedure
Students collect Readmission Application Form from the Admissions Office of the Registrar at
specified times indicated in the Academic Calendar.
• The completed forms are then returned to the Admission office of the Registrar.
• The Office forwards the applications to the appropriate college/institute.
• The academic commission of the college acts on the application; decisions are
communicated to the Office of the Registrar.
8 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
• The Office of the Registrar informs all concerned applicants whether they have been
accepted or rejected
• All readmitted students except those accepted to Evening and Weekend programs must
produce:
o A letter that testify that they were unemployed or
3.4 A clearance letter from their employers, if they were employed during their
intervening period, in order to register.
3.4.1 Identification Cards (ID cards)
A student registering at the College is issued a non-transferable identification card with a unique
and permanent registration number. The card, which is a very valuable document and which
requires careful handling, is a means to access services and facilities in the College. The
registration number, often called identification number, which should appear on all student
documents, is required every time the student requests for any College services.
Identification cards are issued to all new students free of charge. It should be renewed each
regular, evening or Weekend semester, and returned to the Registrar Office when the student
discontinuous his/her studies or graduates. Issuance of ID cards needs one recently taken
passport size photograph of the student with his/her name, father’s and grandfather’s names
clearly written on the back of the photograph in English.
3.5 Registration
After a student is admitted to one of the programs of the College, the next thing to do is
registration for a set of courses. This has to be done before attending any class/lecture. The
student should go to his/her academic advisor, collect registration slips, fill the required
information on the registration slip, get it signed by the advisor and go to the college registrar
office with the duly signed slips.
9 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
The college registrar then registers the student, renew the ID card and give back a copy of the
registration slip to the student. A student may be asked to present his/her registration slip by the
professor teaching the course or by any of the offices providing student services. For that
purpose, the student should keep one copy of the registration slip with him/her. The registrar
office indicates the dates on the academic calendar of the College in which a student should
register.
It is therefore strongly advised that a student regularly consults the academic calendar which will
be posted on notice boards of the registrar offices or the College website. Registration has to be
done every semester. However, some colleges (like School of Medicine in CHS) can have
registration only once in a year. Registration by proxy is not allowed.
3.6 Add and Drop

Add and drop is an action of registering for courses or dropping those courses the student
registered for during the normal registration time. It is therefore an opportunity given to the
student to correct any oversight during the normal registration period. However such possibilities
have to be explored in consultation with and permission by the academic advisor of the student.
Add and drops are done on a form prepared for the purpose and the form should be collected
from the registrar office. Dates for add and drop are indicated in the academic calendar of the
College.
3.7 Discontinuing study

3.7.1 Dismiss-Repeat
As indicated in part 4.2, a student may be forced to discontinue his/her study because of
academic reasons for at least one semester. One of these academic reasons is a “dismiss-repeat”
status of a student. Such type of discontinuity allows a readmission in which a student will be
readmitted to repeat the courses he/she failed. The procedure is described under par 4.2. A
student with a “dismiss-repeat” status should formally withdraw from the College.
3.7.1..1 Dropout
Students dropping out from the College must consult their academic advisors and explain why
they wish to drop out. Students dropping out from the College for inadequate reasons will be
denied readmission.
10 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
3.7.1..2 Withdrawal
Any student who wants to discontinue his study should formally withdraw and complete
Withdrawal Form (or clearance) within 8 weeks after the beginning of the semester; The College
does not accept readmission requests if an applicant has not withdrawn properly.
A student who discontinued his study due to either “dismiss-repeat” status or dropping out may
request for readmission as per the procedures stipulated in part 4.2.
3.7.1..3 Clearance
Students should fulfill the proper clearance procedure at the end of each academic year or
Weekend session or upon graduation or when they discontinue their study. Every student must
collect the Clearance Form from the College Registrar Office. After properly completing such
forms and getting them signed by the appropriate offices, the student must submit it to the
college registrar office, and keep a copy with him/her. No transcripts, degrees, diplomas and
letters of recommendation will be issued to a person who cannot produce his/her copy of the
clearance from every time such services are requested. Moreover, readmissions are processed if
and only if a student presents a duly signed clearance.
3.8 Academic Matters

3.8.1 Semester load
A student is required to register for a normal load which is measured in terms of the total sum of
ECTS/Credits of the courses he/she registers. The load varies according to the type (regular,
extension & Weekend) of the program. More details can be found inside the curriculum of the
program to which the student is enrolled.
3.8.2 Class attendance

A student is required to attend all lectures, laboratory and practical sessions as well as field work.
In situations where a student, because of reasons beyond his/her control, fails to attend all
sessions, a minimum of 85% attendance is required if he/she is to earn credit in a given course.
A student who has missed more than 15% attendance will be given a grade of IA (Incomplete
Attendance) and will be required to provide acceptable reasons for his/her failure to attend
classes. If a student’s incomplete attendance is proven to have been for valid reasons, his/her
registration for the module/course will be cancelled and he/she shall be permitted to do the
11 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
module/course afresh. If a student’s incomplete attendance was due to reasons that were not
valid, the IA grade will be changed to an “F” at the end of the sixth week of his/her next
enrolment in the program.
3.8.3 Graduation requirements

Students are required to fulfill a minimum set of achievements to graduate (get a degree) from a
program. Such requirements can vary from program to program. For specific information,
students are advised to consult the specific curriculum in which they are enrolled. However the
following general requirements apply to a first degree program.
3.8.4 Student Assessment and the Grading System

Student learning is assessed on a continuous assessment basis in the form of tests, assignments,
presentations, etc. to determine the final letter grade earned. Continuous assessment shall
account for 50% of the total course grade. The remaining 50% shall be allotted for a final exam
conducted at the end of course delivery. Examinations may be oral, written or practical,
depending on the nature of the course.
The number, type and schedule of examinations or tests in a course shall be determined by the
instructor and stated on the module/course outline to be issued to students at the beginning of the
module/course. Letter grades are assigned to the marks earned out of 100% on a fixed scale
(criteria referenced grading system).
The raw marks out of 100% and their equivalent letter grades are indicated in the following
table. Notwithstanding the grading system indicated here, the School of Medicine may follow its
own grading system that shall be approved by the Academic Commission of CHS. Instructors are
required to report raw marks and letter grades to the department and it should clearly show that
continuous assessment has been conducted.
Other forms of letters can be assigned to the student. One of it is an “NG” grade. It is given in
case where a student does not have full examination records. All “NG”s shall be changed to one
or another of the following before grades are submitted to the Registrar:
• To an “I” (incomplete) by the AC in consultation with the instructor concerned for a student
who, because of illness or of other reasons beyond his control, fails to complete the course. The
12 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
student should take make up exam and convert the “I” to a grade within a year. Failure to do so
will result in an “F” to the course; or
• To a “W” (withdrawn) by the department/center chair/school head for a student who has
normally withdrawn from the program within eight weeks after the beginning of the semester. In
this case the registration will be cancelled the student will reregister for the modules/course on
readmission; or
• To a “DO” (dropout) by the dean for a student who has not withdrawn from a program in
accordance with the withdrawal procedures set forth by the College and the time limit specified
above; or has not produced evidence justifying his failure to sit for the examination(s). Neither
“W”, “DO” nor "I" shall play any part in the computation of the SGPA. A student who obtains a
“DO” for a module/course or modules/courses shall be required to justify the reasons why he
failed to comply with the withdrawal procedures set forth by the College to the appropriate
academic commission within six weeks after the commencement of the subsequent semester.
Failure to do so shall result in an automatic “F” grade.
3.8.5 Semester Academic Achievements and Academic Status

Students are required to achieve a certain level of score to be promoted to the next semester. This
achievement is measured by (1) Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA), and (2) Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA). SGPA is calculated by considering only the modules/courses for
which the student is registered for the semester. CGPA is calculated by considering all the
modules/courses the student accumulated so far. The GPAs are obtained by dividing the sum of
all grade points for the modules/courses divided by the total sum of ECTS/credits. For example
Course A has 5 ECTS and the student scored C+. The same student is also registered for Course
B which has 7 ECTS and the student scored A
Therefore GPA = (5*2.5)+(7*3.75)/(5+7)=3.23 After calculating the GPA, the student will be
given the following status by his/her dean:
Promoted = for a student who is promoted to the next semester. A student who scored
CGPA≥2.00 or SGPA≥1.75 is promoted for undergraduate and 3.00 for Postgraduate program.
13 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
• Probation (warning) = for a student whose CGPA<2.00 or SGPA<1.75; or for a student who
scores up to three ”F’s’’ at the end of each semester with less than or equal to 12 total credit
points (CP); or for a newly admitted student who, at the end of the first semester, earns a
semester GPA of 1.50 to 1.74, or for a newly admitted student, who at the end of the first year,
earns a CGPA of 1.75 to 1.99
• Academic Dismissal = this status is given for Two consecutive warnings, or
• Any student who scored three ‘’F’s’’ on courses with more than 12 total CP or a student
who scored more than three ’’F’s” per semester, or
• Any student whose semester GPA falls below 1.75 or who fails to maintain a CGPA of
2.00, or A newly admitted student or a student joining the College at advanced level who
earns a GPA of less than 1.50 at the end of his first semester, or
• A newly admitted student or a student joining the College at advanced level who, at the
end of the first year, fails to achieve a CGPA of at least 1.75 shall be dismissed.
3.8.6 Administration of Examinations

A list of candidates sitting in an examination shall be prepared in advance of the examination by
departments/centers/schools to which the students belong and such a list shall be handed over to
the invigilators for purposes of checking attendance during the examination. No student may be
admitted into an examination hall 30 minutes after the beginning of the examination and may not
be allowed to leave an examination hall within 30 minutes of the beginning of an examination
and before signing the examination attendance sheet.
In the event that a student is forced to leave an examination hall for health reasons, and in so far
as the student is in a conscious and sound state of mind, the invigilator in attendance shall inform
him of the fact that certification from a medical doctor has to be obtained expeditiously to
substantiate the claim of sickness or illness. Upon conclusion of an examination the invigilator
shall submit a report on the conduct of the examination by completing a form prepared for that
purpose. The report shall be submitted to the office of the chair/head of the department /center/
school that offers the module/course.
14 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
3.8.7 Re-examination
Re-examinations are allowed for Fx grades as indicated in part 8.4. Moreover, a student may be
allowed to take re-examinations for modules/courses he scored D or even C. However, such
opportunities should be decided by the Academic Commission in consultation with the academic
advisor of the student. A graduating class student may be allowed for re-examination of a
maximum of two modules/courses. A student may sit for a re-examination of four
modules/courses for which the possibility of repeating is non-existent due to program
discontinuity.
Re-examination may be allowed for a student whose CGPA must be such that when an input of a
minimum of 2.00 or “C” grade on the module/course is made enables him to qualify for
graduation or promotion. The grade obtained for re-exam shall be recorded as it is for the
module/course.
Re-examinations shall be administered any time within three weeks after the commencement of
the subsequent semester. If the time of examination extends into the next period of training, a
student shall be allowed to undertake a temporary registration. Depending on the results, the
registration may be cancelled or retained as soon as his status is determined.
3.8.7..1 Feedbacks from Examinations

Exam papers are returned to students after marking and feedbacks have to be given to students
on the examinations so that they will learn from their mistakes. Instructors submit grades after
students have seen their papers.
3.8.7..2 Repeating Courses/Modules

A student may repeat a module/course or several modules/courses to remove academic
deficiency by the discretion of the Academic commission. A student who obtains an “F” grade in
a module/course may repeat the course. However, no such course may be repeated more than
twice. Students repeating courses register and carry out all activities. A borderline student may
be allowed to repeat a module/course in which the student has obtained a “D” grade; but no such
course may be repeated more than once unless it is a required module/course for graduation in
15 STUDENT HANDBOOK
CO
m
which case the student may be given a second chance to repeat. A previous grade or grades of
“F” or “D” shall be removed and replaced by the new grade. A grade on a repeated course shall
be recorded as it is. The initial grades, that is, the grades that the students want to change, will be
cancelled on transcripts and will not be considered in the calculation of SGPA and CGPA. If a
student repeating “D” scores an “F”, the “F” shall be final unless a second repeat is authorized.
16 STUDENT HANDBOOK
ENAT COLLEGE
c
otr
fee?
V- r*rK
SHASHAMENE CAMPUS
SENATE LEGISLATION
August, 2020/2021
1 SENATE LEGISLATION
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Team Members
1. Dr. Petros Gebre
2. Dr. Teshome Gudisa
3. Zelalem Gebre
4. Terefe Getachew
5. Samuel Girma
6. Siraj Gemeda
7. Digafe Buzuneh
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Table of Contents
Contents Page(S)
PART ONE: GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................................. 11
Article 1: Short Title.................................................................................................................................................... 13
Article 2: Issuing Authority ........................................................................................................................................ 13
Article 3: Definitions and Gender Reference ............................................................................................................ 13
Article 4: Scope of Application ................................................................................................................................... 15
PART TWO: ACADEMIC AND TECHNICAL HUMAN RESOURCES POLICY ............................ 19
Article 5: Planning ....................................................................................................................................................... 19
Article 6: Academic Ranks ......................................................................................................................................... 19
Article 7: Appointment and Promotion Requirements for Teaching Staff ............................................................ 21
1. Principles and Procedures forPromotion .................................................................................................. 21
2. Promotion process of Heads of Academic Units andOfficers .................................................................. 22
3. Effective Dates of Promotion ...................................................................................................................... 22
4. Criteria for Promotions of AcademicStaff ................................................................................................ 22
2. Textbooks and Reference Books ............................................................................................................................. 27
Assistant Lecturer and below ..................................................................................................................................... 28
Assistant Professor and above .................................................................................................................................... 28
Academic administration .........................60% .......................................................................................................... 28
Work in committees.................................20% ............................................................................................................ 28
5. Weighted Values of the Criteria for AcademicPromotion ....................................................................... 29
6. AcceleratedPromotion ................................................................................................................................. 30
Article 8: Appointment and Promotion Requirements for Academic Staff ........................................................... 30
1. GraduateAssistant ....................................................................................................................................... 31
2. Graduate AssistantI ..................................................................................................................................... 32
3. Graduate AssistantII ................................................................................................................................... 32
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4. Assistant Lecturer ....................................................................................................................................... 32
5. Lecturer ........................................................................................................................................................ 32
Appointment: ............................................................................................................................................................... 32
Normally, a candidate with the qualification of a Masters degree and with at least CGPA of ............................. 32
2.5 during BA/BSc studies. .......................................................................................................................................... 32
OR ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32
6. AssistantProfessor ....................................................................................................................................... 32
Appointment: ................................................................................................................................................................ 33
7. AssociateProfessor ....................................................................................................................................... 34
8. Professor ....................................................................................................................................................... 34
8.6. Additional Criteria for the rank of Professorship: ............................................................................................ 35
Article9: Promotion of ResearchStaff ................................................................................................................. 36
Article 10: Joint Appointment .................................................................................................................................... 36
Article 11: Honorary Academic Staff Appointment ................................................................................................. 37
2. Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................... 37
3. Description ................................................................................................................................................... 37
4. Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 37
5. Offer ofAppointment ................................................................................................................................... 38
6. Period ofAppointment ................................................................................................................................. 38
7. Renewal of Appointment............................................................................................................................. 39
8. Conditions of Appointment......................................................................................................................... 39
9. Promotion ..................................................................................................................................................... 39
Patents and Exploitation ofInventions ....................................................................................................... 39
10. .................................................................................................................................................................................. 39
Article 12: Criteria for Appointment and Promotion of Professional Librarians ................................................. 39
1. Assistant Librarian V .................................................................................................................................. 39
2. Assistant Librarian IV ................................................................................................................................ 39
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3. Assistant Librarian III ................................................................................................................................ 40
4. Assistant Librarian II.................................................................................................................................. 40
5. Assistant Librarian I ................................................................................................................................... 40
6. AssociateLibrarian ...................................................................................................................................... 41
7. Librarian ...................................................................................................................................................... 42
Article 13: Criteria for Recruitment and Promotion of Technical Assistants ........................................................ 43
1. TechnicalAssistant ....................................................................................................................................... 43
1.2. Technical Assistant II Appointment: ......................................................................................................... 44
Promotion ..................................................................................................................................................................... 44
1.3. Technical Assistant III Promotion ............................................................................................................. 44
2. Senior TechnicalAssistant ........................................................................................................................... 45
2.1. Senior Technical AssistantI ........................................................................................................................ 45
Promotion ..................................................................................................................................................................... 45
2.2. Senior Technical AssistantII ....................................................................................................................... 45
2.3. Senior Technical Assistant III Promotion ................................................................................................. 45
3. Chief Technical Assistant ............................................................................................................................ 46
Promotion ..................................................................................................................................................................... 46
3.2. Chief Technical Assistant II Promotion .................................................................................................... 46
OR ................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
3.3. Chief Technical AssistantIII Promotion .................................................................................................... 47
OR ................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Article 14: Duties and Responsibilities of AcademicStaff ....................................................................................... 48
Article 15: Rights of the Academic Staff.................................................................................................................... 51
Article 16: Salary Scale and Increments.................................................................................................................... 52
Article 17: Pay for Extra-Teaching Assignment ....................................................................................................... 52
Article 18: Teaching and Research Load .................................................................................................................. 53
1. Measurement Unit for TeachingLoad ....................................................................................................... 53
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. Class Sizes perSection ................................................................................................................................. 55
3. Teaching Load ............................................................................................................................................. 56
Maximum Teaching Load ........................................................................................................................................... 57
4. Overload in TeachingAssignments ............................................................................................................. 57
5. Reporting TeachingLoad ............................................................................................................................ 57
6. Researchload ................................................................................................................................................ 57
Article 19: Leaves ........................................................................................................................................................ 58
1. Study Leave .................................................................................................................................................. 58
2. ResearchLeave ............................................................................................................................................. 59
3. SabbaticalLeave ........................................................................................................................................... 60
4. OtherLeaves ................................................................................................................................................. 62
5. AccumulatingLeaves ................................................................................................................................... 64
Article 20: Tenure ........................................................................................................................................................ 64
Article 21: Criteria for Awarding Tenure ................................................................................................................. 65
Article 22: Procedure for Awarding Tenure ............................................................................................................. 66
Article 23: Right of Tenured Staff.............................................................................................................................. 66
Article 24: Academic Freedom ................................................................................................................................... 66
Article 25: Arrest or Conviction ................................................................................................................................. 67
Article 26: Working for Other Institutions or Private Interest ............................................................................... 67
Article 27: Breaches of Duty and Disciplinary Regulations ..................................................................................... 67
2. Serious Breach of Duties ............................................................................................................................. 68
Article 28: Type and Classification of Disciplinary measures ................................................................................. 69
Article 29: Disciplinary Action by a Head of the Academic Unit ............................................................................ 70
Article 30: Academic Staff Disciplinary Committee (ASSC/DC) ............................................................................ 70
PART THREE: PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND REVIEW .......................................................... 72
Article 31: Procedures for Program Development and Review ............................................................................... 72
2. Drafting the curriculum involves the following detailed activities:......................................................... 72
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
i. Programapproval ........................................................................................................................................ 73
ii. QualityAssurance .............................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
PART FOUR: ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS ................................................................ 74
Article 32: Policy Premises ......................................................................................................................................... 74
Article 33: Academic Calendar .................................................................................................................................. 74
Article 34: General Provisions on Admissions to Undergraduate Programs ......................................................... 75
Article 35: Admission Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 76
1. RegularAdmission ....................................................................................................................................... 76
2. SpecialAdmission ......................................................................................................................................... 76
Article 36: Admission Requirements for CEP .......................................................................................................... 76
Article 37: Choice of Program ofStudy ...................................................................................................................... 77
Article 38: Major and Minor Fields of Study ............................................................................................................ 78
Article 39: Transfer of Students ................................................................................................................................. 78
1. Full-time Programs ..................................................................................................................................... 78
3. Continuing Education Program(CEP) ...................................................................................................... 79
Article 40: Academic Advisor/ Guidance and counseling ........................................................................................ 80
Article 41: General Provisions on Modular Courses ................................................................................................ 81
Article 42: Courses in General Module Category ..................................................................................................... 81
Article 43: Elective Modular Courses ........................................................................................................................ 82
Article 44: Phased-out Modular Courses .................................................................................................................. 82
Article 45: Semester Load for Regular Students ...................................................................................................... 82
Article 46: Semester Load for Continuing Education Students .............................................................................. 83
Article 47: Duration of Study and Validity of Modular Courses ............................................................................ 83
Article 48: Credit Requirements ................................................................................................................................ 84
Article 49: Undergraduate Grading System.............................................................................................................. 84
Description of the Grading System ............................................................................................................................ 87
Article 51: Earning Credits on the Basis of Examination ........................................................................................ 88
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 52: Student Academic Achievements ............................................................................................................ 89
Article 53: Academic Standing of Undergraduate Students .................................................................................... 89
First Year Students ...................................................................................................................................................... 90
Second and Higher Class Year Students ................................................................................................................... 90
2. Discretionaryprobation .....................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
Article 54: Class Attendance....................................................................................................................................... 92
Article 55: Repeating, Adding and Dropping of Courses ......................................................................................... 92
PART FIVE: ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION ............................................................................... 94
Article 56: General Provisions of Examinations ....................................................................................................... 94
Article 57: Periodic and Exit Examination ................................................................................................................ 96
Article 58: Administration of Examinations ............................................................................................................. 97
Article 59: Violations of Examination Regulations ................................................................................................... 97
Article 60: Remarking of Examinations .................................................................................................................. 101
Article 61: Re-marking Procedure ........................................................................................................................... 101
Article 62: Make-up Examinations .......................................................................................................................... 103
Article 63: Repeating Courses .................................................................................................................................. 104
Article 64: Re-admissions.......................................................................................................................................... 105
Article 65: Re-Examinations ..................................................................................................................................... 106
4. Re-examinationGrade ............................................................................................................................... 106
5. Time andAdministration ........................................................................................................................... 106
b. Administration ........................................................................................................................................... 107
Article 66: Small Academic Deficiencies at the Completion of a Study Program ................................................ 107
Article 67: Waiver ..................................................................................................................................................... 107
Article 68: Graduation with Distinction and Great Distinction ............................................................................ 108
Article 69: The CollegeMedal ................................................................................................................................... 108
PART SIX: ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR GRADUATE STUDIES ................. 109
Article 70: General Provisions on Graduate Program ........................................................................................... 109
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 71: The Department Graduate Committee (DGC) .................................................................................... 109
1 Compositions and Term ofOffice. ............................................................................................................ 109
2 Duties andResponsibilities ........................................................................................................................ 110
Article 72: Admission to the Graduate Program (GP) ........................................................................................... 110
1. General Admission Provisions .................................................................................................................. 110
2 Admission Requirements for the MastersPrograms .............................................................................. 111
3 ProvisionalAdmissions .....................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
4 Transfer of Postgraduate Students betweenInstitutions ........................................................................ 112
Article 73: Enrollment and Registration at the GP ................................................................................................ 112
Article 74: Program of Study for Graduate Studies ............................................................................................... 113
Article 75: Credit Requirements and Course Load at the GP ............................................................................... 113
Article 76: Duration of Study at the GP .................................................................................................................. 113
Article 77: The Grading System at the GP .............................................................................................................. 114
Article 78: Academic Status of Graduate Students ................................................................................................ 115
Article 79: Repeating Courses at Graduate Program ............................................................................................ 116
Article 80: Withdrawal from and Readmission to the Graduate Program .......................................................... 117
1. Withdrawal ................................................................................................................................................ 117
2. Readmission ............................................................................................................................................... 117
Article 81: Transfer from one Program to another in the Graduate Program .................................................... 118
Article 82: The Graduate Thesis .............................................................................................................................. 118
1. GeneralRequirements ......................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
2. Selection and Approval of ThesisTopic ................................................................................................... 118
3. Format ofThesis ......................................................................................................................................... 119
4. Submission ofThesis .................................................................................................................................. 119
5. Procedures for Examination and Submission of Thesis ......................................................................... 119
6. Thesis Evaluation andRating .................................................................................................................... 119
a. Accepted ..................................................................................................................................................... 119
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
b. Rejected ...................................................................................................................................................... 120
6.2. ThesisRating............................................................................................................................................... 120
NB: The Grading scales of each rank are as follows .............................................................................................. 121
* Evaluation weight (%) = 0.5 x External examiner’s + 0.35 x Internal examiner’s ........................................ 121
6.3. FinalThesis ................................................................................................................................................. 121
Article 83: Advisorship ............................................................................................................................................. 122
Article 84: The External Examiner .......................................................................................................................... 122
1. Purpose ....................................................................................................................................................... 122
Functions .................................................................................................................................................... 123
2. .................................................................................................................................................................................. 123
3. Selection andAppointment ........................................................................................................................ 123
4. Participation in AssessmentProcedures ................................................................................................... 124
5. Discussion of CourseStructure ................................................................................................................. 124
6. Reports ....................................................................................................................................................... 124
Article 85: Graduation and Award of Credentials to Graduate Students ............................................................ 124
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
PART ONE: GENERAL PROVISIONS
INTRODUCTION

ENAT COLLEGE established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2016 G.c in
educational institutions in undergraduate and Post graduate programs. ENAT COLLEGE is a new-
age college committed to provide innovative learning programs to meet the requirements of the
industry. The college set out to offer training in varied fields business through both generic and
post-basic routes and its programs are skill-based and knowledge-intensive.
In its structure, the supervision, follow-up and management of all teaching departments, on the one
hand, and the overall development and expansion effort on the other hand, being handled with
formal approval of the organizational structure of the College . The college, also to secure
acceptance and credibility, due attention and priority must be given to the quality and standards of
education of all academic programs.
These efforts would include, among other things, the provision of basic facilities (books, laboratory
tools, and equipment), and recruitment of competent and responsible teaching staff. The viability
and survival of any institution of higher education, particularly the private ones is the provision of
good quality education. This can only be achieved by continual monitoring and close supervision
of the teaching departments.
administrative activities of the College need also to expand. In this regard, studies will have to be
conducted to identify educational needs in various areas and introduce relevant new programs to
meet these needs. Short, mid and long-term plans will have to be developed and implemented. In
short, in the best interest of Enat College, the supervision and monitoring of teaching departments
on the one hand, and the overall vision for the steady growth of the College, on the other, are best
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, ENAT COLLEGE led by purpose and passion:
Committed to meet the needs of students through focusing on entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation
and being a networked college with global alliances. These can be achieved by the college’s
approach such as Student-cantered policies and practices, inclusive learning environment and
people-oriented.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 1: Short Title
This Legislation may be cited as “Senate Legislation of ENAT College, 2020.”
Article 2: Issuing Authority
This Legislation is issued by the Senate of ENAT College by the powers vested in it by
Article 49 of the Higher Education Proclamation No.650/2009.
Article 3: Definitions and Gender Reference
In this Legislation, unless the context requires otherwise:
1. “College” shall mean ENAT College
2. “Proclamation” shall mean the Higher Education Proclamation No.650/2009.
3. “Board” shall mean the Board of the College established under the provision of
Article 49 of the Proclamation No.650/2009.
4. “Academic unit” shall mean College, School, Department, or Institute of the College
which may coordinate academic program(s) sharing similar resources and resolve
inter-program issues.
5. “Module” shall mean a set of courses with in a program. A set of modules would
enable one to finish a program of study and graduate thereof.
6. “Program” shall mean a set of modules in the undergraduate and graduate study
disciplines.
7. “School or Department Council” shall mean the School/Department level decision

making body.
8. “College community” shall mean all students and staff of the College.
9. “Staff” shall mean the academic and support staff of the College.
10. “Academic staff” shall mean all teaching and research staff of the College and shall
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
include Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant Professors, Lecturers, and
Assistant Lecturers and under unique circumstances or conditions of transition
Graduate Assistants employed for teaching and research, and other employees
considered as Academic Staff by the decision of the Senate.
11. “Administrative support staff” shall mean personnel of the College employed to
provide administrative and other support services.
12. “Technical support staff” shall mean non-administrative personnel employed to

support the teaching–learning and research processes, non-academic health
professionals employed in the student clinic and College library.
13. “President” shall mean the chief executive officer of the College appointed in
accordance with Articles 52 and 53 of the Proclamation.
14. “Vice presidents” shall mean the executive officers of the College appointed in
accordance with Articles 52 and 54 of the Proclamation.
15. “Scientific director” shall mean the executive officer of the Institute of Technology
(IoT).
16. “Director” shall mean the executive manager of an institute or College offices.
17. “Dean” shall mean an executive manager of a College or school.
18. “Head” shall mean an executive manager of a department or school.
19. “Fiscal Year” shall mean the Ethiopian fiscal year [ Hamle 1 (July 8) – Sene 30
(July7)].
20. “Student” shall mean any person admitted and registered at the College in the regular,
extension (evening), weekend, summer, distance education, online or any other
program.
21. “School” shall mean an academic unit of equivalent status to department.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
22. “Center” shall mean a unit that is directly attached to the College for a defined
purpose.
23. “Research & Development” shall mean and include research extension, publication,
consultancy and industry/community -College linkage
24. ”Registrar” shall mean an executive manager responsible for operations pertaining to
student admission, placement, registration and academic records.
25. Gender Reference: Unless the context requires otherwise, the provisions of this policy
set out in the masculine gender shall also apply to the feminine gender.
Article 4: Scope of Application
This Legislation includes policies pertaining to academic and technical human resources,
program development and review, and academic rules and regulations for undergraduate and
graduate studies. However, it does not cover issues with respect to handling student discipline,
research and consultancy service, and organizational structure of the College.
1. Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals
1.1 Vision
ENAT COLLEGE aspires to be a nationally and internationally canter of academic excellence by
2030.
1.2 Mission
ENAT COLLEGE imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides training in
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
the Endeavour to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the socio economic
1. 3. Goals
access and success
1.4 Objectives
1.5 Core Values
To achieve its vision and goals, ENAT COLLEGE is directing its performance and efforts by the
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Board
Senate
College President
Legal Advisor Dean Quality Assurance Public Relation
Administrative and Research &

Finance Head Post Graduate Academic Vice Dean
Community Service
Co-ordinator
Senior
Personel
Accountant
Distance and
Departments Registrar Library Continuing
Cashier Store Keeper Head Head Head Ed. Co-
ordinator
students
Purchaser Instructors
Guards
students
17 Janitor SENATE LEGISLATION
student
s Face book:- Enat College
General Maintenance
student
Technician Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
s P.O. Box 1068 e-mail- hath112357@gmail.com
students
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
PART TWO: ACADEMIC AND TECHNICAL HUMAN RESOURCES POLICY
Article 5: Planning
Every institution shall prepare academic and technical support staff development plan based on:
➢ higher education staff development and enrolment plan;
➢ existing staff profile and load;
➢ existing programs and future expansion;
➢ student staff ratio, and
➢ nature of academic programs and their mix.
It is the duty of the Head of the Academic Unit to make periodically or upon request, project general
size of Academic Staff and its structure in terms of academic rank. These shall also be submitted to the
Academic Staff Affairs Committee (ASAC) of the Senate for its endorsement.
Article 6: Academic Ranks
College Academic ranks and general qualifications for these ranks are fixed by this Policy.
1. The College uses the following hierarchy of academic staff in the ascending order:
1.1. Teaching Staff
a) Graduate Assistant I
b) Graduate Assistant II
c) Assistant Lecturer
d) Lecturer
e) Assistant Professor
f) Associate Professor
g) Professor
1.2. The rank of Research Staff shall be as in 1.1 (a-g)above.
1.3. Adjunct staff and honorary staff may be considered as academic staff.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. The College uses the following hierarchy of academic and technical support staff in the ascending
order:
2.1. Professional librarian

a) Assistant Librarian
b) Assistant Librarian
c) Assistant Librarian III
d) Assistant Librarian II
e) Assistant Librarian I
f) Associate Librarian
g) Librarian
2.2. Technical support staff
a) Technical Assistant I
b) Technical Assistant II
c) Technical Assistant III
d) Senior Technical Assistant I
e) Senior Technical Assistant II
f) Senior Technical Assistant III
g) Chief Technical Assistant I

h) Chief Technical Assistant II
i) Chief Technical Assistant III
3. A person joining any Academic Unit of the College as a full-time academic staff shall assume an
academic rank, in accordance with the general criteria and procedures established by this
legislation.
4. A research staff may change his/her status to his/her teaching staff or vice versa when requested by
academic unit and approved by academic vice president of the College with the consent of the
staff.
5. Adjunct/honorary academic ranks may be assigned to qualified instructors employed on the basis
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
of joint appointment, part-time or other arrangements in accordance with the general College
policy.
6. Unless specific contractual arrangements are made to the contrary, an academic staff joining the
College for the first time shall be subjected to a probationary period during the first year with the
College in which time the College may terminate employment for the following year within one
semester’s notice.
7. Persons joining the College to perform administrative or non-teaching duties may, in exceptional
cases when they fulfill the minimum criteria set to be appointed as an academic staff, be assigned
an academic rank within a relevant academic unit provided the services are highly demanded by
the College. However, such an appointment shall be approved by the Senate.
Article 7: Appointment and Promotion Requirements for Teaching Staff
1. Principles and Procedures for Promotion
1.1. General Provisions
The procedures for promotions shall be as follows:
a) The staff member should initiate the promotion request by applying to the respective
academic unit head.
b) The academic unit council/commission shall approve promotions up to the rank of
lecturer based on the recommendations of academic unit council.
c) For promotion to the rank of Assistant Professor and above, the endorsement of the AC
shall be submitted to the AVP for further handling.
1.2. Promotion request of a staff member on any kind of leave shall not be entertained. However,
the promotion request of a staff member who fulfills all the requirements for promotion and
submitted the application before taking the leave shall be entertained. Additionally, an
academic staff members who are on study leave and contributed greater than or equal to 50%
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
of work load expected from full time staff are eligible to apply for promotion.
1.3. For promotions to the rank of Assistant Professor and above, the AVP shall convene the
ASAC of the Senate to evaluate and recommend to Senate the promotion in request.
1.4. The President, upon the recommendation of the Senate, shall present the promotion to the rank
of Professor to the Board for final approval.
2. Promotion process of Heads of Academic Units and Officers
When a Head of an academic unit or officer of the College is a candidate for promotion, the
AVP or immediate supervisor shall designate a senior member of the unit/committee to act as
Chairperson of the respective academic council/committee for the specific purpose of
processing the promotion.
3. Effective Dates of Promotion
3.1 A promotion shall be effective on the approval dates of the following bodies:
a) promotion to the rank of Professor when approved by the Board.
b) promotion to the ranks of Assistant Professor and Associate Professor when
approved by the Senate.
c) promotion to the ranks of Lecturer and below when approved by the Academic
Unit Council.
3.2 The date of promotion for staff members requesting reinstatement and rank adjustment shall
be the date the candidate reports to duty holding the appropriate credentials.
4. Criteria for Promotions of Academic Staff
4.1. Principles Governing Promotions
The length of service with a given rank, effectiveness in teaching, publications, participation in the
affairs of the College and services given to the public at various capacities shall remain to be the basic
criteria upon which the principles of academic promotions are based. The components of the
requirements that have to be met to fulfill each of these criteria and the manner in which these are
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
assessed are set forth in this Article.
4.2. Length of service with a given rank
4.2.1. There shall be a minimum number of years an Academic Staff has to serve with a given
rank for promotion to the next higher rank.
4.2.2. An Academic staff member who has served in other accredited institutions of higher
learning shall be considered for an equivalent position before being appointed in a given
academic unit. However, such an Academic staff must serve for at least one year at the
College before being considered for promotion to the next academic rank.
4.2.3. For persons who join the College as Academic Staff after a given number of service
years in ot her non-higher education institutions or organizations, their service years and
publications in such organizations may be used to determine their academic rank and
salary at the time of recruitment only. However, this provision shall not be applicable for
the rank of Professor.
4.3. Effective Teaching
4.3.1. Teaching effectiveness for Academic Staff shall be determined by evaluations of the staff
member’s performance by students, colleagues, and the academic unit head or the staff’s
immediate supervisor at the end of each semester or academic year as the case maybe.
4.3.2. The contribution of each of the components of the system of evaluation to the overall
rating of the teaching effectiveness of an Academic Staff member shall be as follows:
Evaluation by students………………………………50%
Evaluation by Head of Academic Unit………………..35%
Evaluation by colleagues………………………..……15%
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4.3.3. For the fulfillment of the effective teaching criteria, the weighted average of the
evaluation since the last promotion shall not be less than75%.
4.3.4. In exceptional cases where an academic staff is not handling courses due to other
assignments given by the College, the weighted evaluation of students may be waived and
the rest evaluation criteria can be taken out of 100%.
4.4. Requirements on the number of Publications
4.4.1. Publication of an article or articles in reputable journal(s) is a mandatory requirement

for promotion to the rank of Assistant Professor, Associate Professor and Professor.
4.4.2. The reputability of journals shall be determined by the academic unit and approved by
the College’s Research Standing Committee.
4.4.3. Research papers presented at conferences, seminars, symposia, etc. and published in
proceedings of the same or published in journals whose reputability has not been
established (emerging journals) or chapters in books or contributions as editor of books
or proceedings may be presented for purposes of fulfilling the publications criteria for
promotion. However, such papers and contributions have to be assessed for their
academic merit and contributions to knowledge in the particular discipline. The criteria
and procedures for the assessment of such papers or articles shall be issued by the
Research Standing Committee. However, such points shall not account for more than
50% of the publication requirements. Abstracts shall not be considered for promotion.
4.4.4. Publications that appear in reputable journals under the titles such as technical notes,
short communications, discussions, reviews, etc. and others mentioned in sub-article 4.3
above may be counted towards the fulfillment of the criteria for promotion. Even
though these appear under different sections in different journals, they are defined as
reviewed and published findings in reputable journals but not as full-fledged research
articles. Accordingly, their equivalence with respect to a full research article will be
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
determined based on internal and external evaluations. However, such equivalence
points shall be determined as depicted in the following table..
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Table 1: Values of scientific publications in reputable (peer reviewed) journals and books
No Types of contribution Value

1 Original research output 100%
2 Review papers 100%
3 Short/brief communication 30%
4 A chapter in a book 30%
5 Technical notes, case reports, discussion 25%
6 Textbook 200%
7 Book based on original research 300%
4.4.5. Where research papers are published under joint authorship, each co-author of an
article published in a reputable journal shall be given an equal share as per the
following scale.
Table 2: Share of point per the number of co-publication
No. of co-authors Share of each co-author*

2 70%
3 50%
4 40%
5 35%
6 or more 30%
Sole author publication will have 1 or 100%
value.
*The share of the co-authors indicated for journals shall also apply for other publications to
be considered for promotion.
4.4.6. Publications of theses or dissertations may be used for promotion provided that the
author did not use the thesis or dissertation for rank adjustment.
4.4.7. Publications arising out of theses or dissertations may also be considered for promotion
if the published work does not depend more than 50% on the data in the theses or
dissertations and is published by the staff member after the last promotion. Articles
published in reputable journal must be presented for promotion request and a letter of
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
acceptance for a submitted article shall not be entertained.
4.4.8. Textbooks or reference books published for specific field and course as well as books
published on the bases of original research shall be considered for promotion.
For the sake of clarification, attempt is made below to define the most essential characteristics of each
of the above items.
A Reputable journal: The reputability of a professional journal is best determined, in the first instance,
by the relevant academic unit and then by Research and Publication Committee. The following shall
constitute the criteria on which the reputability of journal is determined:
i. The professional reputation and competence of the editor(s), the advisory board and editorial
staff;
ii. Sound editorial policy regarding selection and evaluation of articles submitted for
publication;
iii. Seriousness of the journal as judged by such factors as its regularity and continuity, and its
maintenance of standard; and
iv. The backing and respect given on the journal by relevant professionals and/or their
association(s).
v. Indexed journal
vi. Impact factor – Reflecting the average number of citations to articles published in science and
social science journals.
vii. Reputability of journals published by a College shall be approved by the Senate of the
respective College.
2. Textbooks and Reference Books
These are major undertakings that represent the efforts of an academic staff in putting together his/her
teaching and research experiences, normally over several years. When these are submitted for
promotion purposes, they will have to be critically and favorably assessed by both internal (one) and
external (two) evaluators.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4.5. Participation in the affairs of the College and professional activities
4.5.1. This requirement may be fulfilled by holding a post of academic administration at

Academic Units and/or College level, work in standing committees and taking
assignments when called upon by the academic unit or College administration.
Participation in activities such as journal editing, organizing professional workshops,
reviewing, etc. that enhance one’s profession shall also count towards the fulfillment of
this criterion. The relative weights to be assigned to the three components of this
criterion shall be as follows:
Assistant Lecturer and below

Academic administration........................30%
Work in committees................................60%
Professional activities………………….10%
Lecturer
Academic administration........................50%
Work in committees................................40%
Professional activities.............................10%
Assistant Professor and above

Academic administration .........................60%
Work in committees.................................20%
Professional activities..............................20%
4.5.2. Academic staff members who, for no justifiable reasons, refuse to accept positions of
academic administration or committee assignments shall forgo the points for
participation in College affairs. Those who did not have the opportunity to do so or
those who, for valid reasons, decline to accept such offers may be evaluated having
regard to their willingness and participation in other College-wide, or departmental
committees and such other assignments as may be deemed appropriate by the academic
unit head. For this purpose, the points they score in committee works and other
professional activities shall be converted into 100%. In all cases, an academic staff
member should at least score 80% of the points allotted to each of these criteria to
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
qualify for promotion to the next academic rank.
4.6. Community services
The following may constitute activities of community service:
➢ participation in local, regional and national committees whenever called upon and other
non-religious services relevant to the community;
➢ conducting press, radio and/or TV programs for public education and outreach; and
➢ any other professional service, paid or unpaid, to the community, the contents and quality of
which are to be determined by the concerned unit of the College.
5. Weighted Values of the Criteria for Academic Promotion
Weighted values are assigned to each of the major components of the criteria in the manner provided
hereunder.
5.1. For promotion to the rank of Assistant Lecturer and below:

a) Effective teaching......................................60%
b) Participation in College affairs etc.............40%
5.2. For promotion to the rank of lecturer

3.1. Effectiveteaching …………………………..……. …………..50%
3.2. Publication (authorship or co-authorship in a reputable journal).....30%
3.3. Participation in College affairs………………………………….…20%
5.3. For promotion to the ranks of Assistant and Associate Professor, the following weights
shall apply:
a) Effective teaching………………..….………….…… 40%

b) Publications …………………………………..…35%
c) Participation in College affairs……………….…..…15%
d) Professional and related public services………… …10%
e) Total ……………. ……………. ……………….....100%
5.4. For promotion to the rank of Professor, the following weights shall apply:
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
a) Effective teaching …………………………..……………35%
b) Publications ……………. ……………………..……40%
c) Participation in College affairs …………….………15%
d) Professional and related public service….…….……10%
e) Total ……………. …………………….….………100%
Apart from the fulfillment of the individual criterion specified earlier, it is required that a candidate
for Associate Professor and Professor should earn a minimum of 80% of the maximum possible
total points indicated hereof. However, the candidate should earn full points allotted to publication
to request any promotion to the rank of lecturer and above.
6. Accelerated Promotion
A staff member who demonstrates extra-ordinary accomplishments in their area of specialization, and
administrative contributions since last promotion may qualify for accelerated promotion. For this
purpose:
6.1. Every extra publication achieved over and above the required point for publication in a
given academic rank shall be considered equivalent to a year of effective teaching.
6.2. However, a candidate for promotion should at least fulfill 75% of the required service years
for a rank and score 90% weighted average on all evaluations (students’, departmental and
colleagues’ evaluation).
Article 8: Appointment and Promotion Requirements for Academic Staff
The appointment and promotion of academic staff shall be implemented based on the requirements
indicated below for each academic rank. However, during the appointment process, female academic
staff shall get three (3) additional points as affirmative action and given priority when they have tie
points with male candidates.
The maximum age limit for the appointment of academic staff shall be 40 and 50 years for masters and
PhD holders, respectively. However, the maximum age limit can be waived under special
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
circumstances justified by an academic unit and approved by the AVP.
1. Graduate Assistant
1.1 A candidate with the qualification of a Bachelor’s Degree in a three or four years
program and with at least the level of a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 2.75.
However, minimum CGPA of 2.5 and above may be considered under special circumstances
justified by an academic unit and approved by the AVP.
1.2 Graduate Assistants are persons employed for one year in order that the College may
assess their ability and develop their suitability for future permanent contract employment as
regular Academic Staff members after post-graduate studies and/or after attaining promotion to
the nextrank.
1.3 Graduate Assistants shall be given every opportunity for gaining insight into as many
aspects as possible of the work of the department to which they are assigned as well as some
opportunity to prepare themselves for the necessary advanced specialized study.
1.4 A Graduate Assistant shall normally assume tutorial responsibilities. However, under
exceptional circumstances, he/she may be given teaching responsibilities at the level of lower
division courses and under the supervision of a senior academic staff member.
1.5 A graduate Assistant may be given the following duties:
a. Assist in the instruction of special types of classes as well as large classes under the
supervision of senior academic staff.
b. Give tutorial classes, provided that these classes are part of a regular course in the
curriculum and giving of final grades in the course is the responsibility of the senior
staff member to whom the course is assigned.
c. Take over classes with the approval of the head of the academic unit in emergencies
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
such as sickness or other unavoidable absence, provided that such arrangement shall
not continue beyond four weeks and provided further that in the above instance a
Graduate Assistant shall not be given the responsibility for more than half of the course
time.
d. Assist in research activities under the supervision of senior staff members.
2. Graduate Assistant I
Appointment: A candidate with a qualification of a Bachelor’s degree in a three year program.
3. Graduate Assistant II
Promotion: One year of effective performance as Graduate Assistant I;

OR
Appointment: A candidate with the qualification of a Bachelor’s degree in a four-year program.
4. Assistant Lecturer
Promotion: One year of effective service as a Graduate Assistant II;
OR
Appointment: A candidate with the qualification of a Bachelor’s degree in a five-year program
5. Lecturer
Appointment:
Normally, a candidate with the qualification of a Master’s degree and with at least CGPA of2.5
during BA/BSc studies;
OR
Medical Doctor (MD) with no specialization or Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (DVM) with no
specialization.
6. Assistant Professor
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Appointment:
1.5. Normally, a candidate with the qualification of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) or
equivalent or an MD or DVM degree with specialty certificate or equivalent;
OR
Promotion
a) The qualification of a Masters degree or MD or DVM degree without specialty certificate or
equivalent;
AND
b) A minimum of four years of effective teaching as a lecturer
AND
c) At least one publication in a reputable journal or one teaching material for specific course
positively evaluated by both internal and external evaluators, or in some fields as architecture,
music and the fine arts, two recognized and realized projects which
demonstrateprofessionalandcreativetalentwhichmusthavebeencriticallyand positively
evaluated by both internal and external assessors who are specialists in the area;
OR
d) Release of at least one technological package, including variety release, through a nationally
accredited mechanism since becoming a lecturer;
AND
e) Active participation in the affairs of t he College and t he com munit y
OR
1.6.
a) The qual ification of a bachelor’s degree or equivalent;
AND
b) A minimum of four years of effective teaching as a lecturer.
AND
c) Two publications since last promotion or four realized artistic or professional projects or one
publication and two realized artistic or professional projects or professional projects or
release of two technological packages through a nationally accredited mechanism or one
publication and release of one technological package since becoming a lecturer.
AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
d) Active participation in the affairs of the College and the community.
7. Associate Professor
7.1 The qualification of a PhD degree or equivalent or MD or DVM degree with specialty
and/or sub-specialty certificate or a master’s degree or its equivalent;
AND
7.2 Four years of effective teaching as an Assistant Professor;
AND
7.3 Publications as provided hereunder;
a) two articles in a reputable journal published since last promotion;
OR
b) one textbook or book based on origin al research;
OR
c) four realized artistic or professional projects or one published article and two
realized artistic or professional projects;
OR
d) one publication in a reputable journal or one teaching material for specific course
positively evaluated by both internal and external evaluators and release of one
technological package through a nationally accredited mechanism since becoming
an Assistant Professor;
AND
7.4 Active participation in the affairs of the College;
AND
7.5 Public service.
8. Professor
8.1 The qualification of a PhD degree or equivalent or MD or DVM degree with specialty
and/or sub-specialty certificate or masters degree or its equivalent;
AND
8.2 Four years of effective teaching as an Associate Professor;
AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8.3 All Publications which must have been critically and positively evaluated by both one
internal and two external assessors who are specialized in the area as provided
hereunder:
a) Four articles in reputable journal(s) out of which, at least, one publication as
first author.
OR
b) A textbook and two articles in a reputable journal;
OR
c) A book based on original research in one’s area of specialization and one
article in a reputable journal.
OR
d) Release of two technological packages through a nationally accredited
mechanism and at least two articles in a reputable journal since becoming an
Associate Professor;
AND
8.4 Active participation in the affairs of the College;
AND
8.5 Public service
8.6. Additional Criteria for the rank of Professorship:

a) Average 3.25 of both external and internal evaluation would be considered for
promotion
b) 75% of the publications shall unambiguously focus on the field of specialty the
remaining 25% contribution can be related field in the profession.
c) A teaching material shall not be considered for promotion to professorship rank.
d) The internal evaluator of the article or textbook or technology should have a Professor
academic rank. However, if there is no evaluator of such academic rank in the
specified field or related in the College Associate professor could evaluate the
material. If there is no one in both ranks only external evaluation would be considered.
e) The external evaluators of the article or textbook or technology should have a
Professor academic rank in the field of specialization.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
9. Professor Emeritus: Professors or associate professors who meet the requirements of article
(21) of this document may, upon retirement, be given the rank and status of professor
emeritus or associate professor emeritus in accordance with the provisions of the senate
statutes of an institution.
Article9: Promotion of Research Staff
1. Promotions pertaining to research staff shall follow the same roots as in the teaching staff as
stipulated in article 8 of this Policy on condition that he/she invests 25% of his/her time for
teaching and has produced 1.5 times the publications requirement of the teaching staff for
respective academic rank.
2. Appointment and Promotions pertaining to adjunct staff and joint appointment shall be
governed by the guidelines that would be formulated by SAC of the College.
3. Any professional who will be involved both in teaching and research without any pay from
the College may be given a merit-based honorary academic rank.
Article 10: Joint Appointment
1. Joint appointment of academic staff shall apply in circumstances when it shall prove an
efficacious solution for an institution's challenge to ensure the relevance and quality of
education as well as to meet demand of academic staff; and it shall
berestrictedinapplicationtoaninstitution'sprofessionalswithMaster'sdegree and above and to
professionals with high degree of relevant expertise from industry, business, research
establishments and other organizations.
2. Without prejudice to other provisions of this legislation and other applicable laws, an
academic staff or a government employee, may be employed, with his/her consent and the
consent of his/her institution or capability to doso.
3. Issues of importance to the joint appointee and the concerned employers such as status,
duration of appointment, remuneration and other benefits, the tasks to be achieved and the
apportionment of working time shall be negotiated and agreed by the parties within the
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
framework of rules and procedures enacted by the concerned Senate.
Article 11: Honorary Academic Staff Appointment

1. Overview
The College supports the appointment of honorary academic staff as a means of optimizing
significant links with academics of different organization, academics with special merits and
international standing.
2. Purpose
The College recognizes the importance of retaining esteemed retiring academic staff, professionals
from national and international institutions and also attracting eminent commercial and industry
experts to honorary academic positions, which serve to enhance the College’s research and teaching
expertise and standing.
3. Description
The College may appoint as an Honorary Academic staff those professionals retired from the
College, person of great distinction and international standing who can serves the College in a
teaching and/or research capacity but who, by virtue of the existing appointment, cannot be
considered for a full-time position. Such appointments will not normally carry remuneration from the
College. Reimbursement may be made for out of pocket expenses, for example travel and
accommodation, however, honorary appointees are not otherwise paid for contributions made.
4. Procedure
The College shall, from time to time, appoint retiring academic staff, professionals from national and
international institutions and also recognized industry experts to honorary research and teaching
positions in the following categories and titles:
a) Honorary Lecturer
b) Honorary Assistant professor
c) Honorary Associate Professor
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
d) Honorary Professor
e) Professor Emeritus
The candidate to be appointed with honorary rank should at least fulfill the requirements of the
respective academic ranks as per Article 8 of this policy. Appointments and reappointments of
honorary academic staff up to the level of Lecturer are approved by the relevant Dean/Head of
academic unit, on the recommendation made by the department. Written support for the appointment
must accompany the nomination. Appointments and reappointments of honorary staff at Assistant
professor and above are recommended by the faculty and approved by Staff Affairs Committee. The
Vice-president for academic and research will subsequently approve the appointment of Assistant
and Associate Professor and report to the Senate any such appointments. Appointment of Professor
and Professor Emeritus is approved by College Senate.
Nomination and appointment of honorary staff request of the department or school must contain the
following specific information that should be addressed to the approving organ:
a) the duties and responsibilities of the proposed appointee;
b) how the appointment will advance the College’s contribution to research, teaching,
community or professional service or the College’s links with industry or government;
c) the benefits that will flow through to the department from the appointment; and
d) in case of reappointment, how the College has realized the expected benefits from the
previous appointment.
5. Offer of Appointment
After the honorary appointment has been approved, AVP will arrange for an offer to be sent to the
nominee. Appointments of the level of honorary lecturer will be referred to the relevant academic
unit. Appointments up to Honorary Associate Professor will be referred to the Staff Affairs
Committee. Appointments of Honorary Professor will be approved by the College Board. All
appointment and promotion are bound by the College staff appointment and promotion regulation.
6. Period of Appointment
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Honorary appointments will be for a maximum of three years in the first instance. The
appointment will lapse unless a case for reappointment is made and approved.
7. Renewal of Appointment
The proposal for renewing the appointment must follow the same process as for the initial
appointment, but also include a reflection on the benefits realized from the previous appointment. No
numerical limitation is placed upon the number of appointments, although in considering each
nomination, the Committee should bear in mind that appointment to Honorary staff position should be
of rare occurrence.
8. Conditions of Appointment
College shall determine and issue the necessary conditions with respect to rights and
obligations for honorary academic staff.
9. Promotion
Honorary academic staff may request promotion and be promoted to the requested level during the
period of appointment if he/she fulfills the requirements set by this Policy.
10. Patents and Exploitation of Inventions
Honorary members of staff must follow the procedure laid down by the College, in the event of a
potential patent registration or where an invention or discovery may be commercially exploitable.
Article 12: Criteria for Appointment and Promotion of Professional Librarians
1. Assistant Librarian V
BA, BSc. or equivalent with at least a CGPA of 2.75. This CGPA requirement may be changed under
special circumstances justified by the appropriate unit and approved by the AVP. However, such CGPA
should not be less than 2.50.
2. Assistant Librarian IV
a) BA., B.Sc. or the equivalent;
AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
b) One year of effective experience as an Assistant Librarian V.
3. Assistant Librarian III

3.1 a) BA., B.Sc. or the equivalent;
AND
b) Two years of effective experience in a library after the bachelor’s degree;
OR
3.2 The degree of Masters of Library and Information Science or itsequivalent.
4. Assistant Librarian II
4.1. a) BA., B.Sc. or its equivalent;
AND
b) Four years of effective experience in a library after the bachelor’s degree, three years
of which must have been spent at the rank of an Assistant librarian III;
OR
4.2 a) The degree of Master of Library and Information Science or its equivalent;
AND
c) Two years of effective experience in library as an Assistant lib rarianIII.
5. Assistant Librarian I
5.1. a) The degree of Master of Library and Information Science or its equivalent;
AND
b) Four years of effective experience, at least three years of which must have been spent
at the rank of an Assistant Librarian II;
AND
c) At least one publishable bibliography/catalogue favorably assessed by competent
librarians, preferably senior advisors;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
AND
d) Effective performance in any relevant teaching assignment.
OR
5.2. a)Three years of effective experience two of which must have been spent at the
rank of an Assistant librarian II;
AND
b) At least one publication in a reputable journal;
AND
c) Effective performance in any relevant teaching assignment.
OR
5.3 The degree of Doctor of Philosophy in library science or its equivalent.
6. Associate Librarian
6.1 a) The degree of Master of Library and Information Science or its equivalent;
AND
b) At least seven years of effective library experience four years of which must have
been spent at the rank of Assistant librarian I;
AND
c) At least two articles published in a reputable journal(s) since becoming Assistant

librarian I; and
AND
d) Effective performance in any relevant teaching assignments.
OR
6.2 a) The degree of PhD in Library Science or its equivalent; AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
b) At least four years of effective library experience at the rank of Assistant librarian I;
AND
c) Active participation in the development and running of academic and other teaching
programs in library science within the College and in the country at large;
AND
d) At least two articles published in a reputable journal(s) since becoming Assistant

librarian I.
7. Librarian
7.1 a) Degree of Master of Library and Information Science or its equivalent;
AND
b) Four years of library service as Associate Librarian;
AND
c) Effective teaching in the training programs of the College relevant to the library
profession;
AND
d) Four articles published in reputable journals or three such articles and an appropriate
teaching material in Library and Information Science;
AND
e) Dedication to and creative participation in College affairs and in community services

outside the College.
OR
7.2 a) PhD in Library Science or its equivalent;
AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
b) At least three years of effective library experience as an Associate librarian;
AND
c) Effective teaching in the training programs of the College relevant to the library
profession; and
AND
d) At least one text-book in the field of Library Science and two publications in peer
reviewed journal.
OR
7.3. a) At least four articles published in a reputable journal(s) since becoming Associate
librarian;
AND
b) Dedication to and creative participation in College affairs and in community

services outside the College.
Article 13: Criteria for Recruitment and Promotion of Technical Assistants
A Technical Assistant (TA) is an Academic Support staff who assists Academic Staff in
laboratory sessions and field demonstration, help in research activities of academic units and
undertakes any other assignments given by the College.
1. Technical Assistant
1.1. Technical Assistant I
Appointment
A candidate with the qualification of 10+3 or its equivalent from a recognized Institute or
College;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1.2. Technical Assistant II
Appointment:
A candidate with the qualification of a 12+3/advanced diploma or minimum successful two

years of College education or equivalent from a recognized Institute or College.
OR
Promotion
a) One year of effective service as a Technical Assistant I;
AND
b) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students
which accounts 60% and 40%, respectively)
AND
c) Active and effective service in the College.
1.3. Technical Assistant III
Promotion
a) Two years of effective service as a Technical Assistant II;
AND
b) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students
which accounts 60% and 40%,respectively)
AND
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. Senior Technical Assistant
2.1. Senior Technical Assistant I
Appointment
A candidate with the qualification of a Bachelor’s Degree or its equivalent in a specific

from recognized College.
Promotion
A minimum of two years of effective service as a Technical Assistant III;
AND
a) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which
accounts 60% and 40%,respectively)
AND
b) Active and effective service in the College.
2.2. Senior Technical Assistant II
Promotion
Senior Technical Assistant I with two years of effective experience
AND
Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which accounts 60% and
40%,respectively)
AND
2.3. Senior Technical Assistant III
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Promotion
Senior Technical Assistant II with two years of effective experience
AND
a) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which
AND
d) Active and effective service in the College.
3. Chief Technical Assistant
3.1. Chief Technical Assistant I
Appointment
A Masters Degree or its equivalent in the specific or related field
Promotion
a) Senior Technical Assistant III with two years effective service

AND
b) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which
accounts 60% and 40%, respectively)
AND
c) One published Lab/practical manual positively assessed by one internal and one
external specialist in thearea
3.2. Chief Technical Assistant II
Promotion
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
a) Chief Technical Assistant I with two years effective service
AND
AND
c) Active and effective service in the service
OR
a) Senior Technical Assistant III with three years effective service

AND
AND
c) Two published Lab/practical manuals positively assessed by one internal and one
external specialist in the area
3.3. Chief Technical Assistant III
Promotion
d) Chief Technical Assistant II with two years effective service

AND
e) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which
AND
f) Active and effective service in the service
OR
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
d) Chief Technical Assistant I with three years effective service
AND
e) Evaluation: Very good (above 75% average by both supervisors and students which
AND
f) One published Lab/practical manual positively assessed by one internal and one
external specialist in the area
Article 14: Duties and Responsibilities of Academic Staff
1. An Academic Staff of the College is required to be a scholar with full devotion to the
advancement of the frontiers of knowledge in accordance with the best traditions
developed by scholarly circles throughout the world. It shall be the primary duty of the
Academic Staff to carry out functions in the best interest of the College and the nation
having due regards to professional etiquette.
2. An academic staff of the College shall design, develop and implement courses in an
area of specialization following established College procedures in such a way that the
course material may be delivered over the entire semester in a balanced way.
3. Without limitation to the generality of the provisions of sub-article 1 of this Article, a

member of the Academic Staff at the College shall:
3.1. uphold the objective of higher education and the guiding principles applicable to
the institution;
3.2. prepare graduates who are cultivated in a democratic culture, competent in

knowledge and skills and internationally competitive in their fields;
3.3. treat and interact with students and other members of the institutions community
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
giving due respect to their human dignity, emotions, effort and the particular
circumstances they may find themselves and rid off oneself from injuries bias and
prejudice, iniquitous and discriminatory practices;
3.4. participate and play due role in curriculum development, review, enhancement
and/or enrichment;
3.5. respect the constitution, higher education proclamation, legislations of the College
and other pertinent laws of the country;
3.6. refrain from promotion of ethno-centrism, discrimination against any individual or

group on the basis of race, ethnicity, sex or creed, political partisanship,
preaching of religion, impositions of one’s belief and views on students of the
College in classrooms;
3.7. be evaluated for once performance by students, colleagues and the College and
remonstrate only appropriately in case of disagreement with all or any of the
evaluation results;
3.8. contribute to the best of once ability and as a member of the institution’s
community to prevalence of orderly conduct and peaceable operations of the
institution and to peaceful resolutions of intra-institutional conflicts.
3.9. give course lectures and other forms of instruction to students in line with the
policies and general guidelines set forth by the College;
3.10. educate, examine, and evaluate students;
3.11. conduct problem solving research that contributes to the advancement of

knowledge or has direct impact on community development;
3.12. participate in College Affairs as required;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3.13. participate in organizing, directing and developing the activities of the respective
Academic Unit as required by the College;
3.14. render services to the College as full-time employment;
3.15. consult and advice students;
3.16. accept teaching assignments in Continuing and Distance Education Programs;
3.17. submit exams and grade reports on time to the academic units;
3.18. use and properly handle all College properties;
3.19. accept instruction from superiors where such instruction is not contrary to law,
morality and/or the terms and conditions of employment within the College;
3.20 maintain a democratic and civil outlook by demonstrating a willingness to work

with others and respecting the ideas of fellow Academic Staff members and
students;
3.21. accept additional teaching assignments when compelling circumstances arise in

any Academic Unit of the College;
3.22. submit periodic reports to the respective Academic Unit on assigned courses
,current research and/or study leave progresses;
3. 23. be empathic to the solidarity of the College community;

3.24. carry out required tasks in an efficient and effective manner as assigned by the
academic unit head or any other senior College body;
3.25 within the resources available, endeavor to stay abreast of the latest thinking in the
area of specialization and shall periodically update pedagogical skills and teaching
material;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3.26 inform the respective immediate supervisor well in advance if and when he/she
cannot report to duty due to involvement in field work, seminars, workshops or
any similar events;
3.27 arrange make up classes, in consultation with the head of the academic unit and
students, for all classes missed due to involvement in field work, seminar,
workshop or other activities. However, such make up classes should not exceed
25% of the course unless approved by AVP;
3.28 not handover pre-assigned courses to any other individual for any length of time
without the approval of the academic unit head.
Article 15: Rights of the Academic Staff
Without prejudice to other provisions of this legislation, every academic staff shall have the right to:
1 exercise academic freedom consistent with the College’s mission;
2. conduct research and render consultancy services; take research and sabbatical leaves to
conduct research and studies beneficial to the College and the country in accordance
with the provisions given in this legislation;
3. be entitled to enjoy institutional mission bound and informed academic freedom;
4. be entitled to further education and or training for professional development and subject
to internal rules and regulations of the College;
5. be promoted and assume new academic rank on the bases of merit in accordance with
the College rules and regulations;
6. enjoy transparent, fair and equitable administration and system of remuneration and
benefits that shall be instituted by Government as the economic condition of the country
may permit;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7. be adequately and timely informed of his/her performance results and of any records
kept in his in his personal file without his prior knowledge;
8. be informed appropriately, timely and regularly on the College plans, developments,

directions, conditions, and performance results;
9. receive equal and fair treatment as a person with human dignity and as an academic
staff member equally in the service of the College and through it in the service of
people and the country;
10. compete for academic offices and leadership positions on the bases of the applicable
College criteria and be treated in selection process on the basis of merit and without any
discrimination, transparent, or otherwise;
11. elect and be elected where election of academic and/or by academic staff shall be
necessary or is the norm;
12. receive due process in disciplinary matters and demand and receive redress in cases of
injurious decisions.
Article 16: Salary Scale and Increments
While the College shall adopt the general government policy framework for salary scale and
increments for College academic staff, the Senate will periodically propose new salary scale
and increment scheme to the appropriate government bodies. In addition the Senate may decide
on the benefits and incentives for academic staff.
Article 17: Pay for Extra-Teaching Assignment
The College shall make payments to the Academic Staff for services rendered in
teaching/research/community service beyond the full load expected of them. Such payment
shall follow the rates proposed by Ministry of Education for regular program.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 18: Teaching and Research Load
1. Measurement Unit for Teaching Load
1.1. The teaching load of an Academic Staff shall be expressed in terms of Lecture Equivalent
Hours (LEHs). A Lecture Equivalent Hour is normally 1 credit hour, and a credit hour
requires 3 hours of workload.
1.2. A course having only lecture hours in ECTS curriculum structure is in a straight line
identical to conventional credit hour system by rejecting home study hours billed in ECTS.
Therefore, for such courses:
Credit Point (CP) in ECTS = Conventional Credit Hours (Cr. Hr)
= Lecture contact hours.
1.3. A course that has lecture and tutorial hours in ECTS equals to conventional credit hours
system, dividing tutorial hours by 1/3 and adding the dividend hours of tutorial to lecture
hours of ECTS. Therefore, for such courses:
Credit hours (Cr. Hr) in conventional system = a + (b*1/3) Where
a= lecture hours in ECTS, b= tutorial hours in ECTS
1.4. A course that has lecture, tutorial and laboratory/practice hours in ECTS equals to
conventional credit hours system, dividing each hour specified in tutorial and
laboratory/practice by three and adding the dividends to lecture hours of ECTS. Therefore:
Credit Hours (Cr. Hr) in conventional system = a+[(b*1/3)+(c*1/3)] Where c=
laboratory/practical hours in ECTS
Note: The total credit hours of a course= a+[(b*1/3)+(c*1/3)]
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1.5. For the purpose of computing staff load, course credits, lab/tutorials, senior project/essay or
thesis advising etc are expressed in terms of LEHs according to the following category:
1.5.1. One undergraduate course credit ……………………..……. = 1.0 LEH
1.5.2. One graduate course credit ………………………………...….= 1.5 LEH
1.5.3. One hour Lab/Practical/ or Tutorial session………………..=0.33 LEH
1.5.4. .One undergraduate student senior Project/essay advising …. =0. 20LEH
1.5.5. undergraduate senior Project/essay group advising…………= 0.33LEH
1.5.6. One PhD student Dissertation advising …………………….…= 2.0LEH*
1.5.7. One PhD student Dissertation Co-advising ………………….= 1.5LEH*
1.5.8. One Master’s Thesis advising ………….……………….…= 1.5 LEH*
1.5.9. Co-advisory for one Master’s Thesis……………………….…= 1.0LEH
1.5.10. Advising one medicine or veterinary student…………...=0.5LEH

Such gheianct adlo can yonl eb dncesrio for idounrat of saye or sethi idva n gs i .
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. Class Sizes per Section
2.1 Lecture for undergraduate program except for Language........80 students
2.2 Language courses …………………………..….................…40-60students
2.3 Lab/Field sessions………………………………..................30 - 40students

2.4 Tutorial and seminar classes except for language courses…..40-60 students
2.5 For clinical attachment………………………………….… 1 5students
2.6 Lecture for graduate program…………………….………. 25students
Note:
Load is defined as the total credit hours of teaching and related assignment an Academic Staff
carries, which takes into account the total lecture equivalent hours of courses, class size,
contact hours, research work, student advising, administrative duties and other items that the
Senate considers as a load.
Full work load is the number of hours that an Academic Staff is required to work for the
institution. Any Academic Staff is expected to spend about 39 hours of work per week in
preparing for courses, teaching, research, administrative work, committee assignment, student
advising, etc.
Full teaching load is the number of credit hours beyond which an Academic Staff is not
required to teach without compensation (extra pay) for extra lecture equivalent hour of work
rendered.
Considering that an Academic Staff is expected to work for 39 hours per week, the full
teaching load of a full time Academic Staff is 12 LEHs. Based on the assumption given in sub-
article 1 of this Article, 12 LEHs are equivalent to 36 hours of work per week. Every Academic
Staff is required to advise/consult students for up to 3 hours a week.
The teaching staff members of the College are expected to engage in research activities.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
However, not to take a big share of the teaching time, teaching staffs is not expected to be
engaged in a research work for more than 25% of their time.
3. Teaching Load
A full teaching load in the regular program for the different categories of Academic Staff is
recommended to be as follows:
3.1.1 Full-time Academic Staff ……………………………………………… 12LEHs
3.1.2 College Approved Project Coordinators/equivalent…………..……..9LEHs
3.1.3 Department Heads/Coordinators at Academic unit level/or equivalent...6LEHs
3.1.4 Deans, Directors and Coordinators at College level/equivalent …..….5 LEHs
3.1.5 Campus heads /equivalent…………........................................................4 LEHs
3.1.6 Research staff ……………………………………………………………..3LEHs
3.1.7 The Vice-Presidents may be required to teach maximum load ………….3LEHs.
3.1.8 President…...………………………………………………………………0LEHs
Except in extra ordinary situation, an academic staff is not expected to handle more than three
different courses. In case a course is offered to more than one section, each extra section will have 2/3
(two-third) of the LEH in a regular program.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Maximum Teaching Load
In order not to overload Academic Staff to the detriment of the quality of instruction, the total full
teaching load in the College, in both the regular and continuing education program, shall not be more
than two courses or six LEHs.
In cases where academic units have serious shortage of staff and it can be demonstrated that there are
no other alternatives, an additional 3 more LEHs for each category of staff may be approved by the
AVP or designate.
4. Overload in Teaching Assignments
An Academic Staff member who, due to a serious shortage of staff, is assigned to take teaching duties
in excess of the full load specified in sub-article 3 of this Article for the regular program may be
compensated in one of the following two ways:
a) Proportional reduction in teaching load in the succeeding semester;
OR
b) Remunerative compensation at the prevailing rate for part-time employment in regular
program.
5. Reporting Teaching Load
Teaching loads for all staff members engaged in teaching (full or part-time) shall be reported each
semester by academic unit heads through their respective channel to the AVP on forms prepared
for this purpose before the end of the fourth week after the start of classes. Justifications have to
be provided in writing in instances where the teaching load of an Academic Staff is below the
average or above the maximum.
6. Research load
Since an Academic Staff is expected to spend about 25% of the time in research, an Academic
Staff with continuous and approved research is required to have a full teaching load of only 9
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
LEHs. In case where more than one academic staff members are involved in research project, the
three LEHs shall be shared among the researchers. The duration of every research project shall be
determined by the appropriate office of the College.
Article 19: Leaves
1. Study Leave
1.1. Any Academic Staff who is awarded fellowship through the College or who can provide
satisfactory evidence regarding an opportunity for a reasonably funded scholarship in a
reputable College leading to a higher degree in a particular field of specialization may be
granted a study leave provided that it is in line with the staff development plan worked out
by the respective Academic Unit and approved at the College level.
1.2. For all Academic Staff, the leave provided in this Article may be taken only after a staff
member has served for a minimum of two years following employment or reinstatement
after a study leave. However, under special circumstances, Graduate Assistants can be
granted a study leave in a shorter time frame. Such special circumstances include the
following:
1.2.1. The Academic Unit to which such a Graduate Assistant belongs has a great
shortage of qualified Academic Staff, and it has been decided a priori that the
Graduate Assistant would be granted a study leave in a shorter timeframe.
1.2.2. The condition in 1.2.1 above is in line with the staff development plan of the
College and approved by SAC.
1.3. Payment of salaries to staff members on study leave shall be governed by the applicable
Government policy during the tenure of the leave.
1.4. A staff member who is on a study leave shall keep the College informed via semester and
annual reports for in country and abroad, respectively, starting from the end of the first
semester/year of leave. These regular reports shall in all cases be endorsed by the
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
appropriate academic advisor(s) or major Professor of the staff member in the College or
College. Failure to submit such reports may result in the discontinuation of payment of
salary that may be due or other appropriate actions.
1.5. An Academic Staff who, for acceptable reasons, cannot complete the required studies within
the originally granted period of absence has to formally request the College for an extension
of leave. Such an extension shall be limited to a maximum period of one year for those
pursuing M.A./M.Sc/LL.M. degrees and a maximum of two years for those studying for
PhD degree. However, the salary payment during the study leave shall be based on the rules
and regulations of the Government. While extension due to enrollment into a higher degree
is not normally desired, extension may be granted upon the recommendation of the SC/DC
and the approval of AVP.
1.6. The College reserves the right to claim damages from staff members who fail to return to
their respective duties within the periods of time specified in the agreement made between
the Academic Staff and the College.
1.7. A staff member who fails to return to the College to resume required duties within the
periods of time specified in this Article or fails to complete required studies due to
incompetence or for unjustified reasons shall lose standing with the College. In the event of
reemployment, the case shall be handled as though it were employment of first instance and
services rendered to the College prior to the award of the study leave shall not count towards
any benefits that may accrue.
2. Research Leave
2.1. A full-time Academic Staff member who has served in the College for a minimum of four
consecutive/uninterrupted years is entitled to a research leave for a maximum period of six
months with pay provided the applicant has not taken any other academic leave during the
four years preceding the anticipated starting date of the leave sought.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2.2. A Staff member requesting research leave under this Article shall present a specialized
program of study or research to improve scholarly capabilities to the respective Academic
Unit. In certain cases such a leave could be a study leading to certificate, diploma or higher
degree. The applicant is required to continue rendering services to the College for a minimum
of one year upon completion of the leave. Failure to comply with the undertaking shall entitle
the Collegeto claim the salaries paid to the staff during the leave period plus damages.
2.3. Application for research leave shall be submitted by the staff member to the appropriate Head
of Academic Unit three months in advance of the start of the leave. The Head shall convene
the SC/DC on and decide on the application of the Academic Staff. The decision of the
SC/DC shall be sent to the AVP. The AVP , in consultation with the SAC, shall grant the
leave unless it is determined that the teaching need of the academic unit cannot be met if the
leave is granted for the period sought in which event the leave is to be granted within a period
of one year.
2.4. Research leaves provided in this Article shall be granted with full pay and benefits.
2.5. Research leave may be extended without pay for a period not exceeding six months on the
condition that:
a) The academic Unit confirms that such extension will not seriously impede its
academic or research programs;
b) The staff member concerned produces satisfactory evidence that the leave is
necessarytocompletetheon-goingpieceofresearch,theoutputofwhichis expected to
enhance knowledge and also improve the teaching and research skills of the
individual staff member.
3. Sabbatical Leave
3.1. A full-time Academic Staff member holding academic rank who has served the College
continuously for a period of seven uninterrupted years and intends to continue association
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
with the College for at least two years is entitled to a sabbatical leave, as of right and with
full pay, for a period of a year in accordance with the following conditions:
a) A staff member requesting for sabbatical leave under this Article shall present to
the respective Academic Unit a program of study or research related to a
particular area of specialization for scholarly development. In certain cases such a
leave could be a study leave leading to certificate, diploma or higher degree,
consultancy, employment, community development work pandect.
b) The staff member shall further be required to issue an undertaking to continue his
association with the College for an indefinite period of time after the leave.
Failure to comply with the undertaking shall entitle the College to claim the
salaries paid to the staff and other benefits during the leave period plus damages.
c) A request for a sabbatical leave cannot be entertained if the person forwarding the
request is already past the retirement age as determined by law.
d) A staff member who has served as an academic administrator for at least six years
is entitled to a sabbatical leave at the end of six years of uninterrupted service to
the College.
3.2. Application for sabbatical leave shall be submitted by the staff member to their respective
Academic Unit Head six months in advance of the start of the leave. But such an intention
should not necessarily be considered a final application for a leave, which should be
submitted at least two months before the intended departure.
3.3. The Head shall convene the SC/DC and decide on the application for the Academic Staff.
The department shall ensure that the normal function of teaching and research will not be
adversely affected by the departure of the staff member in question.
3.4. The decision of the SC/DC shall be sent to the ASAC for final approval, unless it is
determined that the teaching needs of the academic unit cannot be met if the leave is
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
granted for the period sought in which event the leave is to be granted within a period of
one year.
3.5. Academic Staff may apply for an unpaid leave of absence for a maximum period of one
year contiguous to their sabbatical leave if they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of their
academic unit and the College that returning to full time duty would seriously prejudice the
completion of work on which they had spent the full length of their sabbatical. This
additional leave of absence can be granted only if the academic unit determines that
teaching activities in the unit would not be compromised and the right of other staff
member for leave would not be jeopardized by the granting of the leave. Such a
determination should be endorsed by the SC/DC. The AVP, in consultation with ASAC,
shall approve the decision of the SC/DC before the extension is granted.
3.6. An Academic Staff who is granted sabbatical leave shall be required to sign an undertaking
to continue services to the College for a minimum period of two years after the completion
of the leave. Failure to comply with the undertaking shall entitle the College to claim the
salaries that were paid during the leave plus any other damages.
3.7. A beneficiary of a sabbatical leave shall upon completion of the leave, submit a report
detailing experiences and/or accomplishments to the respective academicunit. Such a
report should be in line with the original proposal for the leave. Failure to do this will be
considered as a serious breach of duty.
4. OtherLeaves
4.1. An Academic Staff member who has served the College for more than one year shall be
granted sick leave with full pay for three months and an additional six months of leave
with half pay in the event of protracted illness within a given year. However, such sick
leave should not exceed 16 months in four years time. In either case, the leave shall be
granted only where the staff member produces proof from a recognized medical institution
that such a leave is medically required.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4.2. A College-employed spouse of an Academic Staff member who is on a study leave may be
granted leave of absence without pay for a maximum period of one year to be in the
company of the latter provided that the study leave is at least two years long and that the
College unit for which the spouse works confirms that the granting of such a leave would
not cause a serious disruption of its normal functioning. However, such leaves should not
contravene with agreements entered with the College.
4.3. Occasional leaves including those to attend seminars, workshops, symposia, short courses,
etc. may be granted with full pay for a period not exceeding a total of 30 calendar days
continuously in one semester. If such leaves are required for longer than one month in a
semester the following conditions must bemet:
a) The teaching assignment of the Academic Staff can be covered by another staff;
b) The training is relevant to the professional development of the Academic Staff and
the capacity building of the College;
c) The Academic Staff is willing to compensate for such leave by taking assignment
during the long vacation period;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
d) The maximum duration of such a leave should not be more than 3 months in one
academic year and cannot be granted in consecutive years.
e) Such leave of absence must be approved and endorsed by SC/DC, and any leave
longer than one month at a time should be approved by the AVP.
4.4. A full time Academic Staff may be granted leave without pay for a maximum period of two
years without extension provided that the following conditions are fulfilled:
a) The staff member applying for the unpaid leave of absence had not benefited from a
study leave or a sabbatical leave during the three years prior to applying for such a
leave.
b) That the granting of the leave will not seriously disrupt the normal functioning of
academic activities in the academic unit.
c) The period of time for which the Academic Staff member would be on such a leave
shall not be counted as a period of service to the College.
d) A staff member eligible for such a leave must have effectively served the College for
a Minimum of five years altogether.
5. Accumulating Leaves
Sabbatical and research leaves can be split but cannot be accumulated.
Article 20: Tenure
1. An academic staff may have tenured employment, which shall constitute a privilege and an
incentive for professional excellence; and an academic staff shall attain tenured employment
through service and scholarly contribution in teaching and/or research or institutional
leadership.
2. A tenured academic staff shall have job security, and may not be dismissed from his position
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
unless he has committed a serious breach of discipline as stipulated by this Policy.
3. Professors or associate professors who meet the requirements of sub-article (1) of this Article
may, upon retirement, be given the rank and status of professor emeritus or associate professor
emeritus.
4. The retirement age of an academic staff of the College may be extended by the Ministry, for
two consecutive sets of terms of three years each, where:
a) the staff holds a Master’s Degree or above, remains in good health and has a meritorious
continuous service;
b) the institution reasonably justified, on the basis of actual and projected demand, the need
to extend the retirement age;
c) the staff has freely consented to extension of the retirement age.
Article 21: Criteria for Awarding Tenure
Tenure may be awarded to a full-time College Academic Staff member who:
1. holds the rank of Associate Professor or above and serve the College for a total of ten
years or assistant professor with 10 years’ service after holding such status ;and
2. demonstrates a desire to continue to serve the Colleges a staff member for an indefinite
period;
AND
3. has demonstrated throughout their professional career:
3.1. scholarly ability through teaching, research, publications or other contributions to

the advancement of the respective academic field; and
3.2. Service of merit to the College, through contributions to College committees or its
constituents or in connection with other tasks which may have been assigned.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 22: Procedure for Awarding Tenure
The College may offer tenure appointments on request of the applicant, endorsement of the
SC/DC and Approval of the Senate.
Article 23: Right of Tenured Staff
An Academic Staff member awarded tenure is guaranteed continued employment by the

College at their present rank, or any rank to be promoted, and at their present salary scale or
any other salary scale to which the Staff member may be elevated, so long as the Staff member
does not violate any of the conditions justifying discharge of Academic Staff members.
Article 24: Academic Freedom
1. Through contact with students for teaching purposes, an Academic Staff member has the right
to promote and permit an atmosphere of free, rational and dispassionate inquiry with respect to
issues relevant to the subject matter of the course including, where appropriate, discussions on
controversial points and the presentation of particular views therein without forcing the
assumption that these issues are settled in advance or the assumption that there is one right
view of the issue to the exclusion of open and intellectually disciplined discussion of any other
relevant views.
2. However, the academic freedom recognized under sub-article 1 of this Article may not be
exercised as a vehicle for the purposeful propagation of the view of any political organization
or religious group; or as an excuse for defamation.
3. An Academic Staff member has the right to conduct research and disseminate findings within
or outside the College through appropriate channels. Dissemination of research findings may
not, however, be exercised in the name of the College without scrutiny of the SC/DC and
approval of the RDD.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 25: Arrest or Conviction
An Academic Staff member who is arrested, charged with, or convicted of, any criminal
offence, save for petty offences like violation of traffic regulations, etc., shall take all
reasonable measures to inform anyone of the respective superiors.
Article 26: Working for Other Institutions or Private Interest
1. An Academic Staff member shall give full energy and attention, to the best of his
ability, to the required duties in the College unless with the endorsement of head of the
academic unit and approval of AVP, assigns duties for other institutions.
2. No Academic Staff member shall undertake any outside activity which may tend to
impair his usefulness to the College or conflict with their duties.
3. No Academic Staff member shall take up or accept any activities outside prearranged
College duties for remuneration which may impede upon College time and without
written prior permission of the head of the academic units.
4. The provisions of this Article, however, shall not be deemed to constitute a bar on an
Academic Staff member from participating in social organizations, civil societies, and
professional associations without affecting the College working time.
Article 27: Breaches of Duty and Disciplinary Regulations
1. Minor Disciplinary Offenses
The following acts and/or forbearances, which are not committed repeatedly, shall
constitute non-serious breach of duty and/or violation of disciplinary regulations by an
academic staff.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1.1. Unpunctuality to any of duties/responsibilities to be discharged in the College;
1.2. Dressing clothes below the standard of an instructor and inappropriate clothing
which does not go with the profession of teaching;
1.3. Inappropriate wordings and annoying intonation in speeches;
1.4. Failure to give the appropriate responses to any requests presented by the
concerned body of the College;
1.5. Absence from classes, invigilation duties, meetings, etc., without adequate reasons
and prior permissions from the immediate responsible body of the College;
1.6. Negligence of responsibilities and duties;
1.7. Failure to submit grades on time according to the centralized schedule produced
and distributed by the concerned body (the office of the Registrar).
2. Serious Breach of Duties
The following acts and/or forbearances shall constitute serious breach of duty and/or violation of
disciplinary regulations by an Academic Staff.
2.1. Willful refusal to perform assigned teaching and/or research function or assignments
of the College or school/department committee;
2.2. Willful failure to perform anyone or all of the obligations stipulated in one’s contract
of employment with the College and/or any one or all of the duties and
responsibilities specified under the provisions of Article 23 of this Legislation;
2.3. Continuation of a willful course of conduct, despite warning from the head of
academic unit specifying the conduct disapproved of, that demonstrates open
disloyalty to, and disrespect of, the College or causes unjustified embarrassment to
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
the College and harm to its programs;
2.4. Conviction of a serious crime or the commission of other acts of misconduct that
clearly reflect immorality or dishonesty;
2.5. Continuation of a willful course of conduct, despite warning by Head of academic

unit specifying the conduct disapproved of, that exhibits neglect of duties, repeated
absence from class and invigilation, failure in grade submission, habitual
drunkenness or similar breaches of social decorum, which produce serious
embarrassment to the College;
2.6. Abuse of position and/or authority in the College in clear violation of the
professional ethics and principles governing the academic profession and/or the
profession of the staff concerned;
2.7. Favoritism in grading, sexual harassment, molestations, physical violence,

incitements of riots & ethnic clashes, theft or breach of trust, abuse of power and
accepting bribes.
Article 28: Type and Classification of Disciplinary measures
Depending on the gravity of the offense, one of the following penalties may be imposed on an
academic staff for breach of discipline.
1. Measures to be taken for Minor disciplinary breaches:

a) Oral warning
b) Written warning
2. Measures to be taken for serious disciplinary breaches
a) Final written warning
b) Fine up to one month salary
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
c) Fine up to three months salary
d) Withholding the next academic rank or salary increment up to the period of two
years
e) Dismissal
Article 29: Disciplinary Action by a Head of the Academic Unit
A head of academic unit may take measures specified under a & b in both measures stipulated in Article
28 above. Any sanctions beyond these shall be referred to AVP. An academic staff dissatisfied with the
action taken by the head of the academic unit can appeal to the AVP, whereas appeal against AVP’s
decision shall be submitted to the President, within two weeks time.
Article 30: Academic Staff Disciplinary Committee (ASSC/DC)
1. At each College or equivalent institute of the College there shall be established Academic Staff
Disciplinary Committee accountable to the respective head of the college.
2. When there are cross-cutting disciplinary that cannot be seen by the college/institute level
ASSC/DC, or in events that the AVP finds it necessary to scrutinize the findings of ASSC/DC,
the AVP/President shall set up an ad-hoc disciplinary committee. The composition of the
committee is at the discretion of the AVP. However, there shall, at least, be a member from the
academic unit of the staff member, whose case is under scrutiny.
3. The ASSC/DC shall be chaired by a senior Academic Staff member to be assigned by the head
of the College and shall have no less than two and no more than four other members to be
elected by the general staff meeting of the campus from among the full- time staff members for a
period of two years.
4. The ASSC/DC shall be responsible for the hearing and investigation of any breach of duty or
violation of disciplinary regulations by an Academic Staff submitted to it in accordance with the
provisions of sub-article 6hereof.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5. The College shall establish rules of procedures for ASSC/DC in line with the Law of the Land,
this legislation and accepted norms of fairness and equity.
6. An initiation of disciplinary proceedings shall be made in writing including the name of the
accused, particulars of the offense, the time and place of the offense, list of the evidences and
contravened provisions of the law.
7. Proceedings before the ASSC/DC may be initiated by፡
a) The head of the academic unit where an Academic Staff is said to have committed a
serious breach of duty or violation of disciplinary regulations;
b) Colleagues, students and/or any other officer of the College who have sufficient and
substantiated reasons to believe that a staff member is responsible for violation of
disciplinary regulations, serious or otherwise.
8. The findings of the ASSC/DC and the recommendations of the sanctions to be applied
thereon shall be submitted to AVP.
9. The AVP, upon the recommendation of the ASSC/DC, shall take the sanctions under
Article 28 c-e.
10. An Academic Staff member dissatisfied with the findings and recommendations of the
ASSC/DC and action taken by AVP may appeal in writing to the president for
reconsideration within a week time. The decision of the President shall be final.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
PART THREE: PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND REVIEW
Article 31: Procedures for Program Development and Review
1. Needs assessment shall be carried out at two levels:-
a) College/high level and program level need assessments –is conducted centrally to understand
the general needs and expectations of the stakeholders/society from the College. Information
obtained at this level can be used as input for launching, revising and/or closing down of
existing programs in the College.
b) The program level need assessment refers to the investigation of the felt and anticipated need
of the society for the specific program. At this stage the economic feasibility of the program
is checked by preparing detailed business plan. Depending on the results of program level
need assessment and/or business plan the need for initiating a program can be acceptable or
unacceptable; in the latter case it can either be modified or dropped.
2. Drafting the curriculum involves the following detailed activities:
1. identifying desired learning outcomes expressed as graduate and professional profile

(detailed job and task analyses)
2. developing acceptable evidence to assure the desired results are achieved (outcome is
obtained)
3. develop course list, course distribution over the study period (course profile) and
descriptions for each course including learning and assessment strategies
4. work out inputs required (facilities, human resource, etc)
5. determine admission and certification/graduation requirements
Review workshop: - it is a forum where a completed draft curriculum is presented to internal

andexternalstakeholdersforfurtherfeedbackandenrichment.Afterthereviewworkshop the comments shall
be incorporated and the final document shall be presented for final approval. The appr oved
program/ curr iculum s hall be s ent for accredit ation. How ever, t he program can be launched without
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
being delayed by the accreditation process. A point of concern here was whether there is a need for
accreditation or a central approval mechanism including accreditation can be worked out.
i. Program approval
The program shall be approved by the College Senate following appropriate channel. However,
in order to avoid unnecessary duplication and to comply with the government policy, the
Ministry of Education is expected to periodically review national needs and issue directions on
the fields to be launched.
ii. Quality Assurance
The quality of the program shall be audited in accordance with the guidelines set by Higher
Education Relevance and Quality Agency (HERQA).
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
PART FOUR: ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS
Article 32: Policy Premises
The College establishes relevant programs of study and research with a view to expanding higher
education geared towards the overall effort of socio-economic development and the betterment of the
standards of living of the Ethiopian peoples. In all its department, institute and schools, it shall see to it
that standards for the measurement of the scholastic achievements of all that go through its program are
duly set up and effectively carried out. It shall also devise mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating the
effectiveness of existing programs as well as their relevance to the needs of the nation.
Article 33: Academic Calendar
1. In its regular program, the College shall have a two-semester calendar of eighteen weeks
(sixteen weeks of classes and/or practical and two weeks of exam) each, running from
September to June. In continuing education program (CEP), there are two semesters,
eighteen weeks each the same with the regular program and a Kiremt term of 8-12 weeks.
The programs of Health Sciences may employ a system of annual rather than semester
course offerings.
2. The Calendar for each year shall be prepared by the College Registrar in consultation with
the AVP and approved by the Senate. The College Calendar, among other things, shall
provide the following:
admission, readmission and registration; adding and dropping of courses/modules,

examination periods, beginning and end of semesters, inter-semester breaks, application
of research and teaching material proposals, annual research review, last date for
reporting exam results to the registrar, date of submission of annual research progress
reports to the office of the research and development director, instructor evaluation
weeks, the regular meetings of the Senate, final thesis submissions and open defense
dates, etc.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 34: General Provisions on Admissions to Undergraduate Programs
1. Admissions to undergraduate programs of any institution from preparatory schools shall be

based on completion of the preparatory program and obtaining the necessary pass marks in
the Ethiopian Higher Education Entrance Examination (EHEE). Admissions may also be
granted to students completing their secondary education in foreign countries on the basis
of equivalent academic achievements that shall be determined by the Ministry.
2. Admissions to all undergraduate continuing education programs shall be processed through

the Academic units, in consultation with the College Registrar, according to policies set for
such admissions.
3. The College in certain circumstances may admit students jointly with other affiliated
universities or institutes. Such admission may be processed at anytime of the academic
calendar as deemed appropriate. Students may also be admitted to more than one program
at the same time. However, criteria for such special admissions to individual programs
shall be developed and recommended by SC/DC and endorsed by the admission and
placement committee(APC).
4. Without prejudice to other provisions of this Article and this legislation and other
applicable laws, every institution shall admit:
a) for undergraduate studies, technical and vocational education and training

graduates with pertinent qualifications and who satisfy entrance qualifications
assessment set by the Ministry;.
b) for second degree-level graduate studies, candidates who have completed their
undergraduate studies with the academic results required by the institution; or, for
doctoral programs, candidates who have second-level degrees and the academic
results required by the institution;
c)
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 35: Admission Requirements
1. Regular Admission
As per the criteria set by ministry of education
2. Special Admission
g) Special admissions into some programs may be granted to attract potentially

resourceful candidates such as mature students. Details shall be worked out by the
APC.
h) A student who has successfully finished a set of particular modules which entitles
him/her to a degree may also peruse other related modules and earn another degree
continuously. Details guidelines shall be worked out by Academic Standard and
Quality Assurance Committee (ASQAC).
i) Private applicants who fulfill admission requirements as regular students and produce
evidence of financial support to cover full tuition fees and other expenses may apply
for admission into the regular program. However, such admissions should be
approved by the APC.
j) Under no circumstances private admissions to a regular program may exceed 5% of the

total students admitted in such program.
k) Other special admission, such as people from disadvantaged areas, physically

challenged people, people needing special training etc may be granted by the
decisions of the College.
Article 36: Admission Requirements for CEP
1. Admission to all full time and part-time studies for CEP are processed by the academic
unit, in consultation with the College Registrar’s office, as per the rules and regulations
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
proposed by APC and approved by the College Senate.
2. Special admission criteria developed by the Academic Unit Council and approved by
the APC may be employed for special admissions of females, mature students and for
upgrading programs.
3. College employees and their dependents can apply and register in the evening and other
special programs as per the rules and regulations of the College.
Article 37: Choice of Program of Study
1. Students will be admitted into the programs of their choice on a competitive basis using
their grade as a measure. However, special provisions shall be made for female students
and other socially disadvantaged groups that require affirmative action.
2. Academic Units may submit specific entrance requirements such as passes in certain
subjects or additional test results and may state if, and what, kinds of physical
disabilities prevent students from pursuing studies in their respective disciplines. These
requirements need to be developed by the relevant academic units and approved by the
APC of the Senate.
3. Students shall fill out application forms indicating their choices of discipline, grade and
other particulars for review by therapy.
4. In cases where there are more applicants than places in a program, those applicants who
fail to get their first choice will compete for their second choice and if they fail to get
their second choice they do the same for their third, fourth choice,etc.
5. Regular students sponsored by governmental institutions to fill specific vacancies shall

be placed in the program that offers the desired study provided that they meet the
minimum entrance requirement for the program and they provide letters from the
Presidents of Regional governments justifying the need for admission into the desired
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
program. However, such admission depends on the availability of place in the particular
program.
6. Physically challenged students shall be placed in accordance with the general
regulations governing placement, taking into consideration wherever necessary, their
specific needs.
7. When there are more applicants with the same grade indicating the same level of
preference to a program than places therein, applicants with better grades in the specific
entrance requirements shall be given priority.
8. The academic unit shall notify the relevant heads/director about placement results and if
departments or students have complaints on the results, these should be attended to
within one week following the announcement.
9. An applicant who believes that there was an error in the placement may report the case
to the academic unit and College Registrar for review.
10. The Academic unit ,through the College Registrar , shall report to the Senate all
admissions and placement made in the College
Article 38: Major and Minor Fields of Study

When circumstances require, the College may design major and minor courses and the proportion
thereof may be decided by the guidelines to be developed by ASQAC.
Article 39: Transfer of Students
Because ENAT College has various campuses, and in many cases, the same departments in the various
campuses, there may be a need for student transfer. When such a need arises, the transfer of students will
be entertained in the following manner.
1. Full-time Programs
1.1 A student may transfer from one program to another program within or across academic
units under the following conditions. All transfers must be processed by the College
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Registrar within two weeks following the beginning of classes.
(a) If the transfer is within the same academic unit, the Head of the academic unit
involved, in consultation with the respective SC/DC, approves the transfer.
(b) If the transfer is between academic units within the same college, the College head
in consultation with the respective academic units..
(c) If the transfer is between academic units of the different colleges, the College
Registrar, in consultation with the heads of the respective academic units, approves
the transfer.
1.2 Students shall be responsible for all the consequences that such transfers may entail.
1.3 Academic units shall publicize transfer possibilities, if any, within the first week
following the day classes are scheduled to begin.
In case of decline by respective office to approve the transfer request, students may appeal to the next
higher office in the structure. Students seeking transfer to the College from other universities should
have stayed in their department or program of study of the previous College for at least one semester.
The transfer process shall be handled by the College Registrar and heads of academic units with the
approval of the AVP. Detailed guidelines for such transfers shall be set by APC and approved by the
Senate.
3. Continuing Education Program (CEP)
Transfers from program to program or from one academic unit to another within CEP shall be
handled as per the provisions made for regular students.
Students in CEP (evening, distance and Kiremt) may transfer to regular programs as private students
upon approval by the concerned SC/DC and endorsed by APC provided they meet the conditions set
forth below.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2.1. Transfer to the regular study program is to enable CEP students to complete studies
quicker and will not change their admission classification from CEP to a regular program
and does not entail waiver of tuition fee.
2.2. Applicants must have accumulated 75% of the total credits required for graduation.
2.3. Outstanding students with a minimum Cumulative Average Number Grade (CANG) of
3.75 and/or students who would complete their studies within one academic year can apply
for transfer and selection will be made on a competitive basis. However, such students
may not exceed 2% of the total student enrolled in the batch of the program of study.
2.4. Transfer shall take place within the same programs only.
2.5. Applicants who meet the requirements stated above should fill in forms prepared for this
purpose by the Registrar and submit them to the academic unit.
2.6. Applications shall be submitted before registration in the program and the transfer should
be completed within two weeks after beginning of classes.
2.7. Academic unit may accept or reject transfer requests on the basis of availability of place
and facilities on a competitive basis. Such decisions shall be approved by the relevant
SC/DC and forward to the Registrar.
2.8. All transferred students shall pay all fees applicable to CEP. Under exceptional conditions,
such students may be allowed to take courses offered in evening, Kiremt or regular
programs as their situation warrants such an arrangement and when approved by the
SC/DC.
Article 40: Academic Advisor/ Guidance and counseling
1. Each student is assigned to one staff member in his/her academic unit department who serves
as his/her Academic Advisor. Students should feel free to discuss with their Advisor all
personal, social and other problems that directly or indirectly threaten their academic
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
performance.
2. The Academic Advisor shall keep close track of the students assigned to him/her and is
available for consultation and advice on request.
3. The Advisor shall maintain records of each student's performance and he/she advises the
College's senior administrators if serious problems arise requiring their intervention. All
documents relating to a student are maintained in strictest confidence.
4. Students will also benefit from the guidance and counseling office if their problems are beyond
the capacity of their advisors.
5. Whenever there is change of advisors there should be proper handover of students’ record.
Article 41: General Provisions on Modular Courses
1. All courses are expected to be modular.

2. While more than one module can be offered in a semester, it is recommended not to stretch
a single module more than two semesters.
3. All modules offered by the College shall have leaders/chairs, be numbered and the system
of numbering modules and courses shall be based on national modular curricula
harmonization guideline.
Article 42: Courses in General Module Category
1. All students pursuing undergraduate degree programs, diploma or certificates in the

College shall satisfy the general education requirements of this Article.
2. General modular category courses consist of courses selected for the purposeof:
2.1. enabling students acquire necessary communication and analytical skills that enhance
their capacities to benefit from their specialized training;and
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2.2. developing sound awareness in students’ physical and social environment in which
they will live andwork.
3. The number of general modular category courses should depend on the extent of coverage
of such courses in the curricula of 10+2 Preparatory schools or in their foreign equivalents
and the minimum requirements approved in the curricula of eachprogram.
Article 43: Elective Modular Courses
An Academic unit shall provide its students with opportunities to take a certain number of elective
courses/ modules. The proportion of electives to be taken in the upper and lower divisions should be
recommended by the SC/DC and approved by ASQAC.
Article 44: Phased-out Modular Courses
1. Students who have taken and passed phased-out modular courses in the Collegesystem are
not required to take the equivalent new courses upon readmission into the program.
2. Students who have scored “F”s in phased-out courses shall be required to remove their “F”s
by taking equivalent modular courses as determined by the SC/DC of academic unit in
which they areenrolled.
Article 45: Semester Load for Regular Students
1. A minimum ECTS or credit hours for full-time regular students especially females and special
need students shall be 25 or 15 per semester, respectively. The maximum load shall not be
exceeding 35 ECTS or 22 credit hours unless otherwise stated in the course
catalogue/curriculum.
2. This minimum and maximum load doesn’t include the College specific additional load which is
5 to 10ECTS.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3. The maximum load for part time students is 16 ECTS or 9 credit hours.
Article 46: Semester Load for Continuing Education Students

1. The normal load in evening & weekend programs shall be 14 to 18 ECTS or 8 to 12 credit
hours per semester unless otherwise prescribed in the course catalogue.
2. A student may be allowed to take up to 22 ECTS or 15 credit hours when:
a) the student secures a CANG or CGPA of 2.5 and above upon completion of an
equivalent course work corresponding to one academic year;
b) the student is at graduation year after passing all courses taken up todate.
4. The normal load for evening and weekend students in a Kiremt semester shall be 12 to 14
ECTS or 6 to 8 credit hours.
5. The normal semester load in the continuing Education for Kiremt students shall be 20 to 22
ECTS or 13 to 15 credit hours.
6. For the purpose of determining academic status of Kiremt students, one Kiremt session is
counted as a Kiremt Semester, but three Kiremt semesters are counted to one regular academic
year.
7. The Semester Average Number Grade (SANG) or SGPA calculated at the end of each Kiremt
Semester, in conjunction with Cumulative Student Status, shall be used to determine the
academic status of a student.
Article 47: Duration of Study and Validity of Modular Courses
Students enrolled in the College shall pursue programs of study for which the maximum lengths of stay
in programs and validity of courses are determined as follows:
1. The duration of study for undergraduate degrees in regular programs shall be from three
to six years.
2. The duration of study for undergraduate degrees in the continuing education programs
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
may be four to eight years depending on the program.
3. The maximum length of time students may stay in such programs may not exceed twice
the normal duration of study depending on the program.
4. A student who fails to complete any studies within the maximum length of time
permitted (sub-articles 1 to 3 of this Article) shall be cancelled from that program.
However, the student will be certified for the modules or courses successfully finished.
Article 48: Credit Requirements

1. A credit value is defined as 50 minutes in lecture or 2 to 3 hours of laboratory/ practical
or tutorial work guided activity.
2. The minimum total credit points for three years bachelor program shall be 180 ECTS or
109 credit hours while the maximum shall be based on College specific program which
will add 5-10 ECTS to 180ECTS.
3. The minimum total credit points for four years bachelor program shall be 240 ECTS or
will add 5-10 ECTS to 240 ECTS.
4. The minimum total credit points for five years bachelor program shall be 300 ECTS or
5. The minimum total credit points for six years bachelor program shall be 360 ECTS or
6. The proportion of time (lectures, laboratory works tutorials, home study, etc,) allotted
for a particular course/module shall be determined by an academic unit offering that
course/module and follow the approval of the SC/DC.
Article 49: Undergraduate Grading System
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1. On a module/course with practical and/or tutorial, a student should score at least 50% on
each to pass that course. A student with Fx shall take supplementary exam within two
weeks after the beginning of the semester; whereas those who scored ‘F’ grade should
repeat that course.
2. The final grade is obtained based on the sum of continuous assessment and summative
assessment (final exam) while the weight of the continuous assessment should not be less
than 50%.Semester Average Number Grade (SANG/SGPA) is determined by dividing
grade points earned in semester by the number of credit points in that semester.
3. The final number grade of a module is obtained based on the sum of the number grades of
independent courses with its weight given for each course in that module.
4. In cases where a student does not have full examination records, the instructor shall record
“NG” for No Grade. All “NG”s shall be changed to one of the following.
a) To an “I” (incomplete) by the SC/DC/AC in consultation with the instructor concerned
for a student who, because of illness or extenuating or extraordinary
circumstances, fails to complete the module/course. When there is no valid
reason, the “I” grade will be changed to ”F” within two weeks after the
beginning of the semester.
OR
b. To a “W” (withdrawn) by the Registrar for a student who has formally withdrawn from
the program within eight weeks (50% of the semester duration) after the beginning
of the semester.
OR
c) To a “DO” (dropout) by the Registrar for a student who has not withdrawn from a
program in accordance with the withdrawal procedures set forth by the College and the
time limit specified in the provisions of sub-article 7a hereof or has not produced
evidence justifying a failure to sit for the exam(s).
6. “W”, “DO” and “I” shall not play any part in the computation of the semester grade point
average.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7. A student who obtains a “DO” for a course or courses shall be required to justify the
reasons why he/she failed to comply with the withdrawal procedures set forth by the
College to the appropriate SC/DC within six weeks after the commencement of the
subsequent semester. Failure to do so shall result in an automatic “F” grade.
8. If a student repeats a course, the initial credit hour and grade shall appear on the transcript,
but be ignored in calculating the semester grade point average (SGPA/SANG) whether or
not there is a change in the grade i.e. only, the new grade and credit hour will be considered
in determining the status.
9. All required non-credit work shall be recorded with a grade of “P” (Pass) and “F” (Failure),
but neither shall be included in the computation of the SGPA/SANG.
10. A double asterisk (**) shall be entered in place of a letter grade in those rare cases where a
course is in progress and no work has been completed to give the instructor a basis for
giving a grade.
Article 50: Grading Scale and Letter Grade System for Ethiopian Public Universities
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Status Description
Class Description
Fixe d Number
Corresponding
Corresponding
Raw Mark Interval-[100 %]
Letter Grade
Grade
[90,100] 4.0 +
A
First class with

[85, 90) 4.0 A
distinction
Excellent
[80,85) 3.75 -
A
Great
+
class
[75,80) 3.5 B
Distinction
Very Good
[70,75) 3.0 B
First
with
class
Second Class First
[65, 70) 2.75 -
B
+
Unsatisf Satisfa Good
[60,65) 2.5 C
[50, 60) 2.0 C

ctory
[45, 50) 1.75 C-

Lower Lower
actory
Class
[40,45) 1.0 D
Class
Poor
Very
[30,40) 0 Fx
Lowest Lowest
Class
*Fail
Class
[<30) 0 F
Fail
Description of the Grading System
1. A student who scored ‘C-‘ and/or “D” in a course/s can pass to the next semester if he or she
has pass mark in Cumulative Average Number Grade(CANG).
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. If the ‘C-‘ and/or “D” grade is for a Module or for a course as a module, he/she must re- sit for
another exam with self-study to remove ‘C-‘ and/or “D” when module status determination is
required.
3. A student with a good stand can pass to the next semester and even can graduate if he/she
scores “D” and or “C-” in any course under module. Nevertheless, if the student is not in good
standing, he or she should re-sit an exam within two weeks after the beginning of the semester
with self-study.
4. A student who scored “Fx” must sit re-exam with minor support within two weeks time after
the beginning of the next semester. If a student scores “Fx” for the second time, the grade
shall be converted into “F” for status determination.
5. A student who scored “F” in a course/module must repeat the course/module for a
maximum of two-time. After that, if s/he repeats F grade, the student can requestor course
change/replacement or waiver as course allergic.
6. The final grade of any repeated course shall be maintained regardless of the initial one.
Article 51: Earning Credits on the Basis of Examination
In some circumstances students may earn credits on the basis of examination alone in certain modular
subjects, if the students produce evidence that they have a prior knowledge of such subject matter. In
such cases the following conditions should be taken into account:
1. If academic unit offers courses for which it accepts the earning of credit through examinations
alone, it shall submit a list of such courses to the Registrar’s office to be approved by the
ASQAC of the Senate.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. Of the total number of credit points required by academic unit for graduation, not more than 20%
shall be taken through earning credits on the basis of examination.
3. Any student that can present sufficient and convincing evidence to the head of academic unit
showing the acquisition of knowledge, insight or skills taught in any of the courses listed as per
sub-article 2 of this Article, shall register during the regular registration periods to obtain credits
through examinations only.
4. Registration to earn credits on the basis of examinations should be approved by the concerned
SC/DC and ASQAC.
5. Students who have registered for course(s) for which they seek to earn credits on the basis of
examinations shall take the examinations when they are offered to students who have attended
the module/course including all assessments.
Article 52: Student Academic Achievements

1. At the end of each semester, the academic unit will examine the status of all students who
are registered for the particular semester.
2. One semester in the regular program is equivalent to two semesters in the evening program.
The academic status of evening student is, therefore, determined every other semester.
3. For Kiremt programs, the academic status of the students shall be determined for a minimum
of 25 ECTS points/15 credit hours.
4. Grade report should be issued to applicants for semesters to which the status is determined by
the SC/DC.
5. The academic status of part-time students is determined for a minimum of 25 ECTS points/15
credit hours, starting from the first admission date of the students.
Article 53: Academic Standing of Undergraduate Students
1. Modular Courses
a) A first year student whose first semester SANG is>1.75 can pass to the second semester.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
b) A student who earned a 2.0 (C)” grade or above in all courses of a semester shall be in
good standing.
c) A student cannot register a course for more than three times in anyway. In case the student
scores F after three times, article 50.5 will apply.
d) If a student didn’t take supplementary examination having “Fx” within two weeks time due
to unjustifiable reason, the “Fx” shall be converted into “F” for status determination?
e) Any re-admitted student can repeat courses he/she scored “F”,”D” and or“C-“
f) Any consecutive warning leads to Academic Dismissal.
A cut-off SANG/SGPA and/or a CANG/CGPA for status determination of all students shall be as
follows:
First Year Students

• A student who, at the end of the first semester, receives an SGPA/SANG of less than l.50
shall be dismissed for academic reasons.
• A student, who, at the end of the first semester, scores a semester grade point average
(SGPA/SANG) of 1.50 up to 1.74 both inclusive, shall bewared.
• If a student, who has been put on warning during the first semester, fails to maintain an
SGPA/SANG of 1.75 or a CGPA/CANG of 2.00 during the second semester of the first
academic year, he is subject to dismissal unless otherwise put on probation at the discretion
of the academic commission.
• A student, who, at the end of the second semester, receives either an SGPA/SANG of less
than l.75 or a CGPA/CANG of less than 2.00 shall be warned.
• If student’s SGPA/SANG is less than 1.75 and his CGPA/CANG is less than 2.00, the
student is subject to dismissal.
• If a student fails to achieve a SGPA/SANG of 1.00 at any semester, s/he is subject to
dismissal.
Second and Higher Class Year Students
• A student, who fails to achieve either SGPA/SANG of at least 1.75 and/or a CGPA/CANG
of at least 2.00 at any semester, shall be warned by his dean. However, a student who fails
to achieve a SGPA/SANG of 1.00 at any semester is subject to dismissal.
• Astudent,whoforasecondconsecutivesemesterscoreseitheranSGPAoflessthan 1.75 or fails to
maintain a CGPA/CANG of 2.00, is subject to dismissal unless put on probation. A student who is
subject to dismissal cannot claim probation as a matter of right
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
2. Discretionary probation
i. The function of discretionary probation, which can only be granted by the respective Academic
Unit, is to allow students who fall below the required academic standards to continue their
studies. The decision to permit a student to continue his/her studies on discretionary probation
is based on individual consideration of his/her case and a conclusion that, in view of all the
relevant circumstances, there prevails a reason to believe that the student can raise
himself/herself academically to the required level of achievement.
ii. At the end of the semester, each academic unit, pursuant to procedures fixed by its SC/DC, will
examine the case of each student who is subject to dismissal due to academic deficiency. The
inquiry will attempt to determine why the student failed and whether there is reason to believe
that he/she will meet the required academic standards within the remaining study period of the
student. As a result of this inquiry, students may be placed on probation if it is determined by
the respective SC/DC that:
a) valid reasons exist to explain their low academic performance;

b) those causes for their academic deficiencies can be removed;
c) the students can attain the required academic standard during the same semester in
which they have been put on probation.
iii. An SC/DC of particular academic unit may attach certain conditions to grant a probation,
which must be met if the students are to remain enrolled.
iv. When students are placed on probation, their head of the academic unit will notify of their
status and what is expected of them in their academic performances and what will be the
consequences of the failure to meet these requirements in the future.
v. Even so, a student shall be dismissed after being placed on warning for one semester and on
probation for another consecutive semester if he/she doesn’t remove himself/herself from
probation by attaining a CANG/CGPA of2.00.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Article 54: Class Attendance
1. A student is required to attend all lecture, laboratory and practical sessions as well as field
work of courses, except for courses in which earning of credits through examination
alone is accepted.
2. Except for extenuating circumstances, students are required to maintain a minimum of 80%
attendance to earn credit in the given course. However:
2.1 Some program may demand 100% attendance where such full attendance is
academically indispensable; and
2.2 Academic units may not allow the 20% non-attendance provision for certain
portion of a course, such as laboratory or field experiences judged academically
indispensable for the student.
3. A student who has missed more than 20% attendance shall be given a grade of IA
(Incomplete Attendance) and be required to provide acceptable reasons for failure to
attend classes.
3.1 If a student’s incomplete attendance is proven to have been for valid reasons,
course registration will be cancelled and the student shall be permitted to retake
the course.
3.2 If a student’s incomplete attendance was due to reasons that were not valid, the
IA grade shall be changed to an “F” at the end of the sixth week of the next
enrolment in the program.
Article 55: Repeating, Adding and Dropping of Courses
1. A student who has obtained “Fx” grade in a course with fulfilling the required attendance shall
be allowed to take re-exam. A student who scored a grade of ’F’ for any prerequisite course for
the third time will be dismissed for academic reasons. However, graduating class student who
scored ‘F’ grade in any course for the third time can apply for course allergic if he fulfils
minimum credit points required for graduation.
2. A grade of a student for repeated exam shall be accepted as it is. The previous ‘F’ grade shall be
shown as cancelled on transcript to indicate that the exam has been repeated and the new grade
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
shall be included in computation of the SANG/SGPA in the reporting period.
3 Adding and dropping of the courses shall be treated as per the College academic calendar.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
PART FIVE: ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION
Article 56: General Provisions of Examinations
As a matter of general principle continuous assessment in the form of tests, reports,

assignments, presentations, etc. should be made for every module/course which shall count for
not less than 50% of the total module/course mark. The remaining 50% shall be allotted for a
final exam at the end of module/course. However, some discipline such as Medicine can set out
their own general guidelines.
1. Examinations may be written, practical, oral, etc. depending on the nature of the course.
However, in those cases where examinations are conducted orally, a written record of
the student’s performance and the basis for the determination of grades shall be kept by
the instructor(s).
2. The number, type and schedule of exams or tests in a course are determined by the
modular/course team but shall be stated on the course outline/syllabus to be issued to
students at the beginning of the course.
3. A course outline/syllabus, as a matter of routine, shall include information on the

distribution of points/mark among various types of exams and other works in
percentage terms. A copy of the course outline shall be submitted to the academic units
at the beginning of each module/course.
4. Copies of all exams, tests and quizzes, along with their answer keys and marking
schemes, which go into the determination of a student’s final grade in a course, shall be
kept with the instructor for at least one year. However, copies of the periodic exams
along with their answer keys and marking schemes shall be deposited with the
academic unit within three days following the administration of the exams.
5. In those cases where a course is taught by the same instructor to more than one section
of students in the same program, examinations shall be of the same form and content.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
The same scheme of grading shall also be employed.
6. A common examination paper shall be prepared in case where more than one instructor
teaches a course with the same title and ECTS/credit hour to one or more sections.
7. Where common examination(s) have to be given for a course(s) taught by more than
one module/course instructor, the academic unit that offers the course(s) shall ensure
that all instructors involved in the teaching of the course have reached an agreement on
the content of the exam(s). The academic unit that offer such courses shall work out
procedures by which reviews of exam questions for such courses will be carried out by
a full panel of instructors involved in the teaching of the courses. Instructors are
required to be present at meetings in which exam questions are reviewed and
determined for such courses.
8. Where common exams are given or, where more than one instructor teaches a course, a
panel of instructors shall work out a marking scheme and a copy shall be submitted to
the academic unit before the completion of marking.
9. Examination papers prepared by the instructor or a panel of instructors shall be
submitted to the module/course team for review and endorsement.
10. Final grades for all module courses shall be reviewed and endorsed by module/course
team.
11. Final grades shall be submitted by the instructor to the registrar and with a copy to the
head of the academic unit on duly signed official grade report form. This document
shall be prepared legibly with no alterations or erasures.
12. A copy of grade report sheets and minutes of the module/course team for all courses
shall be kept at the academic unit.
13. An official grade report form shall be filled out only by the instructor(s) who had taught
the course, set or participated in the setting of the exam questions and marked the exam
papers.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
14. When, for reasons beyond control, the provisions of sub-article 13 of this Article cannot
be met, the setting of examinations and the marking of exam papers shall be carried out
by a qualified member of staff designated by the academic unit head.
15. In those cases where the head academic unit had to designate someone other than the
instructor who had taught the course to either set or mark the examination, the Head
shall forthwith present the case to the SC/DC for endorsement.
16. Students have the right to see their corrected exam papers.
17. Official grade report forms shall be prepared by the registrar and shall carry all the
names, ID numbers of students who have been on the official class list for the course.
18. Under no circumstances may students be allowed to handle grade report forms,
including forms on which grades have not been filled out.
19. Grades shall officially be announced to students by the registrar.
20. Academic unit must make sure that instructors on leave have submitted the grades of
students in their hand before departure.
Article 57: Periodic and Exit Examination
Students in the College shall sit for periodic/holistic and/or exit exams without prejudice to the
continuous assessments:
1. A student may sit for one of the two final/holistic exams to be administered consecutively
at an interval of two weeks at each time.
2. Students shall be registered for exit exam upon successful completion of all the
modules that may be required by the program.
3. Exit exam, if any, should be identified with course title &code.
4. The grade point of exit exam should not be included in the computation of either semester or
cumulative status of student.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5. The exit exam result shall be rated as Pass (P) or Fail (F) status. The pass mark at the exit
exam shall be determined by respective program to qualify for graduation.
6. Exit exam, if any, shall be given once in a year for graduating students and the period shall
be indicated in the academic calendar.
7. A student who failed the exit exam can repeat it twice but no special reexamination schedule
shall be arranged for failing students. The student shall be academically dismissed for good
if he fails for the third time.
Article 58: Administration of Examinations
1. The number of candidates sitting for an examination in every exam hall shall be
prepared in advance of the examination by the module/course team leader or delegate
and shall be handed over to the invigilators for purposes of checking attendance in the
exam.
2. No student may be admitted into an exam hall 15 minutes after the beginning of the
examination. However, all examinations must start on time and no corrections and other
announcements made for students at the beginning of the exam shall be repeated.
3. No student may be allowed to leave an exam hall within 30 minutes of the beginning of
an examination and before signing the examination attendance sheet.
4. In the event that a student is forced to leave an exam hall for health reasons, and in so
far as the student is in a conscious and sound state of mind, the invigilator in attendance
shall inform the student of the fact that certification from any legally established public
medical institutions has to be obtained expeditiously to substantiate the claim of
sickness or illness.
Article 59: Violations of Examination Regulations
1. Any one of the following shall be interpreted as an act of cheating in an examination or

any other graded exercise and shall have direct consequences on the marking or grading
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
of all kinds of examination papers, term papers, projects or senior essays and for the
determination of academic status of students.
1.1 Found in possession and copying from pieces of paper or any other source of
information brought into an exam hall where such material is not specifically
permitted.
1.2 Working on or being found in possession of exam papers other than one’s own.
1.3 Exchanging information in the exam hall through oral, symbolic, written, and
electronic or (holding electronic devices) any other means where these are not
specifically permitted.
1.4 Making use of someone else’s work, or parts thereof, without acknowledging
the same and with deliberate intent to represent such material as one’s own.
1.5 Sitting on an examination in a course for which one has not been registered.
1.6 Taking an examination by proxy, i.e. through a secondary party.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1.7 Submitting a work or works for which it can clearly be established that the work
or part of it is not produced by the student claiming authorship or production.
1.8 Disorderly conduct in an exam hall, including refusal to accept and abide by
instructions given by the invigilator.
1.9 Copying or trying to copy from any other student or deliberately letting any
student copy from one’s exam paper.
1.10 Engaging in any other act that is deemed inappropriate to the smooth and fair
conduct of the examination.
2. Any one of the following shall be interpreted as intention to cheat in an exam or in any
other graded exercise, and shall have direct consequences on the marking and grading
of all kinds of examination papers, term papers, projects or senior essay and for the
determination of the academic status of students.
2.1. Being found with any kind of written material not officially permitted into the
exam hall in any form (on paper, on clothing, on body parts, etc.) or with
equipment and devices of all kinds such as cell phone that are not specifically
permitted.
2.2. Evading signature of attendance sheets in an examination or trying to leave
examination halls without submitting answer sheets in ways that could lead to
claiming absence from the hall.
3. An invigilator who apprehends a student in the act of cheating in an exam or exercise
shall forthwith inform the student that his/her behavior will be reported. The invigilator
shall also make as detailed and complete note of the incident(s) as possible in
preparation for this reporting. The invigilator shall collect all evidence of cheating
(copies of plagiarized material, scraps of smuggled papers, notebooks, exchanged exam
papers, prohibited devices, testimonies by other supervisors, etc.).
4. Where the act or intent of cheating has been committed in an exam hall, the instructor
or the invigilator shall sign on the exam paper and allow the student to continue to work
on the exam and report the case to the concerned academic unit.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5. Where the invigilator discovers evidence demonstrating that there was intent on the part
of the student to cheat but no clear evidence that the student has actually cheated, the
student shall be permitted to continue to work on the exam but shall be told that the
behavior will be reported. The invigilator shall collect all pieces of evidence on intent
to cheat in preparation for reporting.
6. All pieces of evidence on cheating or attempted cheating and reports in justification of
decisions made by the invigilators on the spot shall forthwith be submitted to the course
instructor who in turn shall present to the academic unit head in which the student is
enrolled.
7. The Head of the academic unit shall present the case to the SC/DC which shall
determine if there had indeed been a clear case of cheating or of intended cheating. The
SC/DC has the authority to seek additional evidence to reach a decision, including one
of requiring the candidate involved in the act of violation to testify.
8. In the event that the SC/DC finds a clear case of cheating, it shall decide and inform the
instructor of the course that the student obtains an “F” grade for the course/module. For
other disciplinary measures including warning or suspension for at least one semester
the case shall be forwarded to students’ discipline committee.
9. Where the incident of cheating has occurred for the first time in the course of a student's
stay in a particular program, the academic unit head shall warn the student in writing
and publicize the case within the campus.
10. A student who has been reported for cheating for the second time shall be suspended for
at least one academic year by the SC/DC. Any student who
commitssuchanoffenceforthethirdtimewhileenrolledinaprogramshallbe

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
dismissed indefinitely. Dismissal shall be recommended by the SC/DC and approval
by the AVP.
11. Where a cheating incident or intent to cheat involves more than one student the
following procedure shall be followed:
11.1. If all students happen to be enrolled in the course in which the incident has
occurred they shall all be penalized in the same way and equally;
11.2. If any one of the students happens not to be enrolled in the course but happens to
be a student of another year in the same academic unit or in any other unit of the
College system, that student’s case shall be referred directly to the head of the
academic unit or AVP and the provisions sub- articles 10 & 11 of this Article
shall apply.
Article 60: Remarking of Examinations
1. General Provisions for Remarking
A student who is aggrieved by the grade obtained in a course shall have the right to petition
for remarking their exam paper on the basis of the conditions set forth hereunder.
1.1 The student has the right to see the results of their examination papers.
1.2 The petition shall be formally submitted to the head of academic unit within the
time frame set in the Academic Calendar.
1.3 The maximum number of courses that the student can apply for remarking shall
be only two at any one time. However, if the remarking result proved that the
complaint of the student was correct, the remarking shall not be counted against
the student in which case the student may apply for additional remarking as the
case may be even after the time frame set in the Academic Calendar.
1.4 A grade obtained in remarking shall be final even if it is lower than the one
previously obtained.
Article 61: Re-marking Procedure
g) Each academic unit shall be in possession of the standard application form to be

filled out by students who petition for re-marking. Such forms shall require of the
student to specify the reasons for disputing the earned grade.
h) Upon receipt of the petition for remarking, the Head of the academic unit will, after
Page 101 of 134
consulting with the instructor of the course, decide on whether or not there exists a
basis for granting the request and where the request is denied the student shall be
informed in writing the reasons for the denial.
i) If it is decided that a student's examination shall be re-marked, the Head academic
unit shall:
i. obtain all relevant exam papers and grade distribution scale employed by
the instructor;
ii. Obtain the answer sheets or papers written by the petitioning and other
students in the section to which the student belongs.
j) The Head of the academic unit shall then assign at least two Academic Staff
members who shall do the remarking separately and who, if necessary, may consult
with the instructor who originally did the marking and report separately to the
Head with a recommended grade.
k) The Head of the academic unit shall then decide what grade to give to the
student taking into consideration the grades given by the three Academic Staff
members.
l) The module/course team leaders submit the final result to the head in three
copies. The heathen:
i. Signs and sends the hard and soft copy to the office of the Registrar;
ii. Signs and sends one copy to the Head of the academic unit concerned; and
iii. Signs and sends one copy to the course instructor.
m) If, at the end of the remarking process, there is conviction beyond reasonable
doubt that the first marking was prejudicial to a particular student in ways that
prove that the instructor was deliberately intending on harming the student
academically, the head shall take up the matter through proper channels for
disciplinary action against the course instructor in question.
n) If a student, upon petitioning for remarking, had claimed that there might be
motives for which the instructor unfairly graded the student’s papers, and if,
upon the completion of remarking the paper, no evidence of unfairness is found,
the instructor concerned shall receive a letter from the Head of the academic
unit exonerating the student of any allegations.
o) The case of a student who had filed unfounded allegations against an instructor
in connection with the marking of examination papers shall be forwarded by the
Page 102 of 134
module/course team leader which offers the course to the head of the academic
unit in which the student is enrolled for disciplinary measures.
Article 62: Make-up Examinations
1. Make-up examinations shall not be allowed for the purpose of raising grade point
averages. However, a student unable to sit for an examination for extenuating
circumstances, such as hospitalization or accidents, and therefore has an"I"
(incomplete) grade against a course may be allowed to sit for a make-up examination in
the course.
2. Any such student, or a person representing the student, shall submit in writing valid and
documented reasons for not having sat for the examination to the Head of the academic
unit within two weeks after the start of the subsequent semester.
3. If the makeup examination is pertinent to continuous assessment part of the course, the
case of the student can be decided by the instructor of the course and the head before
the final examination.
4. Where the SC/DC finds that the student did not have valid reasons for not sitting for
final examination, the "I" grade on the student's record shall be changed automatically
to "F", SANG/SGPA shall be calculated and the status of the student shall be
determined accordingly.
5. An actively enrolled non-graduating student who is allowed to sit for a make-up
examination shall normally register for the examination at the beginning of the semester
when the final examination in the course is next administered.
6. A non-graduating student who is not actively enrolled but allowed to sit for a make-up
examination shall apply and register for the examination at least one month (the dates to
be announced by the Registrar) before the final examination of the course is scheduled
to beadministered.
7. A graduating student within the final semester who fails to sit for final examinations in
one or more courses for valid reasons shall be allowed to sit for make-up examination
within three weeks of the following regular semester. However, if such a student is in
the first semester of the final year, shall be allowed to sit for make-up examinations in a
maximum of two courses within three weeks of the following semester.
8. Notwithstanding sub-article 6 of this Article, a student who has three or more "I" grades
Page 103 of 134

in a semester and is allowed to sit for a make-up examination shall, irrespective of
academic status, withdraw from the College for academic reasons and apply for make-
up exam as in Sub-Article 6 hereof. No SANG/SGPA shall be calculated and no
academic status shall be determined for such a student until the results of the make-up
examination are known.
9. A student who has less than three (one or two) "I" grades in a semester and who is
allowed to take a make-up examination may continue studies in subsequent semesters if
the student is in good academic standing. For such a student, average point shall be
calculated and academic status shall be determined based on the grades obtained and
excluding courses in which the "I" grades are registered. Such a student shall also apply
and sit for make-up examination in incomplete courses as in sub-Article 4hereof.
10. A student who has less than three "I" grades but is not in a good academic standing is
subject to withdrawal and may apply for readmission and/or be treated as in sub article
6 of this article.
11. Any “I” grade not removed within a year as per the provisions of this Article shall be
converted to a “F”grade.
Article 63: Repeating Courses
1. A student who obtains a “F” grade in a course may repeat the course in consultation
with his/her academic advisor until the “F” grade is removed whenever it is offered.
However, if the student does not remove an “F” grade after repeating twice and if such
a course is not a major course the SC/DC shall recommend an equivalent course.
2. A student who has been allowed to repeat a course based on an original “D” grade
cannot repeat the course more than twice unless it is required to remove the student’s
academic deficiency for graduation.
3. If a student repeating a course based on an original grade of “F” or “D” grade, scores an
“F”, the last “F” grade shall be final unless the student is allowed to take the course
again. Previous grade or grades of “F”, or “D” should be shown as cancelled on the
transcript to indicate that the course has been repeated; and the new grade shall be
included in the computation of the SANG/SGPA in the new reporting period.
4. Students repeating courses in which they scored “F” grades must register for the course
and carry out all academic activities pertaining to the course.
Page 104 of 134
Article 64: Re-admissions
1. Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-article 2 and 3 of this Article, all re-
admissions shall be processed in accordance with the procedures laid down by the
Senate.
2. Re-admission of students in good academic standing.

2.1 A student who, for reasons beyond control, discontinues studies may apply for
re-admission into the same program for any number of times provided that the
maximum duration of stay in the program, counted from the date of first
enrolment, has not expired or will not have expired before completion of the
program following re-admission. Such readmission shall be to the same
semester that the student discontinued studies. However, a student who has 80%
attendance shall be readmitted before two weeks to the final exam.
2.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-Article 1 of this Article, readmission of
students in good standing is subject to availability of facilities and necessary
budgetary allocations.
2.3 In those cases where there had been curricular changes in a program, the
academic unit may require the readmitted student to take new courses that have
replaced those taken and passed prior. However, where there is an equivalent
course such shall be done for the student.
2.4 Upon re-admission of a student in good standing, the academic unit shall supply
a list of courses from which the student will be exempted and of new courses
substituting phased out courses to be taken.
3. Re-admission of academically dismissed students.
3.1 A student may be readmitted after dismissal provided all of the following are
fulfilled:
a. The dismissal was not due to acts of violation that resulted in his/her
termination with the College;
b. The student may apply for re-admission at least after one semester
following withdrawal from the College except for CEP students who may
apply for readmission at any time. However, a student may be re-admitted
in a semester when there are more courses the student is eligible to register
for.
Page 105 of 134
c. Space is available in the program and there exists a likelihood that the
student will raise their grade point to the required level after removing any
deficiencies which should not take more than one year;
d. The maximum duration of stay in the program has not expired or is not
likely to expire before the completion of the remaining courses of study.
3.2 A dismissed regular student, who is re-admitted and allowed to repeat a course
or courses in a given semester, may be dismissed indefinitely, for not attaining
good academic standing upon determination of status. However, such students
may be admitted as new student into the CEP as per the rules and regulations of
CEP program.
Article 65: Re-Examinations
1. Re-examinations shall be allowed for

1.1. A student in any year who may not have a possibility of repeating a course(s)
due to discontinuity of an academic program and/or
1.2. A graduating student.
2. The following shall be the conditions under which re-examination is to be granted:
2.1 The courses are those that the student had taken during the foregoing semesters
of the program;
2.2 The maximum number of courses shall be two for a graduating student and a
maximum of four for a student described under 1.1 above; and
2.3 The student’s CANG/CGPA must be such that when an input of minimum
1.7 or “C” grade on the course is made as a result of the re-examination, the
student qualifies for graduation or promotion,
a) During the student’s tenure at the College, a student can sit for re-
examination only twice in the same course and as per 1.1 and 1.2 of this
article.
b) any time during a study program
3. A student who fails in the final year essay or project shall be allowed to reregister for
the essay or project to have it completed during the subsequent semester.
4. Re-examination Grade
The grade obtained for re-exam shall be recorded for the subject.
5. Time and Administration
Page 106 of 134

a. Time
Re- examinations shall be administered any time within three weeks after the
commencement of the subsequent semester.
If the time of examination extends into the next period of training, students shall
be allowed temporary registration. Depending on the results, the registration may
be cancelled or retained as soon as the status is determined.
b. Administration
The Academic Unit Head, on behalf of the SC/DC, shall determine and notify re-
examines, set and announce dates of re-examinations to students and Academic
Staff within three days after beginning of the semester. The course/module
instructor shall submit to the Registrar the grades of students within two days of
the examination dates.
Article 66: Small Academic Deficiencies at the Completion of a Study Program
1. Condition:
1.1. The student has taken all the courses in the designated study program and has
completed the program of study unsatisfactorily.
1.2. The student has exhausted all entitlements (readmission, repeating of courses,
re-examination etc.).
1.3. The SC/DC has examined the academic files and proved beyond doubt that if
the student is given this last chance and scores a minimum of 1.7or “C” in each
of the courses the student is allowed to repeat, the student can fulfill the
requirements for graduation.
2. A student who meets the above conditions (1.1 – 1.3) shall be allowed, as a privilege,
the following:
A student, who at the end of a study program, has a CANG of at least 1.65 or CGPA of
1.95 shall be allowed to raise the CANG to >1.70 or CGPA to > 2.00 to graduate by
repeating a maximum of four courses (an equivalent of 18 ECTS) over two semesters.
Article 67: Waiver
Where peculiar hardship and unique reasons exist, the ASQAC may, at the request of the
concerned SC/DC, permit a waiver of course requirements for a particular student. The SC/DC,
in recommending a waiver of the course requirements for a particular student, shall provide
adequate justifications demonstrating existence of peculiar hardship and unique reasons. There
could be circumstances where waiver cannot at all be allowed such as major areacourse(s).
Page 107 of 134
3.16. Graduation Requirement of Undergraduate Program
General Requirements for Graduation:-
The following constitute Requirements for Graduation:
a. All the required courses/modules and the minimum credit hours set by the respective
academic unit should be satisfied, except to phase in and phase out program.
b. A Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)/ CANG of 2.00 must be obtained;

c. No "F" grade in any course/module taken for undergraduate program
d. An undergraduate student who fails in an examination ("F" grade) may, with the
permission of respective Academic Council, register and repeat the course) s). In such a
case the student shall pay all fees for the repeated semester(s).
e. A student, who fails to graduate due to CGPA/ CANG less than 2.00 but above the
required CGPA of 1.85 for three year and 1.92 for five year degree students may, with
the permission of the concerned Academic Council, be allowed to register and repeat
the course(s) in which he/she scored a "D"/”C-“grades. However, such repetition of
courses should not be more than once for students who are previously readmitted and
two times for those non readmitted students. In such a case the student shall pay all
fees for the repeated semester(s).
f. Students, who fail to graduate due to less CGPA than the required or due to "F" grade
and have no more chance to upgrade their CGPA or to remove their "F" may be given
certificate of attendance with their transcript stated as "graduate failure".
Article 68: Graduation with Distinction and Great Distinction

The following shall constitute the requirements for academic distinction upon graduation.
1. A student who, upon completion of the requirements for the baccalaureate degree, has a
CANG/CGPA> 3.75 shall graduate with Great Distinction. If the student has
CANG/CGPA between 3.25 and 3.74 the student shall graduate with Distinction.
Article 69: The College Medal

The College Gold Medal is a prize awarded every year at the commencement exercise to one
outstanding regular student from each college/faculty. The award is made on the basis of
academic excellence, character, gender and participation in extra-curricular activities. The
SC/DC of each academic unit shall, each year, recommend to the Senate its outstanding student
for the latter’sapproval.
Page 108 of 134

PART SIX: ACADEMIC RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
GRADUATE STUDIES
Article 70: General Provisions on Graduate Program

1. Each academic unit may offer programs of study and research leading to the Master of Arts
(M.A.), the Master of Education (M.Ed.), the Master of Science (M.Sc.), Masters of Law
(LL.M), and similar other post-graduate degrees. The academic unit may also, as conditions
permit, offer such programs of study and research leading to PhD degrees and post-graduate
diplomas.
2. The academic units shall function through Department Graduate Committees (DGC).
3. All College-wide policies, rules and regulations shall mutatis mutandis apply to the
program.
4. Academic unit may run joint graduate programs in collaboration with other universities
until it develops the necessary capacity to run programs on its own and/or complement
each other for better competency of the graduates. In such cases special procedures may
be set to administer such programs in agreement with the collaborating institution.
5. A minimum academic rank of staff offering courses in the graduate program should be
assistant and associate professor for masters and doctorate degrees, respectively.
However, in case of staff shortage the DGC shall propose staff with merit with lecturer
rank (for masters program) and assistant professor (for PhD program) shall offer
courses with the approval of AVP.
Article 71: The Department Graduate Committee (DGC)

There shall be established a Department Graduate Committee (DGC), hereinafter referred to as the
DGC.
1 Compositions and Term of Office.
1.1 The DGC shall be composed of the Department Head as Chairperson and at
least three staff members but not exceeding seven with the rank of Assistant
Professor or above to be elected by the SC/DC.
Page 109 of 134

1.2 The term of service of elected members of the committee shall be three years.
1.3 A member shall be eligible forre-election.
2 Duties and Responsibilities

The DGCs shall:
2.1 supervise all activities of the programs;
2.2 approve status of the students, and review and endorse grades;
2.3 prepare periodic reports on its activities and submit the same to the academic
unit;
2.4 recommend and/or approve a research adviser for each graduate student;
2.5 Recommend members of examining Board for thesis, dissertation and other
qualifying examinations for approval by the SC/DC;
2.6 review and approve thesis research proposals submitted by graduate students
under the supervision of their academic advisors;
2.7 oversee settings of entrance examinations and screen candidates and approve for
admission;
2.8 screen and assign graduate students eligible for teaching assistantship;
2.9 attend to all academic problems that concern the academic unit at graduate
studies level;
2.10 Suggest revision and amendment of policies, rules and regulations governing
graduate studies in the academic unit;
2.11 approve graduate program course offerings and thesis research proposals of
graduate students;
2.12 endorse proposals of the SC/DC concerning new graduate programs for
subsequent approval by the Senate and periodically assess and evaluate existing
ones;
2.13 accomplish all other duties assigned by the SC/DC and the College
2.14. Consider any matter entrusted to it by the Senate or the academic unit head;
Article 72: Admission to the Graduate Program (GP)
1. General Admission Provisions
1.1 A candidate who has a high scholastic standing, whose professional experience
has been superior and who has received good recommendations shall be given
priority for admission. Moreover, priorities in admission may be granted to
government sponsors as per the pressing need of the government.
Page 110 of 134

1.2 The minimum intake of a Master program shall be five students. However, the
optimum (minimum and maximum) number of students in the different graduate
programs shall be determined by the respective SC/DC taking into consideration
the number of staff, availability of space and demand for training.
1.3 The academic unit may, from time to time, include additional admission
requirements in conformity with College rules and regulations. These may be of
general application or may pertain to specific programs of graduate studies.
2 Admission Requirements for the Masters Programs
2.1 Academic Requirements
a. The applicant must have completed the academic requirements for the
Bachelors Degree in the specific/related field(s) of study at the Collegeor any
other recognized institution of higher learning as recommended in the respective
curriculum.
a. The applicant must meet satisfactorily the selection criteria which may
include the entrance examination to be administered by the academic
units concerned. Foreign applicants may, in lieu of sitting for entrance
examination, submit results of GRE/TOEFL/IELTS or equivalent,
language proficiency examinations, for applicants whose undergraduate
medium of instruction is not English, etc.
2.2 Non-academic Requirements
a. Academic units may, for pedagogic reasons or special requirements of the
field of study, set appropriate age limits subject to the approval of ASQAC.
b. Academic units may also set appropriate work experience requirements after
obtaining the bachelors degree subject to the approval of the ASQAC.
2.3 The candidate must produce a minimum of two letters of recommendation from
undergraduate instructors, employers or professional Associates.
3 Provisional Admissions
Students admitted to a program from a field of specialization other than the intended
area of specialization will be required to take undergraduate courses which will be
determined by the SC/DC.
3.1 A student given provisional admission has to complete the prescribed courses
before being formally accepted as a regular graduate student. The performance
Page 111 of 134
of the student in the prescribed undergraduate courses will not be considered for
SANG/SGPA and/or CANG/CGPA calculation but will appear on the transcript.
3.2 The duration of the student's stay in the Colleges a provisionally admitted
student shall be determined by the Academic units concerned, but shall not
exceed one academic year.
3.3 A provisionally admitted student who has satisfactorily completed the
prescribed undergraduate courses shall be granted regular graduate student
status.
3.4 A provisionally admitted student may, upon permission of the DGC, register for
and take graduate level courses as qualified.
3.5 Such a student must obtain a grade of at least C in the undergraduate courses
taken as prescribed in sub-article 3.3 of this Article.
4 Transfer of Postgraduate Students between Institutions

4.1 Qualified persons may apply for advanced standing admission which is
determined by the concerned DGC if applicants:
a. have successfully completed a minimum of one year of study in a similar
graduate program in another institution; and
b. meet the special requirements of the program they are applying to.
4.2 Upon admission of such a student, the DGC shall determine the courses from
which the student is to be exempted.
Article 73: Enrollment and Registration at the GP
1. Application for admission into the graduate program is normally processed before the
beginning of each semester.
2. Every student of the PG must register at the beginning of each semester in order to keep
enrollment active. A student who fails to maintain continuous registration without
officially withdrawing from GP shall be considered to have dropped out. If such a
student wishes to resume studies, the student must apply in writing for readmission to
the GP. The program for a readmitted student shall be reassessed in terms of the rules
and regulations in force at the time of readmission.
3. The Academic units may provisionally register candidates, but such cases must be
presented within six weeks for approval by the DGC followed by official registration if
the admission disapproved.
Page 112 of 134

Article 74: Program of Study for Graduate Studies
1. Within the general program of the academic units, candidates shall have their programs of
study approved by the DGC of the academic unit in which they are enrolled. The
program shall be based on thesis and course-work or course-work alone under special
conditions. The candidate shall study under a thesis advisor who may be assisted by a
co-advisor and/ or an advisory committee for the student if and when required. At least
one member of the committee should be nominated by the academic unit on its behalf.
The supervisor and the student advisory committee shall be approved by the DGC.
2. The DGC shall present its program of graduate studies to the SC/DC which, after
careful consideration, shall present it to the ASQAC which in turn shall present it to the
Senate for approval before implementation.
3. The DGC determines credits for all course work and thesis, which is to be approved by
the ASQAC. One credit of study shall be one lecture hour or two to three hours of
laboratory/practical hours per week for a semester. Literature reviews, laboratory
reports, term papers, etc. (with/without presentation) shall normally be required for each
graduate course.
Article 75: Credit Requirements and Course Load at the GP
1. A total of 12 to 15 credit hours per semester shall normally be regarded as typical full
load for a full-time Masters candidate for programs requiring thesis work, whereas a
minimum of 15 credit hours is required for non-thesis programs.
2. A total of 9 to 12 credit hours per semester shall normally be regarded as full load for
full time PhD candidate.
3. A total of six credit hours shall be allotted to Master Thesis and 12 credit hours for PhD
Dissertation.
4. Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-articles 1 and 2 hereof, the credit requirements
for candidates shall be determined by the SC/DC.
Article 76: Duration of Study at the GP

1. The Master's programs shall normally take two academic years for completion in all
academic units.
2. No Master candidate may anticipate finishing a program in less than one and a half
academic year.
Page 113 of 134
3. A Master candidate may be allowed to continue for up to a maximum of four years if it
can be shown that the extension is required by force majeure and if it is recommended
by the DGC and SC/DC. Such extension of time shall be recommended by the DGC
and approved by the SC/DC every semester.
4. A Master candidate taking more than the normal two-year duration for completion of a
program shall fulfill the special conditions set forth by theSC/DC.
5. The PhD programs shall normally take three to four academic years for completion in
all academic units.
6. No PhD candidate may anticipate finishing a program in less than two academic years.
7. A PhD candidate may be allowed to continue for up to a maximum of six years if it can
be shown that the extension is required by force majeure and if it is recommended by
the DGC and SC/DC. Such extension of time shall be recommended by the DGC and
approved by the SC/DC every semester.
Article 77: The Grading System at the GP

1. Examinations are graded on the following letter grading system with
corresponding points.
Raw Mark Letter Grade Grade Points

[95, 100) A+ 4.00
[90, 95) A 4.00
-
[85, 90) A 3.75
[75, 80) B+ 3.50
[70, 75) B 3.00
[65, 70) B- 2.75
[58, 65) C+ 2.50
[50, 58) C 2.00
[40, 50) D 1.00
< 40 F 0.00
Page 114 of 134

2. To complete courses in a program and graduate, a candidate needs to obtain a minimum
CGPA of 3.00 and a maximum of one “C” grade in all courses for Master and no “C”
grade for PhD candidate.
Article 78: Academic Status of Graduate Students
1. Probation is a discretionary decision to allow candidates who failed to score below the
required standards of the College to continue their studies. But, since the purpose of
probation is to facilitate the academic rehabilitation of such students, the decision is
made based on the validity of the reasons and considering other relevant circumstances
which are convincing that the student can academically raise himself to the required
level of academic achievement.
2. At the end of each semester the DGC shall examine the case of each candidate who has
failed to maintain the minimum CGPA requirement of 3.00. The inquiry shall attempt
to determine why the candidate failed, and whether there is reason to believe the
candidate will meet the required academic standards in the future. A candidate may be
placed on discretionary probation if, as a result of this inquiry, it is determined that
valid reasons exist to explain and justify that academic failure can be removed and the
candidate can achieve the required academic standards at the time of graduation.
3. To the extent that inquiry into the cases of probation indicates, the DGC may attach
certain conditions to the granting of probation, which must then be met if the candidate
is to remain enrolled. These conditions may be restrictions designed to remove in
whole or in part the cause of academic failure.
4. When a candidate is placed on probation the candidate shall be notified by the head of
their status and what is expected of them by way of academic performance in the future,
the restrictions or requirements stipulated by the probation and the consequence of
failure to meet these conditions.
5. Probations are given if a student's semester GPA (SGPA) or cumulative GPA (CGPA)
fails below3.00.
6. A first year graduate student is subject to dismissal without first being put on probation
if academic performance falls below 2.50 in the first semester results.
7. Any first year graduate student who achieves a first semester GPA (SGPA) between
Page 115 of 134
2.50 and 3.00 shall be placed on probation by the DGC and any such student who had
been placed on probation shall be subject to dismissal if the student fails to achieve a
semester GPA of 3.00 in the next semester.
8. If a student (in sub-article 7 above) who had been placed on probation for the first time
in literature-based thesis programs, achieves a SGPA of 3.00 or above but
stillretainsaCGPAbelow3.00,theDGCmayplacethestudentonfinal probation in the
following semester if it finds that there is reason to believe that the student will attain
CGPA of 3.00 or above in the third semester.
9. For research-based thesis programs, if a student who had been placed on probation for
the first time achieves during the next semester, a SGPA of 3.00 or above but the CGPA
still falls below 3.00, the DGC may recommend such a student to repeat courses.
10. A student who had been placed twice on probation shall be dismissed for failing to
achieve a CGPA of 3.00 in the next semester.
11. Consecutive probations are given a maximum of two-times.
12. No candidate subject to dismissal may expect discretionary probation as a matter of
right.
Article 79: Repeating Courses at Graduate Program
1. Courses with "C" grades or lower may be repeated when the CGPA of the student is
less than 3.00 and if the student has more than one “C” in Master programs. For PhD
student all courses with “C” grades or lower shall be repeated.
2. The SC/DC, with the recommendation of the course instructor and the DGC, may allow
a student with a grade of “C” or lower to take re-exam, instead of repeating the course,
by assessing the overall performance or special conditions of the student on individual
basis.
3. A student may not repeat or take re-exam in a course more than twice unless it is
required for graduation.
4. The final grade for repeated courses or a course in which re-exam has been taken shall
be recorded and used for computation of CGPA.
5. A Master student is allowed to graduate with a minimum CGPA of 3.00 and only one
“C”. However, students having two “C+” shall be allowed to graduate as long as the
CGPA is not below3.00.
Page 116 of 134
Article 80: Withdrawal from and Readmission to the Graduate Program
1. Withdrawal
1.1. A student who wishes to withdraw from the GP must consult and explain any
reasons to their academic advisor. Any student who withdraws from GP must be
informed that the student must have reasonable grounds for withdrawal to be
granted readmission.
1.2. Unless there are compelling reasons, official withdrawal forms shall be completed
within 30 days of discontinuation of classes. A candidate who fails to comply with
this requirement shall not be eligible for readmission.
2. Readmission
2.1. A candidate in good academic standing who discontinues studies with good reason
may apply for readmission through the academic unit into the discontinued semester.
2.2. A candidate suspended for disciplinary reasons qualifies for automatic registration as
soon as the student has served the term.
2.3. A candidate may be readmitted only where the withdrawal is effected owing to any
of the reasons specified hereunder.
a. If the candidate cannot follow-up the program for medical reasons in which
case the health status shall be ascertained by a medical doctor.
b. If the Colleges unable to carry out the relevant program and advises the
candidate accordingly.
c. If the candidate is unable to continue due to force majeure other than those
outlined in (a) and (b) above.
2.4. A candidate who wishes to withdraw for reasons mentioned under 2.3 of this
Article shall petition the concerned DGC stating the justification for, and the
duration of, absence sought.
2.5. A candidate who has been dismissed for academic reasons may apply for
readmission on the following grounds:
a. if the student, at the end of the first semester, had obtained a SGPA of not
less than 2.00.
b. if the student, at the end of second or third semester, had obtained a CGPA
of not less than 2.5 or 2.75,respectively.
2.6. No student who has been dismissed on academic grounds shall be readmitted
more than once regardless of transfer from other Universities.
Page 117 of 134
2.7. A candidate who withdraws from the GP without the approval of the concerned
DGC as in 2.4 of this Article shall not be eligible for readmission.
2.8. Where withdrawal is effected with the approval of the concerned DGC, a copy
of the official withdrawal form submitted to the admission Officer shall be
accompanied by the minutes of the meeting of the DGC in which permission for
withdrawal is granted.
2.9. Withdrawal made with the approval of the concerned DGC does not imply
automatic readmission whenever it is sought. The length of absence and the
number of places available shall be taken into consideration.
Article 81: Transfer from one Program to another in the Graduate Program
1. A graduate student registered in one graduate program may be allowed to transfer to
another program provided that the following requirements are fulfilled.
1.1. The candidate must have very good reason(s) for requesting the transfer.
1.2. The candidate must present a letter in support of the desired transfer from a sponsor
where applicable.
1.3. The candidate must have completed not more than one fourth of the originally joined
program (50% of the course work).
1.4. The candidate must satisfy the academic requirements for admission into the
program to which transfer is sought.
1.5. Dismissed students may not be allowed to transfer.
1.6. The approval of the concerned DGC and SC/DC must be obtained.
2. Transfer of credits shall be determined by the academic units receiving the candidate.
Article 82: The Graduate Thesis

1. General Requirements
1.1. A thesis shall constitute an individual's effort in academic pursuits to identify and
analyze problems by applying sound methodology.
1.2. A thesis shall constitute a partial fulfillment of the requirement for the Master’s or
PhD Degree, except in a program where it is not required.
2. Selection and Approval of Thesis Topic

2.1. The topic for thesis work shall be selected in consultation with, and prior approval of,
the thesis advisor. The selection of thesis topic shall be on the basis of the broad
needs of the country and/or the priority areas of research topics as determined by the
Page 118 of 134
concerned academic unit.
2.2. The topic of the thesis of each candidate shall be approved by the DGC as early as
possible as and not later than the time of the candidate's enrollment into the second
half of the program.
3. Format of Thesis
The ASQAC shall issue detailed guidelines on Thesis preparation, format, deadlines, etc.
4. Submission of Thesis
4.1. No candidate may be permitted to submit a thesis in less than one academic year from the
date of initial registration except with a special permission of the SC/DC.
4.2. A candidate may submit the thesis at any time during or after the last semester of course
work and no later than the end of the fourth semester after the initial registration with the
exception of candidates allowed for extended residency.
5. Procedures for Examination and Submission of Thesis

When a candidate, after conferring with the advisor, gives notice of readiness to submit a
thesis, the DGC shall appoint an examining Board and select an external examiner. The
external examiner should be decided in good time and obtain a copy of the thesis of the
candidate at least four weeks before the date set for the defense. The Board shall have a
minimum of three and a maximum of five members consisting of at least one
othermemberoftheCollege.AnexternalmemberoftheexaminingBoardshallbe the external
examiner of the candidate whose decision shall play a major role in determining the fate of the
thesis defense. Normally, internal members of the examining Boards shall be drawn from the
advisory committee where this is already established. All members of the examining Board
will comment on all aspects of the thesis.
6. Thesis Evaluation and Rating
6.1. Evaluation
Based on the results of the open defense and assessment of the thesis by each member of
the Board of Examiners, the Thesis that is defended shall be evaluated as follows:
a. Accepted
The Thesis is:-

i. Accepted with no change,
ii. Accepted with minor changes to be made to the satisfaction of the advisor
,or
iii. Accepted with major modification to be made to the satisfaction of the
external examiner and the rest of the Board of Examiners. Under certain
Page 119 of 134
circumstances the external examiner may delegate the Board of examiners
If a thesis requires substantial changes in substance, which are to be made to the
satisfaction of members of the examining Board or its designate, the examining
Board's report shall include a brief outline of the nature of the changes required
and indicate the time by which the changes are to be completed.
b. Rejected
A thesis shall be rejected if:
i) The work does not meet the required standards; or

ii) The work is plagiarized as judged by the examining Board ;or
iii) The work has been already used to confer a degree from this or another
College. However, this shall not preclude the candidate from submitting
such work provided enough extra work has been done to expand the scope
and depth of the subject.
For modalities not mentioned in this sub-Article, separate guidelines shall be
issued by the CGS.
6.2. Thesis Rating
Name of the Candidate

Points
Thesis Components
(a) Abstract ………………………………. (5%)
(b) Materials and Methods ………………. (15%)
(c) Literature Review ……………………. (10%)
(d) Result and Discussion ……………….. (40%)
(e) Summary and Conclusion ………….… (10%)
Defense Examination
(a) Manner of presentation ………………. (5%)
(b) Confidence in the subject matter …….. (5%)
(c) Ability of answering questions ………. (10%)
Page 120 of 134

Total (100%)
Evaluation result (Excellent (A), Very Good (B+), Good (B), Fail(C))
Name of Examiner Signature Date
NB: The Grading scales of each rank are as follows
Rank (%)*
Excellent ≥ 85
Very Good 75 ≤ X < 85
Good 60 ≤ X < 75
Satisfactory 50 ≤ X < 60
Fail < 50
* Evaluation weight (%) = 0.5 x External examiner’s + 0.35 x Internal examiner’s

+ 0.15 x Chairperson
a) A Thesis that is defended and accepted may be rated "Excellent", "Very Good",
"Good" or "Satisfactory" which may appear on the transcript but will not be used
for calculation of the CGPA of the student.
b) A rejected thesis shall be rated "Fail".
6.3. Final Thesis

The candidate should correct the thesis in accordance with the decision of the Board of Examiners and
submit it to the Chairperson of the DGC. The DGC should deliberate on the thesis and submit its
recommendations to the SC/DC. Then the academic unit will accept five copies of the typed final thesis,
both in electronic and hard copy, from the candidate and it will be verified by the DGC.
121 Senate Legislation

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.4. Publications
Normally a PhD graduate is expected to publish three articles in peer reviewed

journal from the result of the thesis work. However, no PhD candidate shall
graduate without publishing at least one article in peer reviewed journal.
Article 83: Advisorship
1. Selection of Advisor(s)
a) The DGC normally recommends the selected thesis advisor(s) to the SC/DC.
The Thesis advisor(s) shall be:
i. A full-time academic unit member with the academic rank of Assistant
Professor and above for Masters program and Associate Professor and
above for PhD.
OR
ii. A person(s) outside of the College in the required area of specialization
with a PhD degree or MD with specialty who will be able to submit a
letter of commitment in advising the student and who will be in the
country at least for a year or more. In such cases, it will be mandatory to
have a co-advisor(s) from the College.
b) The advisor(s) will assist the student in planning the research work, monitor it
regularly, advise the student on how to publish, critically evaluate the draft and
final manuscripts.
c) The optimum number of students that an instructor can advise shall be

determined by the DGC taking into consideration the workload of the instructor,
the number of students in the academic unit, and other prevailing conditions.
Article 84: The External Examiner
1. Purpose
The purpose of having external examiners is to ensure that degrees awarded in similar subjects at the
College are comparable in standard with those awarded by other universities, though their content does,
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
of course, vary; and secondly, that the assessment system is fair.
2. Functions
The main function of the external examiner is to serve as a member of the Board of examiners a
determining role in examining and deciding the fate of the Thesis.
The external examiner shall also comment and give advice on course content, balance and structure.
3. Selection and Appointment

3.1. Normally, one external examiner is required for each student/Thesis except for
PhD and Master Thesis in situations where the nature of the Thesis work
requires more than one external examiner.
3.2. The DGC selects external examiners and recommends to the SC/DC.
3.3. Appointment is made by the head of the academic unit after the
recommendation of the DGC is approved by the SC/DC.
3.4. The program seeking the appointment for an external examiner should submit
to the SC/DC the biographical data including academic achievements,
publications, and experience as external examiner of the nominee.
3.5. In approving the nomination of an external examiner, the SC/DC shall
ascertain the following:
a. Only persons of seniority and experience who are able to command
authority are appointed and in all cases must have an academic rank of at
least Assistant Professor (or equivalent) for Masters and Associate
Professor (or equivalent) for PhD. Exceptions shall be approved by the
SC/DC on a case by case basis when presented to it by the concerned
DGC.
b. An external examiner in general must be external to the College.
c. Former staff members can be invited to become external examiners
unless the termination of service was due to discipline problem.
3.6. One external examiner should not be assigned per program for more than three
Theses at any one time.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3.7. External examiners from outside the higher education system, for example from
industry, research institutions, etc. may be selected when necessary.
4. Participation in Assessment Procedures
4.1. The views of an external examiner are particularly decisive in the case of
disagreement on the evaluation/rating of a particular unit of assessment.
4.2. The signature of the members of the Board of examiners shall be required as
evidence of their decision on the student’s thesis work.
4.3. External examiners are encouraged to comment on the assessment process and
the schemes for marking.
5. Discussion of Course Structure
Academic Units shall use the opportunities created by the visits of external examiners
to discuss the structure and content of the course and of the graduate program and the
assessment procedures. Any comments or suggestions made by the external examiners
shall be discussed by the academic unit and decisions shall be made whether or not to
accept the comments.
6. Reports
6.1. External examiners may make written confidential reports to the academic unit
head at the end of their visits. They are free to make any comments they wish,
including observation on teaching and course structure and content.
6.2. The head shall instruct the DGC to take action with respect to the comments.
The head has the responsibility to see to it that the recommendations are
considered and the proper measures are taken.
Article 85: Graduation and Award of Credentials to Graduate Students
A candidate who fulfils the requirements laid down in this Legislation shall be recommended
by the head of the academic unit on behalf of SC/DC to the College Senate, through the Office
of the Registrar, for the award of the appropriate credential.
==========================THE END==========================

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ENAT COLLEGE
SHASHEMENE CAMPUS
Enat College 1
Executive summary
The role of an editor of teaching materials is pivotal, as it covers all stages of course preparation-
-initiation, development, production and even postproduction. The distance education editor has
a bit different responsibilities than that of face-to-face one. The editor in a distance education
system is concerned with the preparation of self-instructional materials. He has to see to it that
the materials satisfy the distance learners from heterogeneous backgrounds. He/she has to work
with course writers, educational technologists, media specialists and institutional administration
to produce the desired material. He/she is responsible for academic and pedagogical quality of
the material. Generally, the editor plays significant roles at all stages in developing written
course materials, from commissioning writers to final printing and subsequently, maintaining the
quality of materials. However, the involvement of the editor in these functions is determined by
the needs and infrastructure of the education institution for which he/she works.
Objectives of the manual

The following are some of the benefits of the manual:
 Discuss who an editor is
 Explain the working relationship of the editor and writer
 Discuss the editing process
 Identify the role of the editor in the writing, editing and production process
 Discuss the role of the editor in course maintenance and revision
Enat College 2
1. Major Editor’s activities at various stages
1.1 Planning Stage
1.1.1 Planning the Course
The editor works better if he/she understands very well the objectives of the proposed course.
He/she should therefore be invited to planning discussions as soon as the course grows beyond a
vague idea.
I. About the learners
The editor needs a thorough knowledge of the target group. Firstly, the course must be edited
with the students' needs in mind; secondly the editor has to be able to mould the course to fit
their level of understanding. An editor bridges the gap between students and writers; his/her job
can be seen as representing the students’ interest as the course is written
It is advisable also to identify the differences between distance education students and face-to-
face students before an editor involves himself in actual editing.
The face-to-face VS The distance Students
Common Characteristics
 All distance students are lonely
 No teacher is available to answer his or her burning questions.
 They may have a wrong understanding of a certain idea & do not receive an
immediate correction.
 If not all, most of the distance students hold family responsibilities that distract the
power of concentration.
 By and large most of the distance students have job responsibilities.
Enat College 3
Variations among distance students
 Distance student can be any person living in urban or rural area.
 Distance students may be young or old people working in different organizations--
farms, factories prisoners, house wives
 Distance students might be people who left school due to various reasons.
Contrary to the distance students, the face-to-face students have the benefit of face-to-face
learning. The teaching learning process is facilitated with a variety of questions to reinforce their
learning, and tell them to do some class works; then he gives notes on the lecture, and
encourages them not only to observe but also to record the results of an experiment.
Implications
The writer is obliged to know his student too. The student is the receiving end. The student is
the consumer.
Enat College 4
The following table will help the writer to collect some information about the background of the
learners.
What do you need to know about your learners?
Column x Column Y
Target group What does this

mean while editing
the course material
i. Demographic factors
How many learners are you likely to have?
-------------------------------------------
How old?
-------------------------------------------
What sex and race?

-------------------------------------------
Any personal handicaps?
-------------------------------------------
Occupations (if any) ?
-------------------------------------------
Urban or rural?
------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------
Home language?
------------------------------------------
Religion?
-------------------------------------------
ii. Motivation
Why are they learning?
Enat College 5
------------------------------------------
How might your program relate to their lives or work?

-------------------------------------------
What do they want from the program?
-------------------------------------------
What are their hopes and fears
-------------------------------------------
iii. Learning factors

What are their beliefs about learning?
------------------------------------------
What learning style do they prefer?

-------------------------------------------
What learning skills do they have?

-------------------------------------------
What experience of distance learning

-------------------------------------------
Knowledge of language that material is written

-------------------------------------------
How often does your audience read this material?

-------------------------------------------
iv. Subject background

How do they feel about the subject of the program?
-------------------------------------------
What knowledge and skills do they already have in that subject?

------------------------------------------
What misconceptions or inappropriate habits?

-------------------------------------------
Enat College 6
What persona interests and experience might they have that are relevant?
-------------------------------------------
Type of material that audience already reads?

-------------------------------------------
v. Resource factors
Where, when and how will they be learning?
-------------------------------------------
Who will be paying their fees or expenses?

-------------------------------------------
How much time will they have available?

-------------------------------------------
What access will they have to media/facilitates?

-------------------------------------------
What access to human support-tutors, mentors, colleagues, other learners?

-------------------------------------------
Are there any other audiences besides your main audience? should your material
take this audience into account?
-------------------------------------------
Physical and social conditions in which audience will use your material?
-------------------------------------------
vi. Ideological factors

What is the ideological orientation of the respective target groups?
vii. Other factors?
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------
Enat College 7
ii About the course objectives
The editor needs to be familiar with the educational objectives of a course. Objectives are not
only the basis for the writing of the course but they also serve as the main checklist for the
content of the material. The editor will not necessarily be a specialist in the subject of the course
but full understanding of the objectives compensates very largely for lack of particular
knowledge.
iii. What determines choices of methods and media?

In planning, course choices are made depending on different constraints: financial, policy,
timing, staff resources, type of media that can be used. The editor is not necessarily involved in
making these decisions, but knowledge of them may be important later on when he/she has to
use his/her judgment in editing the text
3. Writing Stage
3.1 Finding and briefing course writers
The range and nature of editorial work at this stage depends on the pattern of staffing and
infrastructure of a given teaching institution. If the institution depends on external writers for
writing the courses or on the newly recruited staff who do not have adequate training in writing
educational courses, the difficulty and the complexity of editorial work increase considerably. If
you are depending on external writers, your first job requirements as and editor will be to look
for course writers.
a. Identifying Course writers

The job of a course writer is to develop texts in appropriate formats. He/she may do this either
alone or by working in a team.
As an individual, he/she may be a part-time or a full-time course writer. Part-time writers are
selected from various colleges and educational institutions engaged in teaching the same subjects
to students with similar background. They are basically teachers and are engaged part-time for
doing certain writing tasks for the conventional/distance education institutions.
Enat College 8
A course team is generally developed by conventional universities /open universities or distance
education institutions where the course writers with different subject sepcialisations come
together. The team may include the following as its members:
i) Convener/Chairperson: He / She is responsible for the overall quality of the course.
ii) Course authors: These are subject experts who are
responsible for writing texts/units, devising practical
exercises, preparing assessment materials, etc.
i. Media producer(s): Media experts produce audio-visual
materials.
i. Educational technologist(s): Experts in instructional design constitute in improving
the teaching and learning (e.g., defining objectives, choosing appropriate teaching
strategies for optimum learning, etc.) qualities of study materials.
ii. Editors: Experts who help the writers in polishing the texts linguistically and also in
ensuring the consistency and the correctness of the content.
iii. Graphic designers: They advise the team on layout, type style and the overall graphic
design of the text.
Advantages of having a Course Team
 As the members of the team share the work, course can be produced according to set
schedules easily.
 Discussion and mutual criticism can be stimulating and it improves the quality of the text.
 Individuals may work faster as among other things they are prompted by the expectations
of their colleagues.
 This is a democratic way of writing the texts.
 We can draw upon a wider range of the experience of teaching a subject.
a. Finding out about the writers

Let us discuss who the right kinds of course writers are.
Enat College 9
You will find it useful to know what sort of background your writers bring to the work, just as
you need to know your students' background. Find out what relevant experience your writer
has, so that you know where he/she will need help.
The 'right kind' of course writers are the writers who have sufficient experience in writing face-
to-face or distance teaching materials. If such people are not available, our next preference will
be writers who know their subjects well and also have teaching experience. These writers may
be asked to supply the content, which you can reshape with the help of educational technologists
and instructional designers. The writers of this kind can be called 'content specialists' or ' subject
experts'.
There is a third category of people who can come to the rescue of the editor in times of
emergency: Young academics who may not have much experience in teaching but have
potential to become effective course writers. Given adequate training and ample opportunities
these young academics can become well versed in all the aspects of course development and
course production. Of course, different teaching institutions make their choice of course writers,
depending on their particular needs and the availability of course writers they need.
How does the editor get these writers? One way of 'identifying' or 'discovering' effective course
writers may be through proper and clear advertisement. When you put up an advertisement in
newspapers, you should clearly state the course requirements of your institution such as the
nature and length of the course, the time limit you would allow the writers to send their written
materials to you and, if possible, the format or structure to be followed by the writers while
presenting the content.
In deciding who to appoint the following should be considered:
 Has the writer had any teaching experience at the level for which the person is being
recruited to write?
 Does the writer know the subject well?
 Does the writer have any understanding of the needs of the learners?
 Has the writer had writing experience?
Enat College
10
 Is the writer prepared to undergo training?
 Is the writer reliable and able to keep to schedules?
 Does the writer have enough time to write
 Will the writer be able to attend frequent meetings to discuss the work?
b. Commissioning sample material.

Writing teaching material is a specialized job. By asking the writer to produce sample material,
the editor will not only find out whether he/she can write well on the subject, he/she will also be
able to use the sample as a basis for discussion and training in the techniques of course writing.
He/she must explain to writers that the sample will be used for the afore mentioned purpose , and
ask them not to write any more material till it is approved.
What should the sample consist of?

 A rough outline of the course
 A sample lesson, which includes detailed objectives, exercise, activities, and both
self-assessment questions and tutor marked assignment questions
Briefing the writer: The best way to train a writer is working through sample material with
him. Your task now is to give him technical support to enable him write the sample.
c. Problems of the writers

There are some other genuine problems, which may upset your plans. The writer who has been
writing the course in all earnestness may be disrupted by some unexpected trip or sudden illness.
Course writing may stop, and you cannot blame the writer. But you as the editor of the course
cannot escape from your responsibility to get the course ready on time. Otherwise, there will be
administrative pressures on you. And if you have already announced the course and started
issuing application forms, you should also be aware of another potential threat, the public
criticism.
Enat College
11
Obviously, you might have anticipated all the above-mentioned problems, and perhaps many
more. In spite of your best efforts, something goes wrong and the content material does not
reach you. The deadline for getting it from the writer is over. What will you do in such a
situation?
To avoid any such difficult situation, it is always better to plan in advance and give the writers
enough time to write. Also prepare a panel of writers. List as many writers as possible in your
panel so that in times of emergency you can readily seek someone's help.
3.2. Training Writers

Writers' workshops
It is difficult to get writers together for training. Search out the most available opportunities
there are for doing this. Some course writers may work in the institution, or very near; in this
case there will be frequent contact between editor and writer. However, most writers live at
distant places and have other social and work commitments so that there will have infrequent
contact with the editor, while in some situations the editor may only be able to correspond with
the writer. Therefore, the best way to train writers is to organize a brief writers' workshop, to
make the best use of available time.
The workshop provides an opportunity for writers and an editor to discuss and work together in
writing. The objective is to make the writers understand well about the techniques of writing and
produce the required course material.
3.3. Testing sample material

The sample lesson and outline should be assessed and tested so that both the editor and the writer
can get as much information as possible on their strengths and weaknesses of the material. It is
no good expecting that the tests will give you the formula for quality course, or even that they
will eliminate every major mistake of judgment, but they will give you a lot of guide. The
following methods should be implemented while testing sample material.
Enat College
12
A pre- pilot
It refers to mean testing the sample lesson (a section of a course) as opposed to a pilot, which
tests the whole course.
Who does it? There are often many complex variables involved, and it is peculiarly difficult to
find a typical sample of potential students. Therefore, it will be advisable to find a small group
of volunteer students who can be easily contacted.
Independent assessment
An outsider is needed at this stage to advise on the academic quality of the lesson. At this stage
he will look at the course outline and the sample lesson.
What can you learn? You can learn some very useful things even from a pilot of one lesson.
You may find the lesson is too difficult for your student group and you may find out that you
have chosen the wrong approach.
What questions should you ask about the sample lesson?
 Is the teaching material chosen to meet the objectives appropriate?
 Are the exercises in the lesson sufficient and of a suitable type to train the
students in the relevant skills?
 Are there any recent developments in teaching practice, which could help,
improve the course here?
 Is the lesson material pitched at the right level for the course syllabus?
3.4 Starting to write the course
Based on the experience gained from the sample lesson, now the course writers are required to
write the course within a given time frame.
Keeping Progress Records and Contracting the Authors

Your next job as an editor will be keeping a record of the progress of the writing process.
Develop a suitable course filing system, creating a separate file for each 'in process' course.
Enat College
13
3.5 Processing the written materials
Somehow you overcome these initial processes and get the written materials from the subject
experts. But the materials are only 'raw materials' in a special sense. You cannot use them
straightway for face-to-face or distance teaching. You have to 'process' them with the help of
educational technologists and other academics of your institution. You have to turn the 'raw
materials' (the bare contents or the 'text') into 'finished products' (face-to-face or distance
teaching texts, units, blocks, courses etc.) and supply the commodities in packages (modules,
booklets, units assignments, audio-video cassettes, CD) to the target groups.
4 Editing Stage
4.1. Content Editing
The content is the basic of the given material. Therefore, the editor has to consider the stated
objectives, relevance and adequacy of the course material while editing. The following are
essential reference points in the editing process:
x Originality
x No plagiarism
x Is the content related to the learners need?
x Is the material accessible, neither too academic nor too patronizing
x Does the material build upon the learner's experience?
x Relevance
x Is the content adequate? (If the wirier of a foundation course has written about a few
important points in detail and leaves out other general aspects of a given subject, then,
we say the content is inadequate.)
x Is the level appropriate? (If an undergraduate course is loaded with difficult points,
which are meant for postgraduates or research students, we may say that the content
is inappropriate.)
x Logical sequence (development of ideas from easy to difficult, from known to
unknown, from simple to complex)
Enat College
14
Check the material for:
Technical accuracy, which involves
x assessing how adequately the objectives have been met,
x noting factual errors and points of disagreement,
x making suggestions for addition or deletions,
x making comments about the way the topic has been handled,
x commenting on the educational effectiveness of the material.
4.2. Language editing
x It is the language used that makes the material
 comprehensible or difficult
 interesting or boring
x Accessible language:
 simple, clear and short sentence
 conciseness
 choice of words
e.g. one, five, 17, 20 -----
x Consistency
 English- English /American English
 Number up to ten must be spelt out in letters and umbers more than ten expressed
in numerals
 For numbers of five or more digits use a space and not a comma
eg. 1 000 000 and not 1,00,000
x Spelling, grammar and punctuation
x Use of active verbs /avoid passive forms of verbs
Enat College
15
remove surplus words
. Be simple
use simple expressions

x Avoid unnecessary repetitions
x Avoid too many negatives
4.3. Structure editing
Structure here refers to the over all arrangement/organization and set up of the material. The
editor has to consider the following point while editing the structure of the material.
x The presentation of content has to be structured
x The material has to be self-instructional in nature
x Poor Structuring can make learning difficult for students
x Is it clear to learners where they are going?
Features that are essential for the structure

There are different forms of material arrangements/organization that are used by different
institutions. This is to mean that institutions may design and use their own house style that best
fit to the specific needs. The following arrangement is one of the structural formats out of many
house styles.
 Cover page
 Credit Page
 Course introduction (Study guide)
 Module 'X': (title)
 Module introduction
 Module objectives
 Unit One (1): (title)
 Unit introduction
 Unit objectives
Section 1: (title)
Enat College
16
x Section overview
x Section objectives
x Body content
x In text question
x Activities
x Check List
x Self Test Exercise
Section 2 : ( title )
x Section overview
x Section objectives
x Body content
x In text questions
x Activities
x Check List
x Self Test Exercise
4.4. Design and Layout

Design refers to the general pattern or outline or planning of printed pages with respect to its
pictures, line, font, tables, drawings, typeface and size, paragraphs and other components of the
material. The editor must look for the design and layout of the material in line with the following
aspects:
x Attractive
x Numbering of figures
x Numbering of tables
x Learner friendly
x Type face
x Type size
Enat College
17
4.5. Symbols
Check!
The symbols :
 Create integration between the verb and the visual
 are at the right place
 Pictures are meaningful (not include just to brighten the page)
 Only those objects are shown which learners recognise easily
 Pictures are clear and attractive
 Table and graphs must be drawn correctly
 Standard abbreviation should be used.
Check List for the first draft of the module /Units
Does The Introduction---?

Yes No
x relate the present module/unit/section to the previous module
/unit/section and the next module /unit/section to ensure
continuity?------------------------------------
x give reasons for studying the material with emphasis on
relevance of the module/unit/section and application in daily
life?--------------------------------------
x motivate the student so that he/she will go about studying the
course without 'push'?------------------------------------------------
x give a brief account of the theme(s) under discussion.----------
Enat College
18
Do The Objectives----?
Yes No
x cover the entire unit content and
emerge from close analysis of the
topic?----------------------------------
x Contain clear behavioral statement

-----------------------------
x help the students to assess his/her
own learning?---------------------
x set achievable tasks before the
students-------------------------------
Is the Study Material----?

Yes No
x Planned logically according to the
development of the theme of the
module/unit?---------------------------------------
x divided into sections, each section having a
manageable content density, a proper heading
and labeling?--------------------------------------
x presented in a way to make it convenient and
coherent reading?----------------------------------
x designed to sustain student's interest by using
examples, graphics, illustrations, humour,
etc?--------------------------------------------------
x stylistically personal and conversational ( for
Enat College
19
distance education course )----------------------
x presented so as to facilitate retention by use
of tables, graphs and charts etc,-----------------
x designed to contain examples relevant and
familiar to the experience of the learner?------
x organised so that the intext question problems
(to provide feedback to the learners about
their progress and to allow for breaks in the
learning activity) come at the end of the
module/unit/section-------------------------------
x planned so that its description and intext
questions are such that they develop skills of
computation analysis, interpretation and
critical examination etc. -------------------------
Is each activity---?
Yes No
x learner friendly? ---------------------------
x clear and unambiguous?--------------------
x based on objectives?------------------------
x the best type of activity for its activity?--
x prepares learners for examinations------
Does The Summary----?

Yes No
 review the main points for recapitulation and reinforcement?------------------
 contain statements of major concepts-----------------
 refresh the learners' mind about what they have learnt? --------------------------
 the module/unit contain a glossary of new terms/concepts along with their
Enat College
20
working definitions?------------------------------------------------
Ending a section module/unit/section

Does the module/ unit / section ending:
Yes No
 summarise the main points of the section unit -----
 help learners grasp of points by one or more of an
objective check list------------------------------------
 summarise self assessment questions-------------.
 guide learners in the direction to practical
applications of their knowledge.----------------------
 highlight links with the next session(s)--------------
 give advance warning of any preparation needed.
example, equipment)-----------------------------------
 suggest follow-up activities (Example,further
reading)------------------------------------------------
 have the answers, hint and answers to the intext
questions been avoided ----------------------------
▪ have a list of books for further reading been given
Glossary
Does the module /unit contains a glossary of new terms/
concepts along with their working definitions ---?
x Check the coverage of any glossary in the typescript;
x See whether the author has omitted some difficult words and included some that are
unnecessary.
x See that spelling, accents and ligatures tally with the text.
Enat College
21
x Check also the alphabetical order, the use of italic and the punctuation
Do the Self test-questions----?

Yes No
x cover the whole content area?----------------------
x enable the learner to test mastery of the stated
objectives?---------------------------------------------
x determine the objectives for which the learner's
performance is poor and which part of the
module/ unit section is to be revised?--------------
4.6. Editing During Production Stage

When you get the units back from the authors you have to put them together to make a block or
module. This process is termed as 'Preparing the manuscript'.
Proof reading
Once you get the printed pages back, you and the course writer have to proof read the material at
least twice before it is printed for piloting with learners.
How to read proofs

As an ordinary reader one trains oneself to disregard spelling mistakes and to concentrate on the
author's meaning; and quick readers take in a whole phrase at a time. To become a proofreader
one needs to unlearn these habits. Train yourself to read slowly, so that you see every letter in
each word and note the punctuation of each sentence.
Some dangers:
(1) If there is a glaring error, one's eye tends to leap over the intervening words; so, when you
have marked the correction, read the whole line again.
Enat College
22
(2) Whereas a word that is obviously misspelt is fairly easy to spot, a printer's error can change
one word to another and this is more likely to slip through: for example, 'causal relationship'
can become 'casual relationship', 'ingenuous' 'ingenious', 'unexceptionable' 'unexceptional',
'alternatively' 'alternately'. Watch out also for 'its' and 'it's'; and 'yours' and 'theirs'
sometimes appear with apostrophes.
(3) On the other hand, the author may intentionally not use the obvious word but substitute
something similar in look but different in meaning, just to give his readers a jolt; so one
must not take it for granted that a slightly different word is necessarily wrong.
(4) If a printer is asked to retain American spellings, he may through habit spell 'some words in
the British way. Watch for this specially, because otherwise the British spellings will not
strike you as wrong.
How to mark correction

One corrects proofs differently from typescript, because the printer just runs his eye down the
margins to see which lines contain corrections; a correction that is made only in the text will not
be noticed. The correction should be written in the nearer margin and level with the error. If the
line of text contains more than one mistake, the corrections in the margin should be written from
left to right in the same order, separated by oblique strokes. Use the signs in the proof
correction, keep the marginal corrections short and clear: if only one letter is wrong, merely
cross out that letter and put the correct letter, followed by an oblique stroke, in the margin. Some
authors put a marginal deletion sign for deleting the wrong letter, and an insertion sign for
increasing the right letter.
In proofreading a typed script of a module / unit, a proofreader is expected to see that:

x the typescript matches with the original script word for word, sentence for sentence and
paragraph for paragraph.
x the typed script is consecutively paginated within the unit
x the Assignment for submission for the module/unit is included properly labeled and
separately paginated
Enat College
23
x the illustrations and/or tables are consecutively numbered within the unit and dimensions are
kept.
x there is no space unnecessarily left or skipped.
x the lesson titles, first level topics, second level topics etc. are properly placed and type faced
so that the students can see topics and sub-topics at a glance.
x lesson summaries, glossaries (if available) answer keys, worksheets start on a new page.
x the captions for illustrations are written in Italics at the bottom of the illustration frame.
x the advance organizers (indicating symbols or signs) are appropriately placed in the
module/unit.
x these signs are uniform in shape and size within the module/unit and with other units as well.
x words are correctly spelt.
x punctuations are properly used.
x sentences and paragraphs are grammatically correct and give sense to the students.
x lesson titles and illustrations are properly centered on the page. However ,it depends on the
house style of an institution.
x about one-third of the pages is left for "Space for Tutorial Comments and marks" on the
assignments for submission /worksheets
x the size of illustrations in every unit is considered from pedagogical point of view.
x space for writing- Name, Registration No. Address and Date is indicated at the top of the
right hand side of all the worksheet pages. However, this also depends on the house style of
the given institution.
x A title page should be prepared. This will contain some or all of the following:
 the name of the institution
 the title and level of the course
 the names and posts of writers
 the course reference number (if any)
 the date of writing and publication
 the name of the printer
 Institution/author copy right conditions
Enat College
24
 acknowledgements.
x The cover design should also be completed.
Proof reading symbols

When you make the correction you should use the accepted symbols used in proof reading.
Instruction Textual mark Marginal mark No t e s

Close up, Deleted Linking
space between
characters or words characters
Insert space between _ Give the size of the space to be inserted
characters when necessary
Between words
a f f ect ed
Insert space between Give the size of the space to be inserted
words when necessary
Between words
a f f ect ed
Reduce space Give amount by which the space is to be
between words reduced when necessary
Between words
a f f ect ed
Make space appear _

equal between
Betwen
characters or words
characters or
words affected
Enat College
25
Close up to normal (each side of The textual marks extend
interlines spacing
column margin
linking lines)
Insert space The marginal mark extends
between lines or
or between the lines of text.
paragraphs
Give the size of the space
to be inserted when
necessary
Reduce space The marginal mark extends
between lines or
between the lines of text.
paragraphs Or
Give the amount by which
the space is to be reduced
when necessary
Start new
paragraph
Run on/no new

paragraph
Transpose
characters or words
Between
characters or
words,
numbered when
necessary
Transpose a 4 3 2 234 To be inserted when the sequence cannot be
number or _ _ _ clearly indicated by the use of The vertical
characters strokes are made through the characters or
words to be transposed and numbered in the
correct sequence.
Enat College
26
Transpose lines
Transpose a 4 To be used when the sequence cannot

number of lines
be clearly indicated by
3
(above). Rules extend from the
2
margin into the text with each line to be
transplants numbered in the correct
sequence.
Centre Enclosing
matter to be
centred
Indent Give the amount of the indent in the
marginal mark
Set line justified to Give the exact dimensions when
specified measure
necessary
Set column justified

to specified measure
Move matter Give the exact dimension when
specified distance to Enclosing necessary.
the right matter to
be moved
to the left
More matter Enclosing Give the exact dimension
specified distance to matter to
the left be moved
to the left
Enat College
27
Raise matter Give the exact dimension when
necessary. (use for insertion of space
Over matter to
between lines or paragraphs in text)
be raised
Under matter
to be raised
Lower matter Give exact dimention when necessary

Over matter to
(use for reduction of space between
be lowered
lines or paragraphs in text)
Under matter
to be lowered
Change italic to Encircle
upright type character(s) to
be changed
Invert type Encircle
character to be
inverted
Substitute or
insert character
through
character
in superior or Under character
where e. g 2
position required
Substitute or
insert character
through
in inferior character Over character
position or e. g .
where 2
required
Substitute or
insert full stop
through
or decimal point character

or
Enat College
28
where
required
,
Substitute or
insert
through
apostrophe character
or
where
required
Substitute or
insert single
through
quotation marks character cand/or ,
or
where
required
'' ''
Substitute or
insert single
through and/or
quotation marks character

or
where
required
Substitute or
insert hyphen
through
character
or
where
required
Substitute or Give the size of the rule in the marginal
insert rule through mark e.g.
character
or
where 1cm 4 mm
required
Leave
unchanged ------ 
Under
character to
remain
Enat College
29
Wrong fount Encircle
replace by character(s) to 
character(s) of be changed
correct fount
Set in or change ___________
to italic Under
character(s) to
be set or
changed
Set in or change ____________ ____________

to capital letters ____________ ____________
____________ ____________
Under
character(s) to
be set or
changed
Set in or change ____________ ____________

to capital letters ____________ ____________
for initial letters under
and small character(s) to
capital letters be set or
for the rest of changed
the words
Set in or change ____________ ____________
to bold type ____________ ____________
____________ ________
Under initial
letters and
____________
____________
Under rest of
word(s)
Set in or change
to bold type
Under
character(s) to
be set or
changed
Set in or change
to bold italic
type
Under
character(s) to
be set or
changed
Change capital Encircle
letters to lower character(s) to
case letters bechanged
Enat College
30
Change small Encircle
capital letters to character(s) to
lower case be changed
letters
Insert in text the New matter

matter indicated follwed by
in the margin
Insert The relevant section of the copy should be supplied with
additional the corresponding letter marked on it in a diamond e.g.
matter Followed by for
identified by a example
letter in a A
diamond
A
Delete
/ through
character(s)
or
through words
to be deleted
Delete and close
up
through
character
or
Through
character
e.g. charaacter
charaaecter
4.7. Role of editor During Pre-Testing

This part describes a few ways of assessing the quality of instructional material before you go to
the trouble of pre-testing them on students. Pre-testing requires some effort of producing several
copies of the trial materials, contacting a sample of students devising a test and so on .
Enat College
31
Why pre-test?
One of the most important reasons why instructional materials should be pre-tested is to
determine how suitable they are. They need to meet the needs of the learners, the course
objectives and be relevant to the socio-economic context in which the learners are living. Of
course you must also determine if the materials have up-to-date and accurate information. Pre-
testing also helps to make sure whether the material is interesting and motivating.
How do we pre-test?
Once you have identified the people who will give you feedback on the course, you now need to
say exactly who they are and how many will be involved in the pre-testing. There is no need to
limit the number of experts since they are usually very few. If your institution or organization is
a large one you may want to use only a certain number of your peers. Remember to select a
representative sample.
What do you do with the pre-test results?
All the data you get from the pre-testing must be converted into usable information. Once you
have all this information you should use it to improve your course material. Some of the
improvements may be quick and easy to do. Others may take longer time. Among the easily fix
items are:
 correcting typing errors,
 spelling corrections,
 numbering properly,
 improving headings,
 correcting captions and labels,
 correcting grammar and punctuation mistakes,
 explaining difficult words,
 shortening long sentences,
 making small changes on illustrations,
 giving the correct answers or feedback to exercises and activities.
The following areas of improvement may take a longer time to correct:
Enat College
32
 preparing new illustrations.
 adding new content,
 simplifying the content,
 rewriting paragraphs,
 adding in-text questions or new objectives,
 making a new assignment or exercises and activities.
4.8. Production /Printing processes

Production or printing is the last stage that needs a serious attention by the editor and other
responsible bodies. Let us see the necessary processes and steps, and the responsibilities of the
editor as well.
The Printing Process
Instructing the Printer
You will need to make sure that the printer is clearly briefed. Your instructions to him should
state clearly:
 The type of paper /card color, thickness, sized,
 The color of ink,
 The number of copies required,
 The number of pages in the book,
 The type of binding required,
 The number of pages in the book,
 The type of binding required,
 Instructions for the cover (color, type, card or paper),
 Special instructions (loose or colored pages),
 Required agreed delivery date of bound copied,
 The agreed price for the job for outside printer in case of dispute.
Enat College
33
Printing is the end stage of the production of educational materials. It determines how attractive
and effective the materials are and therefore, how well they are received. The quality of paper,
of course, will also determine how durable and appealing the materials are.
4.9 Post Production Stage and Editors responsibilities

The cycle of reviewing the effectiveness of the package does not end once the material package
is used. Someone will have to ' maintain' the course and collect evidence on the performance of
the material.
Special Skills of an Editor

The DE editor must have the ability and skills to function as:
x an academic
x manager
x administrator
x advisor
x etc, in order to get the course materials ready in time and in good shape
Summary
We have seen that the editor in the given education system is responsible for all stages of course
creation and production.
As indicated above the editor is given a broad role. The editor should co-ordinate all the
activities related to the development, productions, and maintenance of course materials. The
editor cannot confine himself/herself to one or a few specialized areas of functioning like the
editors of other institutions such as newspapers or publishing houses. The editor must have
special skills to function as an academic, manager, administrator, adviser, etc in order to get the
course materials ready on time and in good shape. Moreover, the editor has to maintain
systematic record of the reactions from students, experts and the enlightened public in order to
maintain the quality of the materials. The aforementioned responsibilities of an editor depend
mainly on the nature of the institution concerned. Such a choice is made on the criteria such as
economic, administrative, academic, availability of expertise etc.
Enat College
34
Enat College
35
1 1^9/ )
Enat College, Shashamene Campus Academic Year 2013 E.C
ENAT COLLEGE
SHASHAMENE
HEAD OFFICE
REGISTRAR AND ALUMNI GUIDELINE
Dec, 2013E.C
1 REGISTRAR AND ALUMNI GUIDELINE

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Table of Contents
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 4
1.1 A Brief History ................................................................................................................................. 5
2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals............................................... 5
2.1 Vision .............................................................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Mission............................................................................................................................................ 5
2.3 Goals ............................................................................................................................................... 5
2.4 Objectives ....................................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Core Values ..................................................................................................................................... 6
3 Academic Calendar ................................................................................................................................. 7
4 ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE student code of conduct ............................................ 11
4.1 Policy on under graduate academic advising ............................................................................... 12
4.2 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 12
4.3 Student support services .............................................................................................................. 16
4.4 Admissions .................................................................................................................................... 20
Post GraduationAdmission Requirement ..................................................................................................... 21
5 Continuing and distance Education Program ....................................................................................... 22
5.1 Registration................................................................................................................................... 22
5.2 Regular registration ...................................................................................................................... 22
5.3 Late registration ........................................................................................................................... 22
5.4 Identification Cards....................................................................................................................... 22
5.5 Add and Drop................................................................................................................................ 23
5.6 Dropping out, withdrawing and Clearing ..................................................................................... 25
5.7 Readmission.................................................................................................................................. 27
5.7.1 Readmission for students in good academic standing ......................................................... 27
5.7.2 Readmission for academically dismissed students............................................................... 27
6 Academic matters ................................................................................................................................. 29
6.1 Examination .................................................................................................................................. 29
6.2 Class Attendance .......................................................................................................................... 30
6.3 Term (term) load .......................................................................................................................... 30

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.3.1 The grading system ............................................................................................................... 31

6.3.2 Degree program.................................................................................................................... 31
6.3.3 Diploma (TVET) program ...................................................................................................... 32
6.4 No Grade (NG) .............................................................................................................................. 34
7 Academic status.................................................................................................................................... 35
7.1 Degree program............................................................................................................................ 35
7.2 Diploma Program (TVET) .............................................................................................................. 35
7.3 Probation (Only for degree program)........................................................................................... 35
7.4 Repeating courses ........................................................................................................................ 36
7.5 Makeup examination .................................................................................................................... 37
7.6 Supplemental examinations ......................................................................................................... 38
7.7 Returning and Remarking of exam papers ................................................................................... 39
7.8 Waiver of Rules ............................................................................................................................. 39
8 Transfer of Students ............................................................................................................................. 39
8.1 Regular Program ........................................................................................................................... 39
8.2 Continuing Education Program..................................................................................................... 41
8.3 Course Exemption/Credit Transfer ............................................................................................... 41
8.4 Graduation Requirements ............................................................................................................ 42
8.5 Transcripts, Degrees and diplomas (Certificate of completion) ................................................... 43
8.5.1 Transcripts ............................................................................................................................ 43
8.6 Degrees and Diplomas (TVET) ...................................................................................................... 45
8.7 Other............................................................................................................................................. 45

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1 Introduction
We want to extend out warm welcome to all new and returning students of ENAT COLLEGE
SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE I hope you will have a rewarding and successful academic
year. Our office ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE top Management student
dean affair and registrar office specialized is here to support you to accomplish your study with us
successfully.
Accordingly, this information handbook would ensure that you are aware of and have easy access
to the academic rule and regulation that pertain to you as a student.
The all ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE will assist you in many ways
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE staff members of all offices in the
particular area are all among the most important people you will meet during your study with us.
However, it is registrar office contact persons of your particular study center that would be
available to you immediate information. Highlighted in this infraction handbook are topics you
may need during the year including contact addresses of all ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE
HEAD OFFICE operational managers.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
1.1 A Brief History

The ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE, as the institution was formerly
known, claimed to operate in October 2016/17 E.C in SHASHAMENE Town, with a capital of
_____________ birr a total number of ________ Regular program students, and _____ part time
faculty staff.
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE has emerged today as one of the country’s
leading private higher education institutions, with _________ bachelor’s degree and ________
TVET and teacher education programs. The main campus is based in SHASHAMENE and the
College is currently claimed providing educational services at SHASHAMENE campus.
2.1 Vision
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE aspires to be a nationally and
internationally canter of academic excellence by 2030
2.2 Mission
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE imparts quality education; conducts
need based research; and provides training in the endeavor to produce competent and productive
graduates who can satisfy the socio economic need of the country and in the region of East
Africa.
2.3 Goals
access and success
2.4 Objectives
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 To develop research centres that solves societal problems.
2.5 Core Values

To achieve its vision and goals, ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE is
directing its performance and efforts by the following philosophy (values):
 Education for Development
 Research for Societal Well being
 Effectiveness
 Efficiency
 Transparency and Accountability
 Team Work
 Competence

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3 Academic Calendar
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE normally operates with a two-
Term Calendar of each running from September to June E.C
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR

DETAIL OF ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 2020/2021
FIRST TERM
Date in G.C Date in E.C Description of Academic Duties / Activates

- Registration held before entrance Examination given
- Giving entrance exam for New entrant candidates
September 14-26 Meskerem3-15 (12) - Preparation for registration and starting registration for both Fresh and Senior Students.
Oct 1-8 Meskerem 22-28 - Preparing tutorial schedule and posting it
- Arranging Students files and organizing them accordingly
- Late registration with penalty Tikimt 1&2r
- Giving orientation for new comers and Assigning students to their prospective.Tikimt 3
- Tikimt 01 module and assignment distribution for each candidates
October 12-24 Tikimet1-13 - Add & drop
- Giving ID Cards for the students
October 26-31 Tikimet15-20 - Readmission applications weeks for admission in the Last year students(Term of last year )
October 14&15
Tikimet3and 4 - Last date for reporting let registration
October 30
Tikimet19 -Organizing meetings for orientation and service quality improvement
November 16-23
Hidar6-13 -providingtutorial to all candidates
st
Decm 4 - 1 Term Preparing Final exam schedule and disclosing it to the concerned body
Hidar20-24 -
Dec 19-22
Tahissas 10-13 - Exam Submission to the exam committee for approval
Dec25-29
Tahissas16-20 - First Term final exam shall be held
Dec25-29
Tahissas21 - Final Exam Papers shall be distributed to direct professional for correction
Dec 6-8
st
Tahissas 26-27 - 1 Term Grade Submission date
- Gathering assessment results disclosing them to the students and preparing students transcript
Jan22-26 Tir01-10 (grade report)
st
Jan29 Tir11-15 - Presenting 1 Term accomplishment report with Tutors evaluation feed back

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

FIRST TERM

September 14-26 Tir16-30 (12) - Preparation for registration and starting registration for both Fresh and Senior Students.
Oct 1-8 Yekatit 03-11 - Preparing tutorial schedule and posting it
October 12-24 Yekatit12-22 - Add & drop
- Renewing ID Cards for the students and re-registering them
October 26-31 Yekatit23-30 - Readmission applications weeks for admission in the Last year students(Term of last year )
October 14&15
Megabit3and 4 - Last date for reporting let registration
October 30
Megabit5-10 -Organizing meetings for orientation and service quality improvement
November 16-23
Megabit12-14 -providingtutorial to all candidates
nd
Megabit 20-24 -
Dec 19-22
Miazea 10-13 - Exam Submission to the exam committee for approval
Dec25-29
Miazea16-20 - Second Term final exam shall be held
Dec25-29
Miazea22 - Final Exam Papers shall be distributed to direct professional for correction
Dec 6-8
nd
Miazea 23-25 - 2 Term Grade Submission date
Jan22-26 Miazea26-30 (grade report)
nd
Jan29 Ginbot03-06 - Presenting 2 Term accomplishment report with Tutors evaluation feed back

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

FIRST TERM

- Registration held before entrance Examination given
- Giving entrance exam for New entrant candidates
September 14-26 Ginbot07-20 - Preparation for registration and starting registration for both Fresh and Senior Students.
Oct 1-8 Ginbot 22-28 - Preparing tutorial schedule and posting it
October 12-24 Sene01-10 - Add & drop
- Giving ID Cards for the students
October 26-31 Sene10-14 - Readmission applications weeks for admission in the Last year students(Term of last year )
October 14&15
Sene15-20 - Last date for reporting let registration
October 30
Sene21-22 -Organizing meetings for orientation and service quality improvement
November 16-23
Sene30-01 -providingtutorial to all candidates
rd
Hamile 03-06 -
Dec 19-22
Hamile 07-09 - Exam Submission to the exam committee for approval
Dec25-29
Hamile 11-12 - Third Term final exam shall be held
Dec25-29
Nahassie 03-06 - Final Exam Papers shall be distributed to direct professional for correction
Dec 6-8
rd
Nahassie 10-15 - 3 Term Grade Submission date
Jan22-26 Nahassie 16-25 (grade report)
st
Jan29 Nahassie 26-27 - Presenting 1 Term accomplishment report with Tutors evaluation feed back

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

DETAIL OF ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 2020/2021)
SECOND TERM

Megabit 5-9 - Identifying 1stTerm incomplete cases and reporting them to the Academic Dean
March 14-18 for removing Incompletes
Megabit 5-9 - 2ndTerm registration period
March 14-18 Megabit 12 ,(march21)Late registration with penalty
Megabit 5 - The beginning of 2ndTermfor both Senior and 1st year
March 21 - Last date for formal withdrawal
Miyazia10-15
April 18-23 - preparing second Term mid-terms exam schedule
Mizaya24-28
April2-6 Second Term mid exam to be held.
Genbot 1-5 - Organizing meetings for discussion on service quality improvement
May 9 - Departments will evaluate instructors for their courses.
JuneJULY 1 Sene24 - Second Term classes end
June20-24 Sene13-17 - Preparing second Term final exam schedule for students
July 4-7 Sene 27-30 - Exam submmation to the exam committee
- Final exam
July 11-15 Hamile 4-8 - Student Evaluate Instructors for Second Term performance
July18-20 Hamile 11-13 - 2nd Term grade summation date
July 21-22 Hamile 14-15 - Discussing With Instructors on their Evaluation Result
Gathering assessment results disclosing them to the students and preparing
July 18-22 Hamile 11-15 students transcript
- Indentifying second Term incomplete cases and reporting them to the academic
July25 Hamile18 dean for removal of re-examination for graduating students
- Screening students on the basis of their academic performance for graduation or
promotion to the next academic standard and presenting to the academic
July26 Hamile 19 commission
- Preparing Temporary Certificate for graduating students
Aug 1 Hamile 25 - Distributing all necessary materials for graduating students.
Aug 7 Nehase8 - Graduation on granting of Certificate (Level) and Degree award

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4 ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE student code of conduct

I. This document of the basic rules and regulations of the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE
HEAD OFFICE is have in after be called ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
student code of conduct”
(A) The code is descriptions of unacceptable behaviors for students registered to study in the
college and explanations of the types offences and complete disciplinary process.
(B) the offences in this code describes behavior which if left unchecked, an unacceptable desire
infringe upon the freedoms heisted above and so threaten the proper functioning of the college
(C) Nothing in this code shall precuts the college from referring an individual matter to the
appropriate law enforcement agency, should such actions be considered necessary
(D) The code shall be operational, after being approved by his/her bodies of the College
(E) This code is primarily operated by-the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
esthetical and disciplinary action committee composed of seven members
 Dean of student (Chairman) 1
 Student representative 2
 Academic Commission member 2
 Campus security services Responsible for the Personnel 1
Total = 6
II. ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE student rights under this code of
conduct
A. Any ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE student who has accused of
hiking committed an offence under this code has the right.
I. To be treated equally, regardless of sex and other values
II. To be given a reasonable opportunity to respond to and allegations before being
found to have committed on offence under the code
III. To present evidence and call his/her oven witnesses and to question any other
witnesses called.
B. Any ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE student who has been
accused of the offences in this code has the right

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
o To be consulted before any informal resolution of any relevant charges against the
student
o To be information of the time date and place of any hearing respecting and
relevant changes
o To be consulted by the dean or department head as to whether the person should be
at that hearing and
o To be informed of the sanction, if any, imposed on the student in relation and any
offences relevant to the person ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD
OFFICE students
III. Responsibilities and Benefits
Any student registered in the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE accepts the
following responsibilities and benefit
- To abide by the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE and other rules and
resolution of the College
- To uphold the good name of the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
- To participate in the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE and governance
actives
- All the freedoms mentioned above
- To recommend and suggest his/her or the groups best way (styles) of learning
4.1 Policy on under graduate academic advising

 Pivotal means great importance because other things depend on it.
4.2 Overview
The need for high quality academic advising is acknowledged by students, faculty staff and
administrators alike to be a key component to student success and progress to degree. Academic
advising is inextricably linked with student learning. In partnership, classroom learning and
academic advising help students in weaving together the strands of personal and intellectual
learning which are the marks of a true higher education. Through skillful academic advising and
counseling, students are guided toward the timely and successful completion of their studies as
well as the identification and fulfillment of academic and career goals.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
I. Advising program objectives

The purpose of academic advising at ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE is to
facilitate the intellectual and personal development of our students, to enhance their academic
performance, and to ensure students’ progress toward graduation by assisting them in achieving
the following specific objectives:
a. Facilitating intellectual and personal development
1. Choosing, clarifying, planning and achieving educational and career goals;
2. Understanding the relationship between academic experience and career opportunities;
3. Identifying academic skills that need to be acquired or enhanced to achieve
educational goals.
b. Enhancing academic performance
1. Developing a strategy to monitor progress and development at the College
2. Selecting courses and programs to integrate educational and personal goals with the
aims and goals of the country in the development of human resources
3. Increasing awareness of the full range of campus programs and services
c. Ensuring progress towards graduation
1. Understanding and following the College’s policies and procedures leading to
graduation (e.g requirements for completion of programs, majors and minors, etc)
2. Completing and processing appropriate forms and petitions necessary to maintain
ongoing academic progress (e.g petitions for withdrawal, re-admission, exemption of
courses grade change academic probation, etc)
II. Pivotal point for advising
Academic advising takes place within a framework of a student’s academic progress
ideally; students would seek and obtain academic advising on a regular basis
throughout their academic careers. Minimally, academic advising revolves around the
following key pivotal points.
1. When the student enters the College, either as a first-year or a transfer student.
2. If and when the student experiences academic difficulty, including probation and
possibility of dismissal/disqualification

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
3. When the student moves into upper levels and closer to graduation/completion
4. As the student prepares to graduate and move beyond his or her studies at Enat
College .
It is within the scope of these pivotal pints that The College College’s policy on advising is
founded what follows are specific responsibilities of students, advisors, departments/programs
and administrators to ensure that students and the College community alike maximize the
benefits of the academic advising program
III. Responsibilities
A. Students have the responsibility to:
1. Be familiar with and complete all degree requirements;
2. Obtain department/program brochures, handbooks and all pertinent
information as necessary;
3. Attend a new student orientation program prior to the first Term of attendance;
4. Maintain a personal academic advising portfolio and take it to every advising
appointment
5. Seek academic advising at the appropriate time and from the appropriate
sources
6. Keep scheduled appointments;
7. Follow through on advisor recommendations
8. Accept ultimate responsibility for their decisions; and
9. Make use of all resources on campus
B. Academic advisors have the responsibility to
1. Be prepared upon entering employment to advise students
2. Be familiar with College and departmental/program requirements policies, and
procedures;
3. Provide accessible advising services to students by scheduling and maintaining
regular office hours.
4. Provide a respectfully, supportive atmosphere;
5. Keep accurate records;

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6. Ensure that students are provided assess to services on a fair and equitable
basis
7. Avoid any personal conflict of interest as well as the appearance of a conflict
8. Refuse to participate in any form of sexual harassment
9. Recognize the limitations of their positions and be familiar with College
resources in order to make appropriate referrals, and
10. Maintaining confidentiality
C. Each department/program is responsible for the following
1. A clear declaration of who in the department/ program is responsible for
academic advising (providing a list of advisor, their office hours, where they
are located etc)
2. Identification of mechanisms which ensure the accessibility of advising (e.g.
staff office hours which accommodate a variety of student schedules; periodic
departmental/program orientation, written advising materials, etc)
3. Making specific requirements of their academic program readily available to
students by having a designated area on departmental/program bulletin boards
for public display of advising procedures and information
4. Making available materials which will be used in the advising process, and
5. Evaluating the effectiveness of departmental/program academic advising
regularly and making necessary changes as required.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
4.3 Student support services

The following support services are available to students at ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE
HEAD OFFICE.
Campus Orientation
An extensive campus-wide initial orientation consistent with the goals of the institution and
relevant to the needs of entering students is annually scheduled before the commencement of
classes of the new academic year organized by the offices of the registrar and dean of student
affairs, this program covers topics such as history,
 Vision,
 Mission,
 Values and educational goals of the institution;
 The various teaching departments on the campus,
 Registration procedures,
 Admission and graduation requirements;
 Library rules, regulations and facilities;
 And student services, facilities/resources, as well as rights and responsibilities
a. Library Services
A 14-hour library service is provided to students daily Monday through Saturday. The campus’s
library houses ________ books in the open access circulation and _______ in the closed assess
circulation there are ______ books; ___ journals; ____ journals ____ projects; ___score
recordings; ____ video tapes; and ______ manuscripts. With their IDs and borrowers’ cards,
students can check out most these resources either for use in the library or outside the library.
The SED team gathers that there are apparent shortages of some resources such as professional
journals, dictionaries, encyclopedias, and video tapes. Moreover, it has been noted during an
interview with the chief librarian that the campus library does not subscribe to any professional
journals, and the available journals have been donated to the library by a few concerned faculty
and staff members
b. ICT/Internet Services
Direct observations of the physical facilities and learning resources indicate that an enhanced
access to the internet is widely available to students on the campus. The campus makes use of a
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
leased line broadband internet of 1 Mb. This line is entirely dedicated to education and research
activities. Through this service students can freely access the web in the library, in the ICT center,
in the IT laboratories or anywhere in the compound.
c. Academic Advisement Services
Program faculty members in each program are assigned an academic advising duty, in addition to
a teaching duty, to provide help with various academic issues. A visit to department offices show
that all program faculties have posted their schedules for advising, however, an interview with
department heads and a focus Group discussion with academic staff members and students reveal
that students are not availing themselves of this service. The team further found that the campus
management has not established academic advising policies and procedures. Although students
have a responsibility in this regard, given the significance of academic advising as the very core
of institutional efforts to educate and retain students, the campus management needs to focus its
efforts on making students aware of the advising services and also identify the root causes for
students’ reservation in this regard.
d. Registrar’s Services
The registrar’s Office is the main records custodian of the campus some of the services the
registrar’s office provides to students at ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
SHASHAMENE Campus include creation and maintenance or records of academic work,
verification and issuance of transcripts and diplomas, registration/enrolment. Issuance of
identification cards, class scheduling; academic calendars and exam scheduling; and Graduation
services
The registrar’s office is currently staffed with sufficiently experienced personnel and is open to
students from 8:00 a.m to 5:30 p.m daily Monday through Saturday. However, direct observation
of the offices and an interview with the registrar’s staff indicate that services in this section and
slightly hampered by an acute limitation of space and computing facilities.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
e. Health Service:
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE has already design and set out the
establishment of health service for all students in the campus Accordingly, first Aid Health
Service has started in a claim to provide medical care and treatment to our student located near
main registrar office of the campus.
f. Sports and Recreational Services
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE SHASHAMENE Campus offers some
outlets for students to enjoy their free time while on campus. Conveniently located in the center of
the campus’s compound, a soccer field and a basketball pitch provide opportunities for students
to work off stress and fatigue with a game of football and basketball. In addition of ENAT
COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE provide other refreshment games like table
tennis, cheese and so on. These facilities are available to all current students freely without regard
to age, sex, disability or academic status. A second area of outlet for students on the campus is a
canteen service. There are two spots on the campus where students can buy a variety of food
items and beverages (including tea, coffee, milk, café late, soft drinks and water) at prices the
most students can afford
g. Tuition and Fees Service
The tuition and fees Service is provided by the finance administration unit of the campus
conveniently located near the main entrance way and staffed with three cashiers, this section
provides speedy services to students by accepting all payments for tuition, registration, transcript
requests and other related fees.
h. Mail Service
Even though there is no post office on the campus, a P.O.box number is maintained with the
Ethiopian Postal Services office here in SHASHAMENE students can use this postal number
for personal correspondences notes are posted on notice boards for students to collect any arriving
mail in their names

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
i. Telephone Service
A telephone service is available to student 24 hours a day through several coin-operated telephone
booths and wireless telephone service in the campus owned by the Ethiopian telecom corporation
and located in the compound near the main gateway
j. Educational Assistance Services
Since its inception in 2001 ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
SHASHAMENE campus has been committed to helping people with various constraints to
realize their academic dreams. The centerpiece of this help has been the Scholarship Scheme, in
which no less than three thousand people have benefited by being offered the opportunity of
pursuing their studies in the programs of their choice with no tuition fee requirements or at
reduced requirements.
All in all, the team for this report regards these services as relevant to the needs of students, but
the currently available services are not adequate enough to totally fulfill the interest of the student.
However ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE promised to take dramatic action
up on student service in the coming years.
3. The College registrar
The ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE is responsible for managing the
academic records of students and is committed to serve the students, alumni and the external
community. The registrar system commenced of ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD
OFFICE about ____ years ago in 2001 when the college of ENAT COLLEGE
SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE took off with the first batch of _______ students. The number
of students went on increasing in a claim each year such that those registered during the ______
academic year added up to ______ and the expected to be significantly raised as result of the
starting up of additional new departments in the degree program. There has been a dramatic
increase in the enrolment and number of graduate of both diploma and degree programs between
________
The achievements of thee registrar show that close to ________ students have been enrolled over
the years in the College academic programs. During the last ____ years the total annual number of
graduates showed a significant increase.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
The office of registrar is currently thriving to upgrade its work by automating the main activities
of the system. It is hoped that the automating work will computerize the main operation and
considerably improve provision of efficient services to ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE
HEAD OFFICE student and its graduates
Attention: The main registrar office is located at the main campus ( SHASHAMENE ). In each
branch campuses there are branch registrar offices, which are head by associate registrars. Please
consult the main and branch campuses registrar office
4.4 Admissions
Degree and TVET program admission
The college is open for all qualified citizens of Ethiopia without any
discrimination.
Regular Program Admission
Regular program admission the Ministry of Education (MOE) determines the
admission of regular students into the various TVET and degree programs of all higher
learning institutes.
Admission to the undergraduate Degree programs shall be granted by the college
to applicants who have successfully completed their 10+2 preparatory school education
and pass the University’s entrance examination
 For those who have completed preparatory in 2002 E.C the entrance point
will be 280 and Above
 For those who have completed preparatory in 2003-2006 E.C the entrance
point will be 265and Above
will be 250and Above
will be 275and Above

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 For those who have completed preparatory in 2012E.C the entrance point
will be ------------- and Above
FOR THOSE WHO COME LEVEL PROGRAM

The Admission requirement for student coming from level programs
 Completing of level IV and successful passed COC
examinations and two years work experience
 They must pass the entrance exam prepared by the college
Post Graduation Admission Requirement

To obtain admission to the MBA program, applicants are expected to fulfill the following
admission requirements in line with other ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
rules and regulations with respect to the graduate program:
 A candidate with a bachelor’s degree in any disciplines from accredited and recognized
institution can apply for the program
 A good performance in the entrance examination and/or equivalent admission instruments
is a requirement.
 Having managerial experience is an advantage.
 Successful candidates without business field back ground are required to undergo bridging
courses that will support them to perform better in their MBA program. The candidate is
expected to complete the bridging courses (approved by program coordinator) in order to
attend the courses in the MBA program.
Msc Program
1. Candidates should have a BA degree in Accounting, Management, Economics,
related fields from the accredited Universities.
2. Candidates must pass the entrance exam administered by the department.
3. Candidates shall submit official copies of their undergraduate transcript(s)

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Illegal Admission:- Securing admission by any other means (other than those listed above) in to
the ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE is illegal, the discovery of
which leads to immediate and automatic dismissal. Unless permitted by the concerned
Academic Commission, regular students shall get admission to exactly one program in
the college and not two or more programs, the discovery of which leads to immediate and
automatic dismissal from the College.
5 Continuing and distance Education Program

The admissions to all continuing and distance education programmers are determined by the
College Registrar, which used the same or similar criteria as used in the regular program.
All enquiries regarding admissions into evening and distance programmers must be directed to
main and branch campus registrar office of the College (see the address of each campuses of the
appendix)
Important: all applicants for admission must include all the required information in the admission
application form. Applicant who fails to reveal such information and availing documents will not
be allowed to continue their studies in the College
5.1 Registration
5.2 Regular registration

Students admitted to any of the programs of the College must registrar in person forever course to
be taken in each regular, evening or distance Term (term)
Registration is conducted at each campus during announced dates
5.3 Late registration

The is usually a one-week late registration period after the regular registration closes during
regular, evening or distance Term (term)
Late registration could be subject to penalty
5.4 Identification Cards

A student registering at the College is issued a non-transferable identification card with a unique
and permanent registration number. The card, which is a very valuable document and which
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
requires careful handling, is a means to services in the College. The registration number, often
called identification number, which should appear on all students documents, is required every
time the student request for any College services.
Identification cards are issued to all new students. The charge for identification for new students
is paid with admission registration fee. Students shall pay birr Free for ID card replacement and
birr 100 for last ID cards
5.5 Add and Drop

With the permission of the registrar students can add and drop courses indicated on their original
class registration schedule within the specified time each Term (term) add and drop forms should
be filled in five copies and copies has to submit to the following bodies.
- One copy to the registrar office
- One copy to the department
- One copy to the finance
- One copy to the Academic Dean office
The student has to keep one copy for him/her self and has to should up to the course instructor
upon request

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE

Office of the Registrar
Add /Drop Course Registration form
Full Name: ______________________________________ ID. No. ___________ Sex.___________
Department _______________________________ Academic Year ________ Term ___________
Course to be Add
No Course Title Course No. Cr. Hr
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total Cr.Hr
Course to be Dropped
No Course Title Course No. Cr. Hr
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Total Cr.Hr
Advisor’s Signature ___________________________________________Date ______________________

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5.6 Dropping out, withdrawing and Clearing

 Students dropping out or withdrawing from the College must consult their academic
advisor and explain why they wish to drop out or withdraw. Students withdrawing from
the College for and inadequate reason will be denied readmission. Any student who wants
to withdraw should complete withdrawal form. The College does not accept readmission
requests if an applicant has not withdrawn properly.
 Students should fulfill the proper clearance procedure at the end of each academic year, or
upon graduation or when they withdrawn or dropout.
 Every student must collect three copies of the clearance form from the registrar office.
After properly completing such forms and getting them signed by the appropriate offices,
the student must submit one copy to the registrar office with his/her Id card and one copy
to the his/her department and keep the third with him/her.
 No transcripts, degrees, diplomas and letter of recommendation will be issued to a person
who cannot produce his/her copy of the clearance format every time such services are
requested.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE

Withdrawal form
Purpose:
Only with proper termination below can transcripts of enrolment and honorable dismissal be
issued. Readmission to the College will be considered if proper termination is certified by the
registrar’s office.
Procedures:
1. Complete part I of this form

2. Obtain the signatures in part II
3. Return this form to the registrar’s office not later than three (3) weeks after your absence
from class has been reported by your instructor.
 These forms became part of your permanent file and record
Part I
1.1.Full name by capital letters _________________________________ ID.No _____________

1.2.Department ____________________________________ Year / Class __________________
1.3.Study Program _________________________________
1.4.Last date class Attended _________________________
1.5.Reason for withdrawal graduation
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________.
Part II
Full name (Please print) Sign Date

2.1. Library Chief Circulations _________________ _________________ ___________
2.2.Dean Office ____________________ _________________ ___________
2.3.Registrar Office ____________________ _________________ __________
2.4.Finance Officer ____________________ _________________ __________
Registrar office only
2.5.Registrar Cheek box:_________________________

2.6.For return of Id Card:_________________________
2.7.Date Received :______________________________

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
5.7 Readmission
Students who withdraw officially after earning at least one Term’s credits at the College can
request for readmission in to the faculty they withdrawal form. They may be apply and join a
different faculty only by special permit of the faculty dean.
5.7.1 Readmission for students in good academic standing
 A student who, for reasons beyond his/her control, discontinues his/her studies while in a
good academic standing shall be allowed to apply for readmission
 The applicant is required to proved documented and acceptable justification for his//her
withdrawal.
 Readmission is subject to availability of space
 When there are changes in the curriculum, the status of the student has to be determined
accordingly at the of his/her application for readmission
An academic advisor is an academic staff member assigned to a student by the department/faculty
and assist the student on academic matters, such as adding and dropping courses, registration
withdrawal etc.
5.7.2 Readmission for academically dismissed students
 Students dismissed for academic reasons may be readmitted after at least a Term to repeat
course in which they failed (scored “D” and “F” or below average in major course for
TVET students) during the Term of readmission, provided it is determined that the
projected “C” grades or average marks for TVET students in the courses repeated will
raise the student achievement to the required levels.
 Dismissed student is given a readmission chance only once in his stay in the College
 If a dismissed student who is re-admitted and allowed to repeat a course of courses in a
given Term does not attain good academic standing upon determination of status he shall
be dismissed for good.
 A student who has been dismissal for good due to academic deficient will not be
readmitted into the program form which he has been dismissed

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 A dismissed regular student may apply for admission to a different program in the
continuing and distance education program.
 When there are changes in the curriculum, the status of the student has to be determined
accordingly at the time of his/her application for readmission
 An academically dismissed student, if and when readmitted, is not allowed to take new
courses for the Term being repeated.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Readmission procedures
 Students collect readmission application form from the registrar office at specified times
indicated in the academic calendar
 The completed forms are then returned to the registrar office
 The office forwards the applications to the appropriate faculty
 The office of the registrar informs all concerned applicants whether they have been
accepted or rejected
6 Academic matters
6.1 Examination
Examination is a means of evaluation students and it may take different forms, such as tests,
assignments project work term paper, mid Term (only degree program) and final examination
Final examination
 Generally, examination for regular, extension and par time students are the same or the
same standard
 Students will not be evaluated on the mid Term results (degree program) or continues
class assessment (for TVET program) alone they should take final examination as well.
 Final examination should include theoretical as well as practical examination and last
50% of the total examination result
 Examination are prepared by instructor(s) of the course and approved by the department
concerned
 Departments and faculties are required to approve the grades submitted by instructor

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.2 Class Attendance

A student is required to attendance lecture, laboratory and practical sessions as well as field work.
In situation where a students because of reasons beyond his/her control, fails to attend all
sessions, a minimum of _____attendance is required if he/she is to earn credit in a given course.
 A student who has missed more than 25% attendance will be given a grade of in
(incomplete attendance) and will be required to provide acceptable reasons for his/her
failure to attend classes
 If a student’s incomplete attendance is proven to have been for valid reasons his/her
registration for the course will be cancelled and he/she shall be permitted to do the course
a fresh with a payment birr Degree 60 Level 40
 If a student’s incomplete attendance was due to reasons that were not valid, the IA grade
will be changed to and “F” at the end of the tree week of this/her next enrolment in the
program.
6.3 Term (term) load

A Term (term) load is the number of credits as students is supposed to take in a Term (term)
 The minimum credit hours to be taken by regular degree program students shall be fifteen
and the maximum nineteen
 The minimum credit hours to be taken by regular diploma student shall be 24 and the
maximum 35
 A regular degree program student with CGPA of 2.00 and above and wishing to deviate
from the above requirement shall obtain special permission from the dean of the faculty.
The maximum load with special permission shall not however, exceed 21 credit hours
 The normal load in evening degree programs is 8-12credit hours per term
 The normal load in evening (TVET) program is 12-15 credit hours per term
 An evening degree program student may be allowed to take all load of up to 15 credit
hours, provided that he/she is in his year of graduation, or he/she has completed a course
work of at least 24 credits hr and has a CGPA of 2.00 and above
A credit hour is defined as a lecture of one hour or two hours of tutorial or two to three hours of
laboratory or practical work per week, per Term (term) 15-16 weeks
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.3.1 The grading system

6.3.2 Degree program
Final grades of students entering the College for degree programs are expressed with letter
grading system. Accordingly, the letter grades can be described as follows.
Grade Points Description
A 4.00 Excellent
A- 3.67 Excellent
B+ 3.33 Very good
B 3.00 Very good
C+ 2.33 Good
C 2.00 Satisfactory
D 1.00 Unsatisfactory
D- 0.67 Unsatisfactory
F 0 Fail

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.3.3 Diploma (TVET) program
Final grades of students entering the College for TVET program are expressed with numeric
grading system. The numeric grades can be described as follows
Mark Description Advisor Decision
90-100 Excellent Recommended for COC
80-89 Very Good
70-79 Good
65-69 Satisfactory
60-64 Fair
50-59 Unsatisfactory Not recommended for COC
Below 50failures repeat the course

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Post Graduation
The grading system devised is a four scale letter grading system of ‘A’ to ‘F’ with corresponding
grade points as indicated in the table below.
Raw Mark Interval Corresponding fixed Corresponding

Number Grade Letter Grade
[95, 100) 4 A+
[90, 94) 4 A
[85, 89) 3.75 A-
[75, 84) 3.5 B+
[70, 74) 3.0 B
[65, 69) 2.75 B-
[60, 64) 2.5 C+
[55, 59) 2.0 C
[50, 54) 1.75 C-
[40, 49) 1.0 D
[30, 40) 0 Fx
<30 0 *F
Note: Senior Thesis will be rated as excellent, very good, good, and satisfactory and fail.
Grading would be done using the following Grading standards:
1. “A” (An honor grade) indicates comprehensive mastery of the required work;
2. “B” indicated demonstration of a high level of performance in meeting the course
requirements;
3. “C”(The lowest passing grade in the program); indicates a satisfactory level of
performance
4. “D” Not acceptable as satisfying requirements in the program
5. “F” indicates failure.
6. “I” indicates incomplete work
7. “P” indicates passing work.
8. “NP” indicates work that is not passing.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6.4 No Grade (NG)

1. “NG” shall be reported to dean office and changed to one or another of the following by the
dean office with the consultation of the instructor and the department head
2. An “I” (Incomplete), if the student has concrete evidence that indicates his/her failure to take
the final exam beyond his/her control. Cases such as illness, accident, etc and have to be
reported within two days of the exam administration date.
3. “W” (withdrawal) if the student has formally withdrawn from the program
4. “DO” (Dropout) if the student she not attended 75% of the class and has not taken the final
exam or has not withdrawn formally from the programmer has not reported the reason why
he/she has failed to take the final exam within the time interval stated on neither “W” nor
“DO” shall play any part in the computation of the student grade point average. A student
who obtains a “DO” for a course or courses shall be required to justify the reasons why he
failed to comply with the withdrawal procedures or attend the optimum rate of the class or
why he/she has failed to report the reason within three weeks after the commencement of the
subsequent Term failure to do so shall result in repeating the course with full charges.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7 Academic status
7.1 Degree program
 Any student who fails to achieve a Term grade point average (SGPA) of at least 1.75 or a
cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 2.00 will be warned by his/her dean
 Any student who for a second consecutive Term either falls below a 1.75 SGPA or fails
to maintain a CGPA of 2.00 is subject to dismissal
 Any freshman student who at the end of the first Term receives a GPA of less than 1.50 is
subject to dismissal
 Any freshman student who at the end of the first year (two consecutive Term/term
receives a CGPA of less the 1.75 will be dismissed)
 Any freshman student who at the end of the first year (Two consecutive Terms/terms
achieves a CGPA of 1.75 or better but less than 2.00 will be warned by the dean)
7.2 Diploma Program (TVET)

 Any student who fails to achieve a one year average of 50% will be forced to repeat all
courses below average mark (50%) and will not be permitted to pall to next year.
 Any student should score average mark (50%) in all major courses in each class year.
7.3 Probation (Only for degree program)

Students subject to dismissal for academic reasons will be dismissed unless placed on probation.
No student subject to dismissal may expect probation as a matter of right.
The decision to permit a student to continue his/her studies on probation must be based on
individual consideration of his/her case and a conclusion that, in view of all the relevant
circumstances, there are valid reasons to believe that the student can raise himself/herself
academically to the required levels of achievement after one Term on probation. Such valid
reasons should be spelled out and documented in academic commission minutes for each student
placed on probation.
A student placed on probation for a Term will be dismissed unless such a student attains a SGPA
of 1.75 and a CGPA of 2.00

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
To the extent that inquiry into the causes of probation indicates, those administering probation for
a particular faculty may attach cretin condition to the granting of probation, which must then be
met if the student is to remain enrolled. These conditions may be restrictions designed to remove
in whole or in part the courses of academic failure thus, where warranted, probation may entail
restriction on requirements relating to participation in sports or extra-curricular activities special
tutoring to overcome academic deficiencies class attendance, or other requirements designed
specifically not as punishment, but to help the student to raise his/her academic performance
When a student is placed on probation he/she is notified by his//her dean precisely of his/her
status and what is expected of him/her by way of academic performance in the future and what
restriction or requirements may be condition of the probation and what will be the consequence of
failure to meet these requirements.
The dean of students and the registrar will, in each case, receive a copy of the notice required
above. In the case of regular students the dean of students will enforce whatever probationary
restrictions may have been imposed when the restrictions may have been imposed when the
restricted activity comes within the purview of his office, for example, restrictions on sports or
their extracurricular activities, which are under his administration.
7.4 Repeating courses

 A student may repeat a course or several courses to remove academic deficiency at the
discretion of the academic commission
 A student who obtains and “F” grade in a course may repeat the course. However, no
such course may be repeated more than twice. Students repeating course register and carry
out all activities
 A borderline student may be allowed to repeat a course in which the student has obtained
a “D” grade gut no such course may be repeated more than once unless it is a required
course for graduation in which case the student may be given a second chance to repeat
 A previous grade or grades of “F” or “D” shall be removed and replaced by the new
grade. A grade on a repeated course shall be recorded as it is. The initial grades that are
the grades that the students want to change, will be cancelled on transcripts and will not
be considered in the calculation of GPA and CGPA

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 If a student repeating “D” scores an “F” shall be final unless a second repeat is
authorized
7.5 Makeup examination

A student unable to take a final examination for reasons beyond his/her control, such as
hospitalization or accidents, and therefore has and “I” (incomplete) grade for a course may be
allowed to take a makeup examination in the course.
Procedure:
I. Any such student or a person representing the student must submit in writing with
valid and documented reasons for not taking the final examination to the head of
his/her academic department after the date of administration of the exam
II. Where the Academic commission does not find valid reasons for such student to take
the final examination, the , “I” grade on the student’s record will be changed
automatically to “F”, and accordingly, the student’s GPA will be calculated and the
status will be determined
III. A student allowed to take a makeup examination will register for and take the
examination with other students when the final examination in the course is next
administered.
IV. Students allowed to take makeup examination must apply and register for the
examination at least one month (the dates are as announced by the office of the
registrar in the academic calendar) before the final examination in the course is
scheduled to be administered.
V. A student who has three or more “I” grades in a Term and is allowed to take makeup
examination must, irrespective of his/her academic status, withdraw from The College
for academic reasons and apply to take the makeup examination as in (IV) above. No
GPA will be calculated and no academic status will be determined for such a student
until the results of the makeup examination are known.
VI. A student who has less than three (one or two) “I” grades in a Term and who is
allowed to take a makeup examination may continue his/her studies in a subsequent
Term if the students is in good academic standing (that is, SGPA of 1.75 or above) for

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
such a student GPAs will be calculated and his/her academic status will be determined
based on grades obtained and excluding coursed in which the “I” grades are
reregistered. Such a student will also apply for and take makeup examination in
incomplete coursed as in (IV) above
VII. For a student who has less than three “I” grades but is not in good academic standing,
the procedure in (IV) above will apply. The grades earned through the make-up
examination are used to compute the GPA of the student in the Term in which the
makeup examination is given
VIII. Any “I” grade not removed within a year as per procedures specified above will be
automatically converted into and “I” grade by the faculty academic commission.
7.6 Supplemental examinations

A graduating class student who has taken all the required coursed in the program he/she is
enrolled but fails to meet graduation requirements may be allowed by the academic commission
to sit for re-examination is the courses in which he/she has earned “D” or “F” grades.
Supplemental examinations are allowed under the following conditions:
 Supplemental examinations are administered only to graduating class students within six
weeks after the commencement of the subsequent Term
 The student’s major and minor CGPA as must be such that when an input of “C” grade on
the course is made as a result of the re-examination, he/she qualifies for graduation
 The courses are those that the student had taken during the last two Terms of the program
 The maximum number of courses subject to re-examination are only two
 A student is not allowed to sit for a supplemental examination more that once in the same
course,
 A student who fails in his final year essay or project shall be allowed to re-register for the
essay or project to have it completed during the subsequent Term. The grade obtained on
a supplemental or essay or project shall stand as final. The grade received on re-
examination is recorded as it is.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7.7 Returning and Remarking of exam papers

 Exam papers (final and mid exams) are returned to students after marking
 Instructors submit results after students have seen their papers
 At the end of each Term, a period of one week after the final date for submitting grades to
the registrar’s office will be reserved for students who wish to submit an application for
remarking their examination papers.
 Students will take a copy of an application form (remarking F1) from the office of their
respective departments
 A completed copy of the application form and exam paper will be submitted to the head of
the department responsible for offering the course
 The department head, in consultation with the dean, shall take actions when such requests
are filed by students. Remarking policy applies only to written final examination at the
end of a Term or an academic year.
7.8 Waiver of Rules

Means a situation in which gives up a legal right or claim: an official document stating this.
Minor academic requirements may be waived by the academic standards and curriculum review
committee. Each case is studied by the relevant department academic committee (DAC) which
forwards its recommendations to the faculty academic commission. The dean of the faculty
forwards a formal request for waiver along with the academic commission minutes to the
academic standards and curriculum review committee (ASCRC). The committee considers the
case and gives final decision in granting or denying waiver of the rules. The decision of the
ASCRC will be final. The ASCRC does not entertain direct student petitions for waiver of rules.
All requests should be filed at their respective departments.
8 Transfer of Students
8.1 Regular Program
A student may transfer from one faculty to another faculty () Inter-faculty
Or from one department to another department within the same faculty (Inter-faculty) upon
satisfying the following conditions and procedures
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 Both inter-faculty and intera-faculty transfers shall depend on availability of space and
facilities in the receiving faculty or department and a transfer applicant shall have grade
levels that would normally be required of students for enrollment into the department
concerned.
 Inter-faculty transfer in only applicable in areas of related streams; consistent with
pertinent provisions of the Education policy (e.g. Students enrolled in the college of
education are not allowed to transfer to other faculties)
 A Student dismissed from his previous department shall not be eligible for transfer into
another faculty or department of The College
 Inter-faculty and intera-faculty transfer application forms shall be available at each faculty
and department of The College to be collected by applicants for transfer upon payment of
appropriate fees.
 A transfer application form must be completed and returned to the concerned faculty or
department within a week after registration
 Granting or denying transfer shall be made by a dean of the receiving faculty upon the
recommendation of the receiving department in case of inter-faculty transfer and by the
head of the receiving department in case of intra-faculty transfer which shall then be
approved by the dean of the receiving faculty. Accepted transfer requests are subject to
final approval by the registrar.
 Receiving faculties shall set criteria for selecting students who apply for transfer
 A student whose application for transfer has been rejected shall have a right of appeal to
the AVPAA whose decision shall be final.
 The process of transfer shall be completed within two weeks following the
commencement of classes.
 Transfer shall not have the consequence of elongating the stay of a student for ore than a
year.
 The receiving department shall work out the details to transfer of credits and other
technical matters

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
Attention: New entry regular students who have just been allocated to the various departments
are not allowed to transfer from one faculty to another or from one department to
another department in a faculty
8.2 Continuing Education Program

Evening and summer (kiremt) students are not allowed to transfer from one faculty to another
or from one department of a faculty to another department of the same faculty. Evening students
may transfer to regular program if they satisfy the following
 The applicants must have accumulate (obtained passing grades) in the evening program in
at least half (50%) of the total credits required for graduation as specified in the
applicant’s academic program.
 The applicant must have a least a cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.00 at the
time of application
 Such a transfer can take place within the same academic departments/ program only. Thus.
Request for change of major and/or minor areas of study cannot be considered.
 Applications for transfer to the regular program are to be submitted to the concerned
academic department by completing forms prepared for this purpose by the registrar for
student who meet the basic criteria as stated above
 Applications must be submitted within a maximum of two weeks after the date of Term
registration in the evening program
 Academic departments may accept or reject the transfer application based on availability if
space and facilities on competitive basis, decisions (acceptance or rejection) must be
approved by the dean; the registrar effects approved transfer cases.
 Students transferred from the evening to regular program will be subject to the cost
sharing scheme.
8.3 Course Exemption/Credit Transfer

A student joining The College on advanced standing basis or transferred from an accredited
public higher learning institution may be exempted by the relevant department from

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
 Common courses (he//she already taken and passed) having the same credit hours as
those offered by ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE
 Common courses with 2 credit hours instead of 3 credit hours required by ENAT
COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE provided that the applicant has scored a
grade of “B” or better in the course. Students not given exemption will take all courses as
given in the curriculum.
Exemption from department (major, minor, etc) courses shall be handled by the department
concerned in accordance with current university rules and regulation. The final decision student
request for course exemption should be made by the Academic commission in view of the
recommendations forwarded by the concerned departments offering for respective coursed.
8.4 Graduation Requirements

For graduation a student must fulfill the following requirements:
 No “F” ,”NG” or” I” grade in any courses taken.
 The minimum number of credit hours offered by the respective
department/Faculty should be achieved and all required courses should be
taken, and
 Students of all programs must achieve a minimum cumulative grade point
average (CGPA) of 2.00
 Under special consideration the Academic Commission may allow students(s)
to graduate with “F” particular if the course is a no credit course and the
student has a convincing reason for not repeating the course.
Minimum Credits and Cumulative Grade point Averages. For instance medical
reasons for physical education courses.
Minimum credit and CGPA
Three year Four year Five year
Credit 112 136 170
CGPA 2
Major GPA 2
Minor GPA 2

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
i. No “F” Grade in any of the required coursed

ii. The minimum graduation requirement for TVET program is an average of 50% of in
each major course and as a whole
iii. Description of higher achievements.
Very great distinction 3.75 or above 95 or above

Great distinction 90-94
Distinction 85-89
8.5 Transcripts, Degrees and diplomas (Certificate of completion)

8.5.1 Transcripts
Transcripts are records of student’s academic performance. They are the most valuable private
and sensitive documents. Utmost care is taken in their recording, storing and issuance. The
following is a set of regulation governing issuance of transcripts.
I. No student’s records are shown or given to a third party without the written consent
of the student. The College may make discretionary exception to this
II. No transcripts will be issued for requests made through third parties, is representatives
friends or relatives, agencies, etc. in exceptional case transcripts are given to third
parties if the third party meets the following condition.
a. The third party must carry a power of attorney
b. The third party does not demand that the transcripts be given to him/her
c. The third party must sign an affidavit to the effect that it assumes full
responsibilities for any disputes arising from the possibility that the registrar’s
office is misled into sending transcripts to persons who have no legal claims
over the document.
d. The third party will be required to put his/her thumb impression on the said
affidavit
e. The third party will be required to put his/her thumb impression on the said
affidavit.
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
III. All students who have dropped out, withdrawn or graduated from The College must
present and official clearance sheet to get transcript and other services. Third parties of
such students must present clearance sheets of student they represent. The official
clearance form or its equivalent clears the students from all their financial and other
obligation to The College
IV. Transcripts given by registrar office are of two kinds student copy and official copy
official copies carry the registrar’s seal and signature and are directly sent to
institutions or organizations upon the request and or the consent of the individual.
There is a charge for official transcript currently the following is charged
Student copy ............................................................5.00 birr per copy
Urgent student copy.................................................. 15.00 birr per copy
Official transcript
Local destination .....................................................50.00 birr per copy
Foreign destination ..................................................50.00 birr per copy
V. Transcripts are processed and issued or sent on two bases: regular services and express
service regular services require three working days to process, express service requires
one day. In other words transcript requests on a regular basis will be given or mailed
within three days: express requests within one day

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8.6 Degrees and Diplomas (TVET)

Degree and diplomas are issued by the registrar’s office. Following graduation or approval to
graduate by each faculty’s academic commission. Students are, upon presentation of clearance
papers’ issued temporary; certificates of completion. These are later on replaced by the original
degrees and diplomas. The concerned individual has to pay the required charges for the original
degrees and diplomas degrees are given to the individual and not to a third party. Degrees and
diplomas not collected in theme will be destroyed. No new degrees or diplomas will be issued.
Degrees and diplomas are issued when candidates produce clearance of their responsibilities to
Addis Ababa University
8.7 Other
Upon the request by the student, the registrar’s office issues letters of attendance and other
certificates. All such letters take longer to prepare than transcripts and other is a charge on each of
them
5. The College central administration profile
S.No Name Qualification Level Position
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
6. Campus Dean, Faculty Dean and Directors Profile

S.N Name Qualification Level Position Campu
o s
1. Dr. Takele Petros PHD in Managment Dean Sh/ne
2. Mr. Digafe Buzuneh MA- in Managment Vice Academic Dean Sh/ne
3. Mr. Terefe Getachew MA-Development Mgt Quality Assurance Head Sh/ne
4. Dr. Teshome Gudisa PHD in Curriculum Studies Research & Development Director Sh/ne
5. Mr. Siraj Gemeda BA in Curriculum DCE Director Sh/ne
6. Mr. Abera Eriso BA-Sociology Personnel Sh/ne
7. Miss. Hilina Gebre BA-Management Registrar Head Sh/ne
8. Mr. Mohammed Kedir BA- Accounting & Finance TVET-Coordinator Sh/ne
9. Mr. Abera Eriso BA-Business Administration Finance Head Sh/ne
10. Miss. Meseret Gebre BA-Accounting Cashier Sh/ne
11. Miss.Sintayehu Mekete BA-Accounting Accountant Sh/ne
12. Mr. Samuel Girma BSc-Accounting Internal Auditor Sh/ne
13. Miss Eyerus Abera Accounting-Level IV Ass. Registrar Sh/ne
14. Miss. Zamzam HRM-Level IV Store Keeper Sh/ne
15. Miss. Meseret Kasahun HNS-Level IV Library Assistant Sh/ne
16. Miss. Zelalem Eshetu DBA- Level IV Secretary Sh/ne
17. Accounting- Level IV Library Assistant Sh/ne
18. Accounting-Level IV Library Assistant Sh/ne
19. HNS-Level IV Library Head Sh/ne
20. PG Coordinator Sh/ne
21. Professor Tolosa Msc-Accounting & Finance FBE/Head Sh/ne
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
7. SHASHAMENE , Campus faculties program and departments

S.No Faculty Program
Degree
TVET
1 Business and Economics - Accounting and Finance (BA)
- Business Management (BA)
- Marketing Management (BA)
- Masters in General Business Administration (GMBA)
- Accounting and Finance (BSc)
- Masters in Marketing Management (MBA)
-
2 Science and Technology - Computer Science Civil Engineering
-
7.1 Continuing and Distance Education Program

The College offers Bachelor Degree and diploma (TVET) programmers in the difference field of
studies listed below.
S.No Faculty Program
Degree TVET
1 Accounting and Finance (BA) 
2 Business Management (BA) 
3 Accounting 
4 ICT 

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
8. ENAT COLLEGE SHASHAMENE HEAD OFFICE Contact address

8.1 Main Office
S.No Campus Office Tel. Postal address
1. President Office 09168770 1068
SHASHAMENE
2. Dean office 0462111662
SHASHAMENE
3. Finance Head Office -
SHASHAMENE
4. Registrar office -
SHASHAMENE
5. Administrative Head Office -
SHASHAMENE
6. Executive secretary -
SHASHAMENE
7. TVET supervisor -
SHASHAMENE
8. Quality and Audit -
SHASHAMENE
9. Tuition fees and Other Charges
1. All Ethiopian students in the regular undergraduate university program are not charged
for admission application and regular registration. But they are charged for tuition and
boarding as claimed as fool services under the cost sharing system, however students
in some disciplines like education and health-related fields conduct their student free of
any charge, instead up on graduation they are committed to serve where the government
places them in governmental institution.
2. Students joining the regular program and all students joining the evening program are
subject to tuition fees. Tuition and other fees shall be decided by The College, and the
details will be made available at the office of the registrar of the office of the Associate
vice prescient for continuing and distance education.
9.1 Monthly Tuition fee payment rate for degree program

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
S.No Department Term Payment

Regular Extension
st nd
1 Ac & Fin. (BA) 1 year 2 Sem/Term
Ac & Fin. (BA) 2nd year 2nd Sem/Term
Ac & Fin. (BA) 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term
Ac & Fin. (BA) 4th Year 1st Sem/Term
Ac & Fin. (BA) 4th Year 2nd Sem/Term
2 BUMA (BA) 1st year 2nd Sem/Term
BUMA (BA) 2nd year 2nd Sem/Term
BUMA (BA) 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term
BUMA (BA) 4th Year 1st Sem/Term
BUMA (BA) 4th Year 2nd Sem/Term
3 C/Science (BSc) 1st year 2nd Sem/Term
C/Science (BSc) 2nd year 2nd Sem/Term
C/Science (BSc) 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term
C/Science (BSc) 4th Year 1st Sem/Term
C/Science (BSc) 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term
4 GMBA 1st year 2nd Sem
GMBA 2nd year 2nd Sem
5 Mkt Mgt MBA 3rd year 2nd Term
Mkt Mgt MBA 1st year 2nd Sem
6 Ac & Fin. MSC 1st year 2nd Sem
Ac & Fin. MSC 2nd year 2nd Sem
7 Econ. BA 1st year 2nd Sem/Term
Econ. BA 2nd year 2nd Sem/Term
Econ. BA 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term
Econ. BA 4th Year 1st Sem/Term
8 HRM & Leadership 1st year 2nd Sem/Term
HRM & Leadership 2nd year 2nd Sem/Term

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
HRM & Leadership 3rd year 2nd Sem/Term

HRM & Leadership 4th Year 1st Sem/Term
Monthly Tuition Payment Rate for Degree Masters and TVET Programs
S.No Department Level Level
Regular Extension Regular Extension
1. Ac Fn BA
2. BUMA BA
3. Mkt Mgt BA
4. C/Science BSc
5. Ac Fn BSc
6. GMBA
7. Mkt Mgt MBA
8. Econ
9. HRM & Leadership
10 ICT (TVET)
11 Act (TVET)

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
9.2 Other Charges
S/No Regular and Evening Distance

Services Payment
1. Letter of attendance & related -
2. Lost transcript 200.00
3. Lost student copy 200.00
4. Late registration 50.00
5. Make-up exam -
6. Lost Id card 100.00
7. Lost care replacement 100.00
8. Lost original diploma/degree 200.00
9. Lost temporary 200.00
10. Official transcript 60.00
11. Registration 75.00
12. Re-admission -
13. Transfer -
14. Partial student copy -

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
ENAT COLLEGE
RESEARCH AND COMMUNITY

SERVICE OFFICE
RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY

SERVICE POLICY
August, 2020
1 Enat College – Research & community service guideline

Website: - www.enatcollege.net Email: - zelalem@enatcollege.net Face book:- Enat College
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46 P.O. Box 1068 e-mail-
hath112357@gmail.com
CO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. BACKGROUND AND DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................... 4

1.1 ORGANIZATIONAL MISSION STATEMENT, VISION STATEMENT, VALUES AND GOALS ............................ 5
VISION.......................................................................................................................................... 5
GOALS .......................................................................................................................................... 5
1.2 RATIONALE FOR THE POLICY ..................................................................................................... 6
1.3 RESEARCH GOVERNANCE ........................................................................................................ 7
1.4 RESEARCH FINANCING ............................................................................................................ 8
1.5 RESEARCH EVALUATION AND APPROVAL .................................................................................... 8
1.6 ETHICS ................................................................................................................................ 8
1.7 ELIGIBILITY ........................................................................................................................... 8
1.8 THEMATIC AREAS .................................................................................................................. 8
1.9 OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND COMMUNITY SERVICES ....................................................................... 9
1.9.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Research and community service officer ..................... 9
1.10 RESEARCH COMMITTEE OF ENAT COLLEGE................................................................................ 10
1.10.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Research Committee ......................................... 10
2.RESEARCH PROCESS.......................................................................................................... 11
2.1 CONDITIONS USED FOR ASSESSING OF RESEARCH PROJECT PROPOSALS ............................................ 11
2.2 CRITERIA USED FOR ASSESSING OF RESEARCH PROJECT PROPOSALS ................................................. 13
3.FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS ...................... 16

3.1 QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR (PI) .................... 16
3.1.1 Qualifications of the Principal Investigator (PI) .......................................................... 16
3.1.2 Duties and responsibilities of the PI............................................................................ 16
4.STUDENT INITIATED RESEARCH ......................................................................................... 16

CO
4.1 OWNERSHIP OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY ...................................................................................... 17

4.2 STUDENT RESEARCH/ SENIOR ESSAY/ THESIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE ........................ 17
5.GUIDELINES FOR TEACHING MATERIAL PREPARATIONS .................................................... 20

5.1 DEFINITION ........................................................................................................................ 20
5.2 TRAINING, TEACHING & LEARNING MATERIAL (TTLM) PROPOSAL CLEARANCE ............................... 21
5.3 CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING TEACHING MATERIALS/TTLM ............................................................. 21
5.4 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 24
5.5 PUBLISHING OF TEACHING MATERIALS..................................................................................... 24
5.6 PROPRIETORSHIP OF THE TEACHING MATERIALS ......................................................................... 24
5.7 REMUNERATION FOR AUTHORS AND EDITORS OF TEACHING MATERIALS ........................................ 24
5.8 GUIDELINE FOR PRODUCING A TEACHING MATERIAL FOR ............................................................ 26
5.9 GUIDELINES FOR EDITING ANY TEACHING MATERIAL PRODUCED BY ENAT COLLEGE ............................ 27
6.CONSULTING SERVICES GUIDELINE ................................................................................... 28

6.1 NEED FOR POLICY ON CONSULTANCY WORKS ............................................................................. 28
6.2 CONFLICT OF INTEREST.......................................................................................................... 28
6.3 SHARE OF REVENUE GENERATED BY CONSULTANCY WORK ............................................................ 28
6.4 FOCUS AREAS OF CONSULTANCY ............................................................................................ 29
6.5 CONSULTANCY TARGET GROUPS............................................................................................. 29

CO

Enat College established and became operational in Shashemene town in 2017 in Undergraduate
1.1 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals
1.2 Vision
ENAT College aspires to be a nationally and internationally center of academic excellence by
2030
1.3 Mission
1.4 Goals
□ Enhance Academics, Research, and Community services Activities

CO
1.5 Rationale for the Policy

The provision of knowledge and conducting research are very essential in higher education also
it is believed that this institutions inculcate research and related activities on their plan.
Information technology is growing at such a fast rate that academic staff cannot afford to do
without it. They are not only expected to benefit from it but also to generate relevant information
for the advancement of their profession, generation of information that can only be achieved
through research.
Research, publication and consulting services are important duties of higher education
institutions and Enat College should not be an exception. In this regard, Enat College has
adequate resources to initiate research, publications and consulting activities in education, social
and economic areas at the local and regional levels, and should be encouraged to carry out
research in these areas with the view to identify existing problems and indicate directions for
possible solutions in these sectors.
Other important benefits that may ensue from the initiation of research, publication and
Consulting activities in Enat College include, among other things:
1. Provision of opportunities for the academic staff of the College, most of who are young and
energetic, to learn how to formulate research proposals and write reports on their research
findings, from their senior colleagues and external research experts.
2. An academic staff member undertaking a research, publications and consulting project is

obliged to read and refer to the most up-to-date literature to keep abreast with latest
developments, thereby widening the scope of his knowledge and his professional competence.
3. Another major component of research and publications activities is the preparation of teaching
materials, which depends not only on the teaching experience of the instructor but also on the
latest information he/she has accumulated through reading relevant materials for his/her research

CO
work. At a time when private institutions of higher learning are emerging at an unprecedented
rate and, where books are either not available or available at exorbitant prices, the preparation of
teaching materials by the teaching staff is the only practical option.
4. Contribution of the staff to the advancement of human understanding, knowledge, creativity

and professional practice.
5. Creation of a culture that provides an intellectually stimulating environment for staff, students
and the local community.
6. Enhancement of teaching and academic development at all levels and ensuring that students
experience an academic culture which is vital and challenging.
7. Advancement of the contribution of Enat College to the society and the economy through
knowledge and technology transfer and the application of research and consulting services in the
wider community.
8. Enhancement of the reputation of Enat College as an institution of national and international

excellence.
1.6 Research Governance

Any research produced by the staff members or external researchers in consultation with the
office of research and consultancy services office or research committee fund directly managed
handled by Enat College. Towards this whenever the researcher rewarded the fund he/she must
continuously contact with office and report the overall activities undertaking in the process of
conducting research. As well as the college made an agreement with researcher whenever the
fund granted.

CO
1.7 Research Financing

The process of granting the budget comes after the screening of proposals by the committee. The
College allocates the finance annually based on the plan while as the plan flexible the budget
may decline or increase in it is amount. The finance of the research managed by the committee
in consultation with administration and finance head of the college.
1.8 Research Evaluation and Approval

The committee of research takes the responsibility on the evaluation and approval of the
proposed research based on the criteria of Enat College with clear and visible participation of all
members and the final result of the committee will post to the prospective researchers.
1.9 Ethics
All researchers will take in to consideration ethical standards whenever they conduct their study.
Also researchers must entertain the values and cultures of the society and Enat College. In the
basis of ethics researchers takes in to account the confidentiality of the data collected from
participants of the study as well as they have to clearly describe this condition in their data
collection instruments clearly and precisely.
1.10 Eligibility
Researchers in academic fields related to Enat College programs are welcome to apply. For
Students applying for such grants should be enrolled full-time in an accredited program in
Ethiopia. Also they should be Ethiopian. Researchers requested to have a well-defined study or
research project while applying for the grant and may not hold a grant from another organization
concurrently for the same project.
1.11 Thematic Areas

Enat College research committee selected focus thematic areas to envision and to address the
solution to the country’s development as well as to contribute for social and economic
enhancements of the society by creating awareness and suggest and consult solutions for critical
problems based on the findings of the research. The following areas have selected while the
College is open for further researches also and it is not limited on this areas only:

CO
➢ Covid 19 and its impact on education sector

➢ Human life Engineering after Covid 19
➢ Empowering industries through Short term trainings
➢ Micro Enterprises and unemployment
➢ Saving Culture and its impact
➢ Construction Safety
➢ Drainage system and environmental protection in Urban areas
➢ Alternative power sources for developing manufacturer industries
1.12 Office of Research and Community Services

The office of research and consultancy has the overall responsibility of supporting and
coordinating research and consultancy services of Enat College. Also ensures that procedures for
the disbursement of funds from internal and external sources to the various units of Enat College
are executed strictly in accordance with the College’s financial rules and regulations. The Office
also makes all efforts to solicit and secure funds for research. The Office is headed by a research
officer, who is advised and supported by the Research Committee of Enat College.
1.12.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Research and community service officer

In relation to research the office is accountable to academic vice dean office and the following
responsibilities carried out by the officer:
✓ Encourages teaching departments to promote and engage in research, publications and
consulting activities.
✓ Assists teaching staff in the preparation of research proposals and soliciting funds from
internal and external sources.
✓ Reviews and recommends research proposals submitted to the Office.
✓ Monitors, supervises and controls the proper utilization of research funds in collaboration
with the finance department of Enat College.
✓ Ensures the timely submission of progress and terminal reports of research projects.
✓ Ensures adherence to the research policies, rules and regulations of Enat College.

CO
✓ Establishes and maintains good working relations with other research institutions within
and outside the College.8. Initiates and implements policies that would enhance the
provision of consultancy services to the local, regional and national organizations.
✓ Organizes scientific meetings, workshops, and seminars on current topics of interest as
well as for the evaluation of the findings of research projects.
✓ Facilitate research trainings for staff members with academic vice dean of the college.
✓ Supports the evaluation and implementation of research works of students.
✓ Guides and supervises the activities of the Office.
1.13 Research Committee of Enat College

Membership
✓ Enat College Dean (1)
✓ Enat College Quality Assurance Officer (1) (Secretary)
✓ Academic Vice Dean (1)
✓ Research and Consultancy Officer (1) (Chairperson)
✓ Distance and continuing program Dean (1) /if available/
1.13.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Research Committee
1. Initiates research and publication policies, guidelines, strategies and provides guidance to the
research and publications office in the management of research, publications and consulting
activities.
2. Studies and identifies national, regional and local research needs which the College might
undertake to promote development at these levels.
3. Assists the research and publications office in the evaluation, production, dissemination and
implementation of research results and teaching materials.

CO
4. Promotes vigorous research activities and the production of teaching materials.

5. Reviews and approves research projects submitted to it by members of academic staff or
external researchers.
2 RESEARCH PROCESS
Members of the teaching staff initially apply for research clearance and funding through their
respective departments. Department Heads shall forward proposals for the office of research and
consultancy service office and the officer will present to the committee for discussion and fund
approval according to the financial plan and the regulation of the college.
2.1 Conditions used for assessing of research project proposals
a) Generation of basic and applied knowledge and information relevant to Enat College’s
teaching programs and promotion of research and development on selected thematic areas.
b) The researcher’s competence in carrying out the research.

c) Relevance of the research to the social and economic development of the community,
region and nation.
d) Consistency with the vision, mission and goals of Enat College.
e) Contribution of the work to technology and knowledge transfer.
f) Feasibility of the technology proposed to carry out the research.
All proposed researches evaluated by the following criteria by Research committee
Major Strength of the research
1. ________________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________
3. ________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________
Major limitations of the research

CO
1. ________________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________
3. ________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________
Recommendations to increase the quality and relevance of the research
1. _______________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________
3. ________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________

CO
2.2 Criteria used for assessing of research project proposals

S.No Assessment Criteria Weights
1 Title 0 1 2 3 4 5
Does the title reflect a priority research area of the college/school/institute
for addressing the production of usable technologies and knowledge needs of
1.1
end-users (the general public, farmers, industries, and higher education and
research institutes)?
1.2 Does the title reflect the objectives?
Does the title of the proposal send the right message to the government
1.3
support and international development partners?
Subtotal (out of 15)
2 Investigators/co-investigators 0 1 2 3 4
Are the academic qualifications and experience of the investigators
2.1
/co-investigators appropriate to conduct the study?
2.2 Does the research integrate investigators of various expertise?
3 Executive summary 0 1 2 3 4
Does the executive summary represent the contents of the whole research
3.1 with appropriate summaries of the actions to be taken and the deliverables
thereof?
Subtotal (out of 5)
4 Objectives 0 1 2 3 4
4.1 Are the objectives achievable and SMART?
Do the specific objectives of the research parts comply with the
4.2
corresponding methodology?
5 Relevance and the state of knowledge (background) 0 1 2 3 4
5.1 Are the problems to be addressed sufficiently described?
Is the theoretical frame work supported by adequate review of current
5.2
literature?
6 Description of the action and its effectiveness 0 1 2 3 4
Is the work plan to accomplish the research and its activities designed in the
6.1 way the intended objectives and goals can be achieved (includes study time
frame and date of activity completion).
Are the facilities and infrastructure of participating institutions, if any, (study
6.2
sites) appropriate.
6.3 Feasibility of the study(in terms of cost, legal, political, time frame)
Is there itemized breakdown of total project cost of the financial plan and
6.4
budgetary outlay
6.5 The cost breakdown is justified and appropriate

CO

7 Sustainability 0 1 2 3 4
Are the set risks /benefits of the study relevant or do they look real in light of
7.1
the planned actions of the research?
Are the suggested mitigation measures workable and bring back the research
7.2
into the correct track?
8 Outputs 0 1 2 3 4
8.1 Possible number and type of publications suggested
8.2 Possible number and type of publications suggested are realistic
8.3 Other dissemination plans such as conferences are properly planned
9 Outcomes 0 1 2 3 4
Do the suggested outcomes (deliverables) meet the requirements of the title
9.1
in producing sufficient knowledge and usable technologies forend-users?
9.2 How strongly are the outcomes in favor of usable technologies?
9.3 How strongly are the outcomes in favor of knowledge production?
Are there specific concepts or titles stated on which MSC/MA/PhD
9.4
candidates can work on? (Yes (5), No (0))
9.5 Is the suggested number of MSC/MA/PhD candidates adequate?
How strongly are the outcomes in favor of contribution to the development
9.6
of capacity for research/ teaching?
10 Beneficiaries 0 1 2 3 4
Are the appropriate beneficiaries that could make use of the research
10.1
outcomes stated?
Best would have been if such beneficiaries were involved in the proposal
10.2
design. What is the level of such beneficiaries’ involvement?
11 Summary of the research components 0 1 2 3 4
Are the various components of the thematic research adequately described
11.1
that readers can understand the whole project from this summary
12 Methodology 0 1 2 3 4 5
Do the methods described lead towards the accomplishment of the goals,
12.1
objectives and deliverables?
12.2 Are the methods well described in terms of: x
12.2.1 Research design
12.2.2 Sampling plan
12.2.3 Instrumentation
11.2.4 Data gathering technique
11.2.5 Data analysis (including appropriate statistics)
CO
11.2.6 Are the methods contemporary?

Sub-total (out of 35)
13 Economic resources 0 1 2 3 4 5
The budget allocation (cost breakdown) is fair and appropriate to the work
13.1
plan/activity and justified
13.2 The cost breakdown is clear and fair
13.3 The budget allocation is made phase wise per year per objective
The expenditures will contribute to the return to DU’s research capacity
13.4
building
Does this research contribute to capacity building and continued growth of
13.5
university?
13.6 Feasibility of the study (in terms of cost, legal, political, time frame, etc.)
14 Ethical clearance 0 1 2 3 4 5
Are the appropriate ethical clearance mechanisms, if projects involve human,
14.1
animal, or heritage, in place?
Does the mechanism ensure regular site monitoring of its performance and
14.2
appropriateness?
14.3 Safety issues properly addressed
15 Quality assurance mechanisms 0 1 2 3 4 5
Proper guidelines for progressive and transparent reporting, monitoring and
15.1
evaluation indicated
Sub-total (out of 5) 5
Perspectives marked (n)
Total marks earned (m)
Max mark (nx5)
% (out of 100%)

CO
3 Financial Administration of Funds and Reporting Requirements

Once the project is approved and funds are made available for execution, the Principal
Investigator (PI) enters into a contract agreement with the Office of Research to
a) administer the research funds in accordance with the financial rules and regulations of the
college and,
b) Report every six month in writing to the Head of the Department on the progress of the
project, which is forwarded to research office.
3.1 Qualifications, Duties and Responsibilities of the Principal Investigator (PI)
3.1.1 Qualifications of the Principal Investigator (PI)

A PI should be the person who is primarily responsible for the scientific, technical and fiscal
direction of the project. He/she should have an academic rank of an assistant lecturer or above.
Members who are not eligible to be PI may be assigned to the position of an Associate
Investigator and cannot work as a Co-principal Investigator or Co- Investigator.
3.1.2 Duties and responsibilities of the PI

The PI is responsible for the administrator of the fund and conduct of the research as outlined in
his/her proposal within the terms and conditions of the grant and contract.
The PI, or an authorized representative, is free to correspond and deal directly with the
sponsoring agency in matters which concern the contract or funding of the project.
4 Student Initiated Research

Students formally registered in the Enat College are eligible to submit research proposals for
internal or external funding for the research projects which have potential for practical
application, provided a senior member agrees to serve as an advisor/PI. The Advisor /PI will be
fully responsible for ensuring compliance with all research policies, rules regulations of the
College.
CO
4.1 Ownership of Tangible Property
Tangible property may be defined as those items that are acquired or produced during the course
of research projects supported by the College or external sponsors. Tangible property includes
such items as computer software, computer database, engineering drawings, equipment, vehicles
and books ….. etc. The ownership of such items when the project is complete or phases out
belongs to the Enat College.
4.2 STUDENT RESEARCH/ SENIOR ESSAY/ THESIS EVALUATION

GUIDELINE
A candidate for the Bachelor’s Degree offered at the Enat College is required to submit a senior
essay/thesis. The senior essay should be based on original investigation and must demonstrate
scholarship and critical judgment, as well as familiarity with methods of research and relevant
literature in the candidate's field.
The essay should have originality and potential to examine a problem in depth. It must be written
in English and the literary presentation must be satisfactory. Enat College encourages research
related to technology and knowledge transfer. Instead of shelving the research results, they
should be made to address the problems in the region and the nation at large.
The thesis should contain a main text of at least 10,000 words and should be no longer than
15,000 words including any tables and figures (or for quantitative theses between 35 – 50 pages
including tables, equations and figures). Footnotes and bibliography are excluded. The
philosophical, methodological or procedural, and synthetic or analytical scope of a thesis must be
both deeper and broader than that of a term paper in course work. A thesis bears a close
correspondence to an academic monograph substantiating a specific view.

CO
Enat College encourages students working on technology and knowledge transfer topic and
topics which solve critical problems of the local community. In order to increase the relevance of
the research, the essay shall be evaluated critically by the departmental RC following the
indicators in the table below:
No Evaluation Criteria Outstanding Very good Good Sufficient Poor
5 4 3 2 1
1 Definition of the research
scope, goals and objectives
(SMART)
(Practical problems)
2 Command of the topic
3 Up-to-date Literature
Review
4 Research Methods
· research tools
(triangulation)
· Sample Size and
population
5 Research results
· description and analysis
· interpretation
6 Analysis and interpretation
· clear
· defendable
7 Conclusions and
Recommendations

CO
8 Conclusions and
Recommendations
9 Language and coherence
10 Technology and
knowledge
transfer (relevance)
11 Public
Defense
· Language Skill
· Arguments
· Personality and
confidence
Grand Total (100%)
I. Major Strength of the research
1. _______________________________________________________________
2. _______________________________________________________________
3. _______________________________________________________________
4. _______________________________________________________________
II. Major Problems of the research
1. ________________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________

CO
3. ________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________
III. Recommendations to increase the quality and relevance of the research
1. ________________________________________________________________
2. ________________________________________________________________
3. ________________________________________________________________
4. ________________________________________________________________
5 GUIDELINES FOR TEACHING MATERIAL PREPARATIONS
5.1 Definition
Training, Teaching & Learning Material (TTLM)

All types of materials suitable or specifically designed and developed to support occupational
learning processes and thus helping to achieve the desired learning outcomes (MoE, 2007, p.5).
However, this guideline basically refers to a set of written texts specifically organized for use in
Masters, degree, TVET and distance courses. It can be meant for diploma, degree, distance and
Masters Programs.
Therefore, TTLM can be
1. Teaching Material for degree courses on the basis of the course outline.
2. Teaching, Training and Learning Material (Modules) on the basis of the competencies
required for TVET.
3. Interactive Modules for distance degree programs as per the regulation of the Center for
Distance Education, Enat College.

CO
5.2 Training, Teaching & Learning Material (TTLM) Proposal Clearance
The clearance of teaching material proposal is similar to that of the research projects (see above)
accordingly, the proposal is submitted to the Department Council and then to the Academic
Commission, in a standard Teaching Material Preparation Form for review, (along with a copy of
the manuscript Enat College if it is already completed), and then forwarded to the RC (research
consultancy) for further evaluation and recommendation. If there are two or more instructors
proposing to prepare the material because they are delivering the course, priority shall be
bestowed to the most senior and experienced staff in the department. The other instructor can
work as an editor.
5.3 Criteria for Assessing Teaching Materials/TTLM

a) Educational value and demand for the teaching material within the College.
b) Educational value and demand for the teaching material in other higher education institutions.
c) Teaching experience and capacity of the prospective author/s.
d) Quality, content and depth of the teaching material.
e) Consistency with the competencies or the course outline.
RC can use the indicators below to evaluate any TTLM produced by Enat College:
Evaluation of TTLM

CO
No Indicators Outstanding Very good Good Sufficient Poor
1 Consideration of government goals,

directives
and policies
2 Consistency with new trends,
developments and
technologies in industry
3 Fitting the purpose and scope of the
intended use
4 Acquisition of specified
competencies/learning
outcomes /occupational requirements
5 Correspondence to delivery modes
6 Meeting the expectations and
acceptance of the
users
7 Retention of learning reinforcements
and aiding
competencies
8 Supporting learner-centered and self-
paced
learning approaches
9 Consideration of learning activities
and learning
contexts

CO
10 Supporting specific learning

objectives and
intended learning outcomes
11 Consideration of the target
reader/audience
12 Combination of intended outcomes,
needs of the
learners and learning methods
13 Language use
14 Consideration of the competencies of
the student
15 Durability and reliability of the
material
16 Lay out
17 Lettering and use of color
18 Type of illustration
19 Quality of graphs, photographs and
computer
graphics
20 Readability and ease of use
21 Logical order and weight (importance)
22 Relevance of exercises and tasks
23 Consistency of continuous assessment
24 Coverage of competencies (TVET)/
Course
outline (Degree)
25 Clarity of the TTLM/material
26 Grand Total (100 %)

CO
27 Major Strength of the TTLM /material

_____________________________
__________________________
28 Major limitations of the

TTLM/material
_____________________________
29 Recommendations to increase the

quality and relevance of the
TTLM/material
_______________________________
5.4 Reporting Requirements

These are the same with those of research projects. [See above].
5.5 Publishing of Teaching Materials
Once the teaching material is prepared and approved by the Department and Academic
Commission, it is forwarded to the faculty RC for review and final approval. The RC at Enat
College level shall seek two external assessors if it cannot find a suitable person from among its
members.
5.6 Proprietorship of the teaching materials

Approved Teaching Materials are properties of the Enat College.
5.7 Remuneration for Authors and Editors of Teaching Materials

CO
1. The author of a Teaching Material for Masters & Degree course is entitled to receive monetary
remuneration appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received ranges from __________
to ______________. Teaching Materials rated as “Good” “Very Good” and “Excellent” and
shall receive Birr ___________, Birr __________ and Birr ____________ respectively.
2. The author of TTLMs for regular TVET program is entitled to receive monetary remuneration
appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received ranges from_______________ to
______________ TTLMs can be ranked as “Good” “Very Good” and “Excellent” and shall
receive Birr ___________, Birr __________ and Birr _____________________respectively.
3. The author of a Distance Module for any TVET program is entitled to receive monetary
remuneration appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received ranges
from________________ to ______________. TTLM can be ranked as “Good” “Very Good” and
“Excellent” and shall receive Birr ______________Birr ______________ and
Birr__________________ respectively.
4. The author of a Module for Distance Degree Programs is entitled to receive monetary
remuneration appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received ranges
from____________________ to _______________. Teaching Materials rated as “Good” “Very
Good” and “Excellent” and shall receive Birr ________________, Birr _________________ and
Birr ____________________ respectively.
5. The content editor of any teaching material is entitled to receive monetary remuneration
appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received ranges from___________________ to
__________________. Content editors can be ranked as “Good”, “Very Good” and “Excellent”
and shall receive Birr ______________, Birr________________ and Birr ________________
respectively. Language editing shall be done centrally with the facilitation of the center.
6. Anyone who is engaged in the revision/adaptation of any material already prepared by Enat
College or any other similar institution is entitled to receive monetary remuneration appropriate
CO
for his/her contribution. The amount received shall be exactly half of the amount paid to the
authors under 1, 2, 3, and 4 above.
7. Anyone who is engaged in editing a revised/adapted teaching material already prepared by

Enat College or any other similar institution is entitled to receive monetary remuneration
appropriate for his/her contribution. The amount received shall be exactly half of the amount
paid to the editor under 5 above.
5.8 Guideline for Producing a Teaching Material for

Any teaching material produced by Enat College shall have the following content:
1. Cover Page (Name of Institution, Department, Course Title, Name of the Author and Editors,
Place and Year of Publication). Level of the student and module number shall be documented for
all modules.
2. Table of Contents: The table of content shall be prepared on the basis of the course outline
/competencies as approved by the Senate of the Enat College.
3. Course Introduction: the overall content of the course/module/TTLM and its relevance.
4. General course objective
5. Specific Course objectives
6. Objectives of each unit
7. Unit introduction
8. Each chapter/unit shall have review questions, tasks and practical exercises
(For distance modules, the writer shall provide answer keys and sample mid and final exams)
9. Unit and course summary
10. Glossary of technical terms at the end of the material
11. Text and reference books and latest reference material.
12. When the distance program available, each course shall have only one module of between
120-130 pages.
13. The illustrations and lay out shall be encouraging and motivating to read.
14. Simple and understandable language and presentation (coherence) and design.
CO
5.9 Guidelines for editing any teaching material produced by Enat College
Any editor (content or language) shall edit the text against the following fundamental
editing principles:
1. Clarity of the Material:

Decide whether the language used in the material is simple and suited to the learner avoiding
pompous and complicated language.
2. Conciseness of the Material:

Decide what the leaner needs to know and check whether the contents are appropriate. Decide on
the type of sentences the writer has used.
3. Completeness of the Material:

Check whether the necessary pieces of information including facts, evidence and summary are
included and whether all headings and subheadings in the course content are covered in the
TTLM. The table of contents and the course outline in the curriculum shall be similar and shall
be checked.
4. Accuracy of the Material:

Make sure the facts are accurate, the summaries and activities are justified. Check the grammar
and spelling.
5. Courteous Material:
Check the existence of sentences or ideas which annoy the leaner. Promote good manner and
simplicity
6. Concreteness of the Material:
Check whether pictures, tables, graphs and the like are used. The language shall be tangible.

CO
6 Consulting Services Guideline

6.1 Need for policy on consultancy works
The opportunity for members of the academic staff to engage in consultancy activities outside
Enat College is a privilege long recognized as beneficial both to the individual faculty member
and to Enat College.
The purpose of the guideline on consulting and related activities is to state the limits on such
activities and the reasons for these limits. Consulting can provide an important means of
continuing education for the academic staff and can provide them with experience in their
professional fields outside the College.
Although such attributes of consulting may make academic staff better scholars and teachers, the
employer-employee nature of the consulting process has in it a potential for distraction of the
teaching staff from their primary activities and responsibilities.
The basic principle of the guideline on consultancy is, therefore, the need for limiting the time
that an academic staff may spend in consulting. The limits set are intended to strike a balance
between consulting and regular College duties and serve to safeguard the interests of both
parties. The maximum number of days that an academic staff member can spend in consulting
work is recommended to be 15 days in any one Semester and 30 days in one Academic Year.
6.2 Conflict of interest

A conflict of interest may arise between the consulting activities and the academic member’s
college duties. The staff member is therefore expected to explain to his/her head of department or
dean, the nature of the consultancy work, the general character of the agreement, the primary
duties of the academic staff and the number of days involved.
6.3 Share of revenue generated by consultancy work

The major actor in a consultancy work is the academic staff, who should be entitled to monetary
remuneration for his intellectual input. Similarly, the college, over and above covering the
overhead costs, permits the concerned staff to have access to the college facilities and to use the

CO
time that should have been used for College duties. The College will therefore be entitled to
share the revenue (the gross consultancy fee less the tax) generated. On the basis of these facts,
revenue generated through consultancy works may be shared as follows:
Teaching staff carrying out the consulting work------------------------------ 40%

The Department of the consultant………………………………………..20 %
The college consultant…………………….……………………..…….…10 %
College …………………………………………………………………….30 %
Individual person ………………………………………………………….0 %
Total= 100%
6.4 Focus Areas of Consultancy

The college is organized the office of research and consultancy to give a professional
consultancy works as an integral part and activity which link the works of research and the other
outreach activities. Enat College seeks to address the needs of different organizations’ based on
the programs offered in the college.
6.5 Consultancy Target Groups

The targets of the college for paid consultancy services include:
➢ Local Health service centers
➢ Local Micro finance Institutions
➢ Small and micro enterprise
➢ Banks and Insurance Companies
➢ Medium Scale manufacturers
➢ Construction Sector firms

CO
mj
Enat College - Shashamene Campus 7: Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
ENAT COLLEGE
-4
V- v»c:
SHASHAMENE CAMPUS
Student Guidance & Support
July, 2020/2021
0 Student Support Service

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
Enat College - Shashamene Campus .f; Academic Year 2020/2021G.C
Table of Contents
Contents Page(s)
Background ............................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.

1. Vision, Mission and Objectives .............................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.1Vision ................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.2Mission............................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.3. Objectives ....................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.4Value .................................................................................................. Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.5 Its Value( from Strategic Plan) ................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
2. Student Guidance and Support.................................................................................................................. 5
2.1 Student Admissions ............................................................................................................................ 6
3.1. Student Rights and Responsibilities ....................................................................................................... 7
3.2. Rights of the Students ........................................................................................................................ 8
3.3 Student Responsibilities ...................................................................................................................... 9
4. Code of Conduct of Students .............................................................................................................. 10
5. Student Guidance ................................................................................................................................ 11
5.1 Student Induction Policy ............................................................................................................... 11
5.2. Student Handbook ........................................................................................................................ 12
5.3. Academic Advising ...................................................................................................................... 12
5.4. Student Counseling ...................................................................................................................... 13
6.3 Career Guidance............................................................................................................................ 14
6. 3 Medical Services .......................................................................................................................... 15
6.4 Students with Disabilities.............................................................................................................. 15
6.5. Student Discipline ............................................................................................................................ 15
6.6 Student Complaints / Grievance ....................................................................................................... 16
6.7 Student Feedback .............................................................................................................................. 16
6.8 Graduate Follow-up .......................................................................................................................... 17

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
Introduction

ENAT COLLEGE established and became operational in Shashamene town in 2016G.C. in
Under graduate and post graduate and TVET Programs. It has emerged as one of the country’s
private higher educational institutions in under graduate and post graduate and Post graduate
programs. ENAT COLLEGE is a new-age college committed to provide innovative learning
programs to meet the requirements of the industry. The college set out to offer training in varied
fields business through both generic and post-basic routes and its programs are skill-based and
knowledge-intensive.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
other, are best handled separately in a coordinate manner. Finally, ENAT COLLEGE led by
purpose and passion: Committed to meet the needs of students through focusing on
entrepreneurship, leadership, incubation and being a networked college with global alliances.
Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals
1.3.1 Vision
ENAT COLLEGE aspires to be a nationally and internationally canter of academic excellence
by 2030
1.3.2 Mission
ENAT COLLEGE imparts quality education; conducts need based research; and provides
training in the endeavor to produce competent and productive graduates who can satisfy the
socio economic need of the country and in the region of East Africa.
1.3. 3. Goals
1.3.4 Objectives
Under graduate and post graduate programs that offer functional based courses. So that
students gain skills and analytical competency in a wide range of disciplines, to train citizens in

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
technical and vocational professions and make them create their own job
1.3.5 Core Values

To achieve its vision and goals, ENAT COLLEGE is directing its performance and efforts by
the following philosophy (values):
□ Effectiveness
□ Efficiency
□ Team Work
□ Competence

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
2. Student Guidance and Support
Students need efficient knowledge about the course they are studying as well as encouragement.
They also need to have access to personal advice both before and during their studies.
Under graduate and post graduate students are usually on their own most of the time. They
encounter problems and live in all sorts of anxieties. School of Under graduate and post
graduate and Continuing Education has assigned qualified personnel to counsel these students.
Counseling is usually provided by correspondence and in some cases over the telephone and
manly through face-to-face sessions. Proper advice must be based on knowledge of the students
and on their expectations.
Among the duties and responsibilities of the College the following are some of them.
• Organize study circles so that students come together and discuss courses they have in
common. He also advises students to work their worksheets on their own.
• Identifies a face-to-face instructor who could answer questions, which cannot be
answered in the class room. The instructor also can give lectures if there be any need on
topics students feel very hard.
• Informs students how to register for a particular program.
• Take the responsibility of setting exam centers and invigilate supervised exams.
• Organize a small library equipped with reference books, which could help interested
groups.
• Gathers feedbacks, organize and send them to the head quarter.
• Give a quarterly report
There will be respective department, which will help students come together and discuss their
study guides. They will be also encouraged to invite knowledgeable persons from their regions.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
2.1Student Recruitment
New students are enrolled in the accredited program according to the guidelines set by College;
in conformance with the eligibility criteria set by the Ministry of Education. The registration is
done in each Campus in coordination with the Central Registrar Admissions Office. There is
only one intake per year, which is at the beginning of the first semester and the other at the
beginning of the second semester.
A Campus committee, led by the Assistant Dean, Students’ Affairs has been formed at ENAT
COLLEGE s to carry out the following duties:
1) Assist and guide prospective students to apply to the unified admissions system,
2) Receive the necessary documents from students who have been accepted and
3) Follow up on student acceptance and,
4) Receive names of students who have been accepted and enrolled at ENAT COLLEGE.
2.1 Student Admissions

1) Upon receiving the name lists of the accepted students, student files are prepared and student
ID cards are issued. Student files have the following documents:
a) Original grade 10th and 12th certificates and transcripts and degree CV for post
graduate
b) Copy of grade 10th and 12th certificates and transcripts and degree CV for post
graduate
c) For level students level iv certificate & COC certificate with 1 year experience is a
mandatory.
d) Entrance exam result
e) Providing two photos, one for Students ID and the other will serves for students file.
2) After 10+3 TVET completion
 TVET diploma or level IV certification

 Certified National level iv COC
 Minimum one-year work experience

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
 A pass in entrance examination set by the department.
3) After having a first degree:
 Any one from any profession

 As per the admission criteria of the college/department
4) For foreign students
 As per the degree equivalence evaluated by HERQA

 A pass in entrance examination set by the department.
5) Student Transfer
 From a recognized university or college in the related field

 As per the Academic legislation of the college
6) Student transfers from other colleges or universities will be done according to the senate
legislation of the College.
7) For policy and procedures on admitting students with disabilities and special educational
needs and for general admission of students
3. Academic Load for Degree Students
Any student admitted to and enrolled for a degree program is given 15-18 credit hours in one semester.
One academic year is almost divided into three terms. Students who have ample time to meet the
minimum time set by ENAT COLLEGE can cover 30-36 cr. hrs per year. To complete the degree
The semester
program it maywise
take 3course breakdown for all Accounting and Finance, GMBA and MA
or 4 years.
Marketing Management Post graduate programs given 10-14 credit hours in one semester.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
3.1. Student Rights and Responsibilities

3.2. Rights of the Students
Without prejudice to other provisions of Higher Education Proclamation and other
applicable laws, students of EC shall have the right to:
1. Free inquiry of truth and freedom of expression of ideas and thoughts in the
process of learning and conducting research;
2. Enjoy the freedom to learn with appropriate opportunities and conditions in

classrooms, campuses and in the larger community;
3. Protection of their constitutional human rights, personal safety, and security of
their personal property on campus;
4. Be free to express orderly their views on issues of institutional policy;
5. Receive protection from any form of discrimination or harassment;
6. Be entitled to equitable and fair treatment in all respects of the teacher-student
relationship and to an environment conducive to stimulate learning;
7. Be evaluated solely on academic basis consistent with norms provided for by HE
Proclamation and AC’s academic standards, and receive redress against capricious
evaluation;
8. Participate in a transparent system of performance evaluation of academic
staff and academic programs;
9. Enjoy the benefits of a carefully considered policy of confidentiality
regarding the information that should be part of their permanent educational
record and as to the conditions of its disclosure;
10. Join the institution's student union, which shall be founded on the principle of
college of membership in accordance with the pertinent laws so as to promote and
protect their common interests lawfully;
11. Obtain access to facilities of the institution through their union in accordance with the
rules and procedures of AC;
Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
12. Participate, through their union or representatives, in the sessions of the

institution's governing bodies in accordance with HE Proclamation and directives
issued by the AC;
13. Use, under the leadership and guidance of the student union and with the
attendant responsibilities, communications media on campus to provide a
forum for the free exchange of ideas and to present news, opinion and
editorial comments;
EC shall have the responsibility to develop and implement rules and procedures that shall
safeguard the rights of its students stipulated under this Article. The rules and procedures shall
be developed in accordance with this article and on the basis of consensus built through the
participation of its academic community.
3.3 Student Responsibilities
Without prejudice to other provisions of the Higher Education Proclamation and other
applicable laws, any student of AC shall have the following responsibilities:
1. Attend classes properly and respect the indivisible authority of any academic staff
in the leadership and management of the teaching-learning process;
2. Maintain standards of academic performance established for each course in which
he is enrolled;
3. Know and uphold the objectives of higher education and the guiding values
of the institution;
4. Respect, in classroom or anywhere in the premises of the institution, the rights
of other persons protected by law;
5. Observe scrupulously the applicable provisions of this Proclamation and the rules
of the institution which are consistent with this Proclamation;
6. Interact with academic and other staff and any other student of the institution with
due respect to their constitutional rights;

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
7. Refrain from any unlawful act and from any unethical activities;
8. Remonstrate and seek redress peacefully and through legal avenues in the event
student interests, be it individual or collective, are at stake, and exhaust all
institutional avenues of redress;
9. Use and handle the properties of the institution with due care and be held accountable
for any damage caused to the property of the institution due to intentional or
negligent misuse or destruction;
10. Effect payment of fees applicable in accordance with the provisions of this
Proclamation for services that has been provided by the institution.
4. Code of Conduct of Students
Prohibited Acts
1. Physically harming (assaulting, battering or killing) another member of the College

community;
2. Sexually assaulting or sexually harassing another person;
3. Bullying, or harassing another person or defaming any member of the EC community;
4. Possessing, using or storing firearms, explosives, or weapons on EC -controlled premises or
at AC events or programs (unless permitted the security office of the College);
5. Illegally possessing, using, distributing, manufacturing or selling alcoholic beverages or
drugs;
6. Stealing, vandalizing, damaging, destroying, or defacing AC property or the property of
others;
7. Obstructing or disrupting classes, research works or other activities or programmers of
EC ; or obstructing access to EC facilities, property or programmers;
8. Making, possessing or using any falsified EC documents or records; altering any EC documents
or records, including identification cards.
9. Violating policies concerning the use of the library, computers or other properties of the
College.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
ENAT COLLEGE shall have the responsibility to develop and implement rules and procedures
that shall safeguard the rights of its students stipulated under this Article. The rules and
procedures shall be developed in accordance with this article and on the basis of consensus built
through the participation of its academic community.
5. Student Guidance
5.1 Student Induction Policy

Senior staffs and students will provide the required information to all new students through
induction programs. The program is conducted at the beginning of first Semester, by the Student
Affairs Department. At the end of the program, feedback forms are distributed to the students,
along with a brochure containing detailed information about the induction program. This
information is also available on the ENAT COLLEGEs website.
Every Year, the Student Induction program for new entrants to the program department is
conducted within three weeks of registration. A Student handbook is provided.
At the induction program, the following points are emphasized:
a. Post Graduate
b. Degree Programs
c. Course Structure
d. Grading system
e. Calculation of GPA and CGPA
f. Academic probation
g. Specializations offered
h. Academic advising
The feedback response forms are analyzed and a final report of the entire program is given to the
Dean for Student Affairs, Quality Assurance Director of Center and to the Heads of
Departments.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
5.2. Student Handbook

It is the policy of the college to provide a handbook to all students as prepared by the Academic
vice Dean of the College. A student handbook containing college rules and regulations has been
prepared in order to familiarize students with their rights and responsibilities as well as with the
college system. A small Amharic version of this handbook has also been prepared and is
distributed to new students.
The student handbook contains five chapters:
1) Introduction to the College
a) Introduction about ENAT COLLEGE
b) College Goals
c) Services and facilities in the college
2) Study system in the college
a) Programs
3) Examination and assessment systems
a) Registration procedure
b) Examination and assessment systems
4) Rules, Regulations and Guidance
a) General Rules
b) Disciplinary systems
5.3. Academic Advising

1) The academic advisor assists his/her advisees to make their college life more comfortable
regarding course registration, withdrawal of courses, adding and dropping of new courses.
2) Students are also advised about important terms such as “Probation”, “Transfer”,
“Dismissal”, “Withdrawal” and “Postponement”.
3) The academic advisor also provides the necessary support and counseling to their thesis
research.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
5.4. Student Counseling

Psychological counseling and academic advice helps students to achieve psychological, social
and educational stability in the college. The Head of Counseling and Graduate Follow-up will be
responsible for offering counseling to all registered students. Trained staff members are available
to counsel students at any time.
6. The Roles of Student Counseling and Investigations Procedures
6.1. Student counseling responsibilities:

a) Provides general counseling to all registered students.
b) Provides individual counseling sessions to students who need counseling. Such students
should be referred by their respective tutors or advisers after a referral form has been
completed.
c) Investigates misbehavior and exam malpractice cases.
d) Informs concerned students and their parents of the disciplinary decisions.
e) Provides individual counseling to students after discipline has been imposed.
6.2 Student investigation procedure

In cases of students violating the rules and regulations of the college, the following procedure
will be followed:
1) Students must immediately be sent to the Investigation Committee, and must not be
allowed to attend classes without permission.
2) Should the concerned student not appear before the Investigation Committee within two
days of the violation, and without any valid reason, then his/her case shall be immediately
referred to the Disciplinary Committee for action.
3) An official complaint form must be filled in with all the necessary details. A complete
report on the incident should be attached to that form.
4) The Investigation Committee will investigate the case and then report it to the
Disciplinary Committee for further action.
5) Four days from the date of the investigation, the concerned student must report to the

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
Investigation Committee in order to sign the disciplinary decision, otherwise he/she will
be held accountable.
6) The concerned student’s parents will be informed immediately after a disciplinary
decision has been taken. Therefore, all college students must provide the Student Affairs
office with their parents’ or guardians’ latest contact numbers.
7) All students must answer all telephone calls they receive from the college, and they must
inform their parents of the college telephone numbers in case the college calls them.
6.3 Career Guidance

Career guidance is offered by the Career Centre at ENATCOLLEGE . It aims at placing of
graduating students in suitable jobs and enriching their career development. The Centre acts as a
liaison between graduates and potential employers in the Addis Ababa. Through various
measures such as orientation for job seekers, placement activities, training programs, counseling
sessions etc. The Career Centre desires to enhance the employability of Professional graduates.
Career guidance includes:
a) Campus interview – to organize campus interviews for Accounting& Finance and
Management graduates, in association with potential employers
b) Soft Skills Training – to hold training sessions for graduates & prospective graduates
c) Graduate Enrichment – to identify the training needs of the graduates, recommend
training sessions and administer these training sessions
d) Career Counseling& Guidance – to identify the counseling needs and organize
appropriate counseling sessions for the graduates and prospective graduates
e) Vacancy Notification – to gather advertised job vacancies and notify the graduates
f) Candidate Screening & Short listing – to conduct mock interviews, screen and shortlist
the ICT graduates for positions in different companies/organizations
g) Graduate Database Management – To maintain, update and manage the employed and
unemployed graduates’ data base separately.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
6. 3 Medical Services
The clinic provides remedies for simple ailments and those who need further treatment are
transferred to other Public and Private hospital.
6.4 Students with Disabilities

1) The College is committed to offering educational opportunities to all students who meet its
entrance requirements, regardless of disability or special educational needs.
2) Procedures for identifying and assisting students with special educational needs in this
college are:
a) Through the registration form
b) Through the college clinic
c) By advisor / group tutor
d) By the course teachers
3) Wherever possible, the College will identify the special learning needs of students during the
admission process. For example, students will have the opportunity to declare specific
physical or cognitive problems on admission forms, including partial sightedness, hearing
deficiencies, mobility problems and so on.
4) In cases approved by the Dean, examinations may be:
a. Read aloud to the students with hearing problems.
b. Writing assistants will be appointed for students who have severe difficulties with
writing. The assistants will write to the student’s dictation and will also amend the
draft at his/her discretion if time allows.
c. Conducted in a separate hall so as not to draw any unnecessary attention from
other students.
6.5. Student Discipline

The disciplinary system applies to all college students. For membership and duties of the Student
Discipline Committee, refer to the Academic Legislation of the College.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
6.6 Student Complaints / Grievance

1) For student academic appeals, see in the Academic Legislation of the College.
2) When a student has a complaint about matters such as the structure of a program or course,
the way a course or program is assessed, or the learning resources for a particular course or
programmer, they may lodge it formally.
The College offers an open door policy for student grievances; be it academic or non-
academic. All students are free to raise any kind of grievance that they have through a written
submission to Heads of Centers/Departments, the Assistant Deans, or the Dean - according to
the importance of the grievance. The College has made suggestion boxes available for
students to submit suggestions they may have with regard to academic and extra-curricular
activities in the College.
The grievances received are analyzed for their legitimacy and appropriate action is taken to
address the grievances.
The student has the right to appeal their examination results within 3 days of its publication, by
completing the appeal form and submitting it to the Head of Department.
Department conducts meetings, chaired by the Assistant Dean for Student Affairs, with
students regarding their grievances. Complaints are analyzed and discussed in detail in the
College Council and any necessary action is taken.
3) Complaints about individual lecturers are addressed by the Head of Section.
4) When a student complaint is not academic in nature, he or she should seek advice from the
Head of Guidance, Counseling and Graduate Follow-up about the most appropriate means to
raise the complaint.
5) If at any time a student is dissatisfied with the response to a complaint that has been formally
raised, he or she may seek an interview with the Dean as a final resort.
6.7 Student Feedback

1) The College recognizes that a formal means of collecting student feedback is essential in
continuing a culture of quality.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
2) Consequently, the College will at all times seek to collect feedback from students on all
aspects of College life, to collect this data and to see that the collected data is formally
discussed and acted on via College committees.
3) Feedback is collected from students via regular questionnaires by all departments and
centers. Such questionnaires are for:
a) Student feedback on teaching and advising
b) Program and course materials
c) Teaching and learning services
d) Student support services
The college has formed different student committees to follow up
a) The service in the College
b) Activities in student societies
6.8 Graduate Follow-up

1) The College recognizes the importance of its graduates as a source of information and
support. Thus:
a) The College tracks its graduates in order to have information available on employment
rates and the types of employment gained by its graduates.
b) Graduates are requested to provide information on the extent to which their college
education prepared them for the world of work.
c) Graduates are asked to identify skills which were not developed sufficiently by the
College.
d) Graduates are invited to return to College events, including subsequent graduation
ceremonies
e) Graduates serve as role models for students in the College and are invited to give
presentations or to meet groups of students informally.
2) In these ways, College graduates have an important contribution to make to the quality of
education and training offered by the College. The College maintains a database of alumni.

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46
CO
3) In maintaining contact with its graduates, the College also keeps contact with their
employers. This is important so that:
a) The College can get employer feedback on the quality of its graduates
b) The College can adjust its course and programs based on the employer’s feedback
c) Continuous improvements can be made to the College processes and procedures

Address. Tele No -046-211-08-99/09-16-87-18-70 /09-16-83-58-46

Annual Plan Compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Plan Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6?

1 BACKGROUND AND DEVELOPMENT ..................................................................... 3

2 ORGANIZATIONAL MISSION STATEMENT, VISION STATEMENT, VALUES

Vision .....................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

3 RATIONALE FOR THE ANNUAL PLAN.................................................................... 4

3.1 STRATEGIC REVIEW ...................................................................................................... 6

2 ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY

1 Background and Development

3 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN FOR RESEARCH AND CONSULTANCY

2 Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals

□ Ensure Academic and Operational Quality and Accountability

□ Enhance Academics, Research, and Community services

Opportunities and lead their work properly.

□ To develop research centers that solves societal problems.

□ Education for Development

□ Research for Societal Well being

□ Transparency and Accountability

3 Rationale for the Annual Plan

The Higher Education policy in Ethiopia concentrates on three main pillars;

3.1 Strategic Review

3.2 Income Generating Strategy

3.3 Budget Break down

2 Select thematic Areas by -Minute Note RC with 50

-Aware the public

-Facilitate situations for

Ground Total 152,150

3.4 Detail Plan for Consultancy

1 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

1. Background of the College ......................................................................................................... 3

2. Vision, Mission, Goal and Value of the College................................................................. 4

2.1. Vision ............................................................................................................................... 4

2.2. Mission ............................................................................................................................. 4

2.4. Goal .................................................................................................................................. 4

2.5. Core values ...................................................................................................................... 5

Section 1: Strategic Overview ........................................................................................................ 5

Section 2: Work Plan and Performance Measures ...................................................................... 6

Section 3 Staff Development .......................................................................................................... 7

Section 4 Academic Programs ..................................................................................................... 10

5.3.3 Key actions ........................................................................................................................... 12

Section 6. Community Services ................................................................................................... 14

Section 7 Links & Collaborations................................................................................................ 19

8. Financial Plan ........................................................................................................................... 21

8.1. Start-up Budget ............................................................................................................. 21

8.2 Pro forma Financial Statements ................................................................................... 22

2 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

3 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

2. Organizational Mission statement, Vision statement, Values and Goals

access and success

□ Ensure Academic and Operational

Quality and Accountability

□ Enhance Academics, Research, and Community services

To provide graduate and

Opportunities and lead their work properly.

4 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

c Education for Development

□ Research for Societal Well being

□ Transparency and Accountability

5 Background and Development ANNUAL PLAN

Section 1: Strategic Overview

1.1 Executive Summary

Research and Scholarship:

S/ Yearly Milestone Remark

1 Producing well qualified Dean and 200 Mesk - Nehase

Dean and 200 Mesk-Nehase